The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutOrion Construction Corporation; 2003-05-28; PWS03-14ENG Part 2 of 2- 209-8 PAYMENT A 209-8.01 Conduit shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and installing energized street lights and electric meter pedestal as shown on the plans, as specified in these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, including but not limited to, conduit, conductors, and pull boxes; excavation and backfill; concrete foundations; pedestrian barricades; installing Agency-furnished sign panels on pedestrian barricades, on flashing beacon standards, and on traffic signal mast arms; restoring existing materials; and making all required tests. Payment. The contract price paid for Street Lights and Meter Pedestal and Electrical I - sidewalk, pavement and appurtenances damaged or destroyed during construction; salvaging _- The meter pedestal will have an electric meter installed in coordination with SDG&E for the purpose - of providing electric service for the irrigation controllers. The Contractor must connect the irrigation controllers to the electric meter and provide the pedestal and conduit required to energize the meter. The contract price paid for Street Lights and Meter Pedestal and Electrical Conduit shall include full compensation for furnishing and installing interconnection conduit, sleeves, conductors, and pull boxes; including electric service run to connection point. The interconnection conduit and electric service run are not shown on the plans. - - The contract price paid per street light shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, concrete pile foundations, including drilling holes, disposing of the material resulting from drilling holes, furnishing and placing anchor bolt assemblies and reinforcing steel, complete in place, as materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, including all the work involved in constructing reinforced shown on the plans, and as specified in these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. - - I Full compensation for all additional materials and labor, not shown on the plans or specified, which Conduit, shall be considered as included in the contract unit price and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. are necessary to complete the installation of the energized Street Lights and Meter Pedestal and I a Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 128 of 166 Pages SECTION 210 - PAINT AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS Surface to be Painted Temporary Railing type (K) 21 0-1.5 Paint Systems. Add the following to Table 21 0-1.5(A) Pre-treatment / Surface Primer Finish Coats Abrasive Blast Cleaning to a None Two coats white Acrylic Roughened, Textured Emulsion Paint (l) Appearance Preparation 210-1.6 Paint for Traffic Striping, Pavement Marking, and Curb Marking. Modify as follows: Paint for traffic lane lines, turn pocket lines, edge lines, channelizing lines, bike lane lines, chevrons, and curbs shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to CALTRANS Specification No. PTWB-01. Pavement legends, pavement symbols, pavement arrows, cross walks, parking stall markings and stop bars (limit lines) shall be alkyd binder thermoplastic conforming to CALTRANS Specification No. 801 0-1 9A or preformed thermoplastic. Glass beads shall be applied to the surface of the rapid dry water borne paint and the molten thermoplastic material and shall conform to the requirements of CALTRANS Specification No. 801 0-004 (Type 2). CALTRANS Specifications for water borne paint, thermoplastic material and glass beads may be obtained from the CALTRANS Engineering Chemical Testing Branch, telephone number (91 6) 227-7291 (Lisa Dobeck). c - Add the following section: 21 0-1.8 Preformed Thermoplastic Pavement Markings. Preformed Thermoplastic Pavement Markings shall be Premark brand or Premark 20/20 Flex brand manufactured by Flint Trading Company 115 Todd Court, Thomasville, NC 27360, or Pavemark brand manufactured by Stimsonite Corporation, 6565 West Howard Street, Niles, IL 60714 or approved equal. - c 210-3 GALVANIZING Add the following section: 21 0-3.6 Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities. The requirements of this section shall pertain only to the preparation and galvanizing of traffic signal facilities. Galvanizing of products fabricated from rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip 3.2 mm (1/8‘L) thick or thicker, shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 123, except that complete seal welding of tightly contacting surfaces of these products prior to galvanizing is required only where seal welding is shown on the plans or specified in these special provisions. Except for pre-galvanized standard pipe, galvanizing of material 3.2 mm (’/$) thick or thicker shall be performed after fabrication into the largest practical sections. - - - At the option of the Contractor, material thinner than 3.2 mm (’lgLL) shall be galvanized either before - fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 525M, Coating Designation 2600, or after fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 123, except that the weight of zinc coating shall average not less than 365 g per square meter (1.2 oz. per ft’) of actual surface area with no individual specimen having a coating weight of less than 305 g per square meter (1 .O oz. per ft’). Galvanizing of standard pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 53. Galvanizing will not be required for stainless steel, monel metal and similar corrosion resistant parts. Fabrication shall include all operations such as shearing, cutting, punching, forming, drilling, milling, - - - @ Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 129 of 166 Pages .I bending, welding and riveting. All welded areas shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to galvanizing to remove all slag or other material that would interfere with the adherence of the zinc. When it is necessary to straighten any sections after galvanizing, the work shall be performed without damage to the zinc coating. Galvanizing of iron and steel hardware and nuts and bolts, when specified or shown on the plans, shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 153, except whenever threaded studs, bolts, nuts, and washers are specified to conform to ASTM Designation: hot-dip zinc coated or mechanically zinc coated in accordance with the requirements of the ASTM Designations. Unless otherwise specified, galvanizing shall be performed after fabrication. or other internally threaded parts to be used with zinc coated bolts, anchor bars or studs shall be done after galvanizing and shall conform to the requirements for thread dimensions and overtapping surfaces shall be in accordance with the procedures in Section 21 0-1, “Paint.” Galvanized surfaces that are abraded or damaged at any time after the application of the zinc coating shall be repaired by thoroughly wire brushing the damaged areas and removing all loose and cracked coating, after which the cleaned areas shall be painted with 2 applications of unthinned zinc-rich primer (organic vehicle type) conforming to the provisions in Section 21 0-3.5, “Repair of Damaged Zinc Coating.” Aerosol cans shall not be used. - - A 307, A 325, A 325M, A 449, A 563, A 563M, or F 436 and zinc coating is required, they shall be Components of bolted assemblies shall be galvanized separately before assembly. Tapping of nuts allowances in ASTM Designation: A 563 or A 563M. When specified, painting of zinc-coated - - - - - SECTION 212 - LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION MATERIALS - 21 2-1 LANDSCAPE MATERIALS. 21 2-1.2.3 Commercial Fertilizer. add the following: Preplant fertilizer shall be granular commercial fertilizer 7-7-7 or approved equal. Postplant fertilizer shall be 12-4-6 or approved equal with Ca, Fe, Zn, and Mn and with the majority of nitrogen in nonammoniac form to prevent acidification of soil. Planting tablets shall be compressed fertilizer tablets with a 20-1 0-5 analysis. Hydroseed fertilizer for application with approved equipment, and shall contain the minimum available percentages of nitrogen, phosphoric acid, potash and sulfur required by tables 212-1.2.5.1 (A) - shall be long-lasting, controlled-release, plastic-coated, uniform in composition, free-flowing, suitable through 212-1 -2-5-3(A). - - 212-1.2.4 Organic Soil Amendment. Add the following: For all types of Organic Soil Amendment mulch materials produced from pine trees grown in Alameda, Monterey, Santa Clara, Santa Cruz or San Mateo Counties shall not be used in the Work. Type 1A Organic Soil Amendment shall conform to the requirements for type 1 Organic Soil Amendment except as modified hereinafter. Type 1A Organic Soil Amendment shall be a wood or rice residual product derived from the bark of pine, white fir, or red fir or cedar or redwood shavings or rice hulls. Type 1A Organic Soil Amendment shall be manufactured from clean wood, free from clods coarse objects and rocks and shall conform to the properties shown in Table 212-1.2.4(6): @ Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 130 of 166 Pages TABLE 21 2-1.2.4(8) - Property Dry Weight Nitrogen Dry Weight Passing 25 mm (1”) Sieve Dry Weight Passing #4 Sieve Dry Weight Passing #50 Sieve Dry Weight Passing #lo0 Sieve Salinity Iron ( Dilute acid soluble on dry weight basis) Wettability - Dry Weight Passing #16 Sieve Dry Weight Passing #30 Sieve Ash (dry weight basis) pH Minimum Maximum (1) (1) 100% 100% 95% 100% 45% 65% 30% 40% 0% 10% 0% 2% 0.08% --- 0% 6.0% 6.0 7.0 (1) (1) (1) (1) For all types of Organic Soil Amendment the Contractor shall supply the Engineer a sample of the proposed amendment accompanied by an analytical analysis from a qualified agricultural laboratory certifying compliance to the requirements herein. Qualified agricultural laboratories shall have an ongoing quality assurance program that fulfills the requirements of the most recent version of the - “Western States Laboratory Proficiency Testing Program Soil and Plant Analytical Methods”. Certificates of compliance shall contain a statement attesting that the organic soil amendment meets the requirements of these specifications and that the testing agricultural laboratory does fulfill the requirements of “Western States Laboratory Proficiency Testing Program Soil and Plant Analytical Methods”. Said submittal shall be in accordance with Section 2-5.3.3. - - - 212-1.2.5 Mulch for Hydraulic Method Seed Lawn Planting. Add the following: The terms Hydroseeding and Hydroseed shall be synonymous with Hydraulic for the purposes of Section 21 2. Disturbed Areas, Southern Willow Scrub and Riparian Scrub and Upland Transition Zone, planting areas shall be mulched, fertilized and seeded using method B. Mulch shall be manufactured from virgin wood cellulose fiber mulch and shall not contain growth or germination inhibitors. When mixed with water, the mulch shall remain in uniform suspension and when blended with the seed, fertilizer, and other approved additives, shall form a homogeneous slurry. When applied, the fibers shall form a moisture absorbing membrane with adequate percolation properties sufficient to allow one hundred percent of water applied at the rate of 3.1 liters per minute per square meter (0.075 gallons per minute per square foot) onto a surface inclined at a 2:l (horizontal: vertical) slope to pass through the membrane. A non-phyto-toxic wetting agent shall be added to the slurry mixture. A water soluble, non-toxic green dye shall be added in sufficient quantity to clearly delineate the planted areas. When required, binder shall be added to the slurry mixture and shall be “CPA 4000, ”AZTAC”, “Ecology Control”, “M-Binder”, or approved equal. Add the following section: 212-1.2.5.1 Disturbed Area Mulch Fertilizer and Additives. In addition to the seed mix shown in the table for Disturbed Areas the slurry mixture shall be applied at the rates shown in Table 212-1.2.5.1 (A) a Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 131 of 166 Pages TABLE 212-1.2.5.1(A) Component Virgin Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch Binder (1) Fertilizer (1 6-20-0) Ammonium Application Rate grams per sq. meter (pounds per acre) 225 (2000) 35 (300) 7 (60) Phosphate Sulfate, Plus 15% Soil Sulfur Wetting Agent Green Colorant Add the following section: 212-1.2.7 General Soil Conditioners. Agricultural-grade gypsum shall be a calcium sulfate (CaS04 H20) product - 94.3 percent. 90 percent shall pass a 50-mesh screen. Control of dust during application is mandatory. Iron Sulfate shall be ferrous sulfate in pelletized or granular form containing not less than 20.0 percent iron expressed as metallic iron. Iron Sulfate pellets shall be of size and gradation such that 98 percent is retained on a 10-mesh screen. I Per Mfg. Recommendation Per Mfg. Recommendation Add the following section: 21 2-1.2.8 Stabilizing Emulsion. Stabilizing emulsion shall be a concentrated liquid chemical that forms a plastic film upon drying and allows water and air to penetrate. The film shall be nonflammable and shall have an effective life of at least one year. Stabilizing emulsion shall be nontoxic to plant and animal life and nonthinking to concrete or painted surfaces. In the cured state the stabilizing emulsion shall not be re-emulsifiable. The material shall be registered with, and licensed by the California, Department of Food and Agriculture, as an “auxiliary soil chemical”. Stabilizing emulsion shall be miscible with water at time of mixing and application. 212-1.3 Seed. Add following: The quantity of pure live seed supplied shall meet or exceed the quantity shown in the specified mixes. Seed shall not contain more than 0.5 percent weed seed by volume Seed types shall be as specified on the plans and planting legends, and shall be applied at the rates indicated. All brand-name, patented seed must be received by Contractor in original manufacturer’s bag. Seed shall be received by Contractor in separate containers specifying kind, quantity, purity, and germination. Contractor shall provide the Engineer with each seed bag label used in the Work. Add the following section: 212-1.3.1 Seed for Disturbed Areas. Hydroseeding mix for Disturbed Areas shall consist of no less than the seed varieties shown in Table 21 2-1.3(A). -. - a Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 132 of 166 Pages TABLE 212-1.3.1 (A) SEED FOR DISTURBED AREAS Seed Variety I Application Rate Rose Clover Festuca Megalura, Zorro Fescue Eschscholzia Californica I arams Der sa. meter I (Dounds Der acre) - - - . - - - __ . - - . - - - -. - - 2.5 20 VJ 2.5 20 0.35 3 niya Dimul p, iuieba I U.LJ I (1) Rose Clover shall be inoculated with a nitrogen fixing bacteria and be applied dry either by drilling or broadcasting immediately before hydraulic application of the remaining seed mix and mulch. Add the following section: 212-1.3.2 Seed for Southern Willow Scrub and Riparian Scrub Areas. Hydroseeding mix for the Southern Willow Scrub and Riparian Scrub area shall consist of no less than the seed varieties shown in Table 212-1.3.2(A). TABLE 21 2-1.3.2(A) SEED FOR SOUTHERN WILLOW SCRUB AND RIPARIAN SCRUB AREAS Seed Variety I Application Rate Add the following section: 212-1.3.3 Seed for Riparian Scrub and Upland Transition Zone Areas. Hydroseeding mix for the Riparian Scrub and Upland Transition Zone area shall consist of not less than the seed varieties shown in Table 212-1.3.2(A). TABLE 212-1.3.3(A) SEED FOR RIPARIAN SCRUB AND UPLAND TRANSITION ZONE AREAS Seed Variety I Application Rate - 212-1.4.1 General. Add the following: Plants shall be the variety and size shown on the plans or in the special provisions and shall conform to the requirements of these specifications. Contractor shall notify the Engineer 48 hours before each plant delivery so that the Engineer can inspect the plants. The scientific and common names of plants herein specified shall conform to the approved names given in “A Checklist of Woody Ornamental Plants in California, Oregon and Washington” published - 7 - ’3 Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 133 of 166 Pages - by the University of California, Division of Agriculture Sciences, Publication 4091 (1 979). Each group of plant materials delivered on site shall be labeled clearly as to species and variety. All patented plants (cultivars) required by the plant list shall be delivered with a proper plant patent attached. The Contractor shall obtain clearance from the County Agricultural Commissioner, as required by law, before planting plants delivered from outside the County in which they are to be planted. Evidence that clearance has been obtained shall be filed with the Engineer. All plants furnished by the plants by species or variety; however, determination of plant species or variety will be made by the Engineer and the Engineer’s decision shall be final. Plants shall be individually tagged or tagged with Federal and State laws requiring inspection for plant diseases and infestations. Inspection certificates required by law shall accompany each shipment of plants, and certificates shall be _, - the Contractor shall be true to type or name as shown on the plans and shall be tagged identifying in groups by species or variety. Carpobrotus cuttings need not be tagged. All plants shall comply delivered to the Engineer. - - - Plants furnished by the Contractor shall be healthy, shapely, and well rooted, and roots shall show no evidence of having been restricted or deformed at any time. Plants shall be well grown, free from insect pests and disease, and shall be grown in nurseries, which have been inspected by the State Department of Food and Agriculture and have complied with the regulations thereof. - The Engineer is the sole judge as to acceptability of each plant. Vigorous, healthy, well-proportioned shown on the plans. Plants larger in size than specified may be used with the approval of the - plants are the intent of this specification. Plants which are even moderately “overgrown”, or are showing signs of decline or lack of vigor, are subject to rejection. The size of the plants will be as Engineer, but the use of larger plants will make no change in contract price. If the use of larger plants is approved, soil amendments shall be increased proportionately. All plants not conforming to the requirements herein specified shall be considered defective and such plants, whether in place or not, shall be marked as rejected, and immediately removed from the site and replaced with new plants by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. The Engineer reserves the right to change the species, variety, and/or sizes of plant material to be furnished, provided that the cost of such plant changes do not exceed the cost of plants in the original bid, and with the provision that the Contractor shall be notified in writing, at least 60 days before the planting operation has commenced. - - - - No plant shall be transported to the planting area that is not thoroughly wet throughout the ball of replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. Each plant shall be handled and packed in Trucks used for transporting plants shall be equipped with covers to protect plants from windburn. - earth surrounding the roots. Any plant that, in the opinion of the Engineer, has a damaged root ball or is dry or in a wilted condition when delivered to the planting area will not be accepted, and shall be the approved manner for that species or variety, and all necessary precautions shall be taken to ensure that the plants will arrive at the site of the work in proper condition for successful growth. - - Root condition of plants furnished by the Contractor in containers will be determined by removal of earth from the roots of not less than 2 plants nor more than 2 percent of the total number of plants of each species or variety, except when container-grown plants are from several sources, the roots of not less than 2 plants of each species or variety from each source will be inspected by the Engineer. In case the sample plants inspected are found to be defective, the Agency reserves the right to reject the entire lot or lots of plants represented by the defective samples. Any plants rendered unsuitable for planting because of this inspection will be considered as samples and will not be paid for. - I The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when plants are to be shipped to the project site. The notification shall be given not less than 10 days prior to the actual shipment date. - I @ Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 134 of 166 Pages - I Carpobrotus cuttings shall be 250 mm (10) or more in length and shall not be rooted. Delosperma cuttings shall be 150 mm (6) or more in length and shall not be rooted. Cuttings shall be tip cuttings from healthy, vigorous and strong-growing plants and shall be insect and disease free. Mature or brown-colored stem growths or cuttings which have been trimmed will not be accepted. Cuttings shall be planted not more than 2 days after cutting and shall not be allowed to dry or wither. - - Carpobrotus cuttings shall not be taken from any plants that indicate the presence of ice plant scale (Pulvinaria species). & The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the location where cuttings are to be taken at least 10 days prior to taking the cuttings and shall be responsible for all permit and inspection fees involved in obtaining cuttings. - 212-1.5.3 Tree Stakes. Modify as follows: Tree stakes shall be 50mm (2”) diameter turned lodgepole pine, pointed on their driven end. Add the following section: 212-1.6 Erosion Control Matting. Erosion control matting shall be made of 1 00-percent-biodegradable, weed-free wheat straw of thickness and density yielding 270 grams per square meter (0.50 Ib./sy) with photodegradable polypropylene netting with a density of 0.89 grams per square meter (1.64 Ib/lOOO sy) having an approximate mesh interval of 50 mm x 50 mm (2“ x 2”) on each face of the straw mat. The straw mat shall be sewn together with unidirectional lines of cotton or polypropylene thread spaced approximately 50 mm (2”) apart. Erosion control matting shall be “North American Green, DS150”, “BonTerra S2”, or approved equal. - - I -- Add the following section: 212-1.7 Erosion Control Mat Staples. Erosion control mat staples shall be 25 mm x 150 mm (1”x6”), U-shaped 1 1-gauge mild steel staples. - Add the following section: 212-1.8 Root Barriers. Root barriers shall be no less than 1 m (39“) in width. Root barriers shall be “Biobarrier”, as manufactured by Reemay, Inc., 70 Old Hickory Boulevard, Old Hickory, TN 971 38, Phone 61 5-847-7000, no substitutes will be accepted. - 21 2-2 IRRIGATION SYSTEM MATERIALS. 212-2.1.3 Plastic Pipe for Use with Solvent Weld Socket or Threaded Fittings, add the following: Except as provided in this section, all buried piping in the irrigation system shall be installed with underground utility marking tape conforming to the requirements of section 207-21 and identifying it as reclaimed water. Intermittent pressure lines (lines on the downstream side of a controller valve that will not be subject to constant pressure) will not require underground utility marking tape. All PVC pipe used for irrigation systems shall be colored purple by the addition of a dye integral to the PVC. Painted pipe will not be accepted. Pressure mainline piping for sizes 50 mm (2) and larger shall be PVC having a pressure rating of 2170 kPa (315 PSI), S.D.R. 13.5. Stenciled pipe is required for all irrigation system piping including portions not required to be marked with underground utility marking tape. All pipe shall have stenciling appearing on both sides of the pipe with the marking “Reclaimed Water” in 16 mm (?;) high letters repeated every 300 mm (12“). PVC non-pressure buried lateral line piping shall be PVC Schedule 40. Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 135 of 166 Pages Add the following section: 212-2.1.7 Brass Pipe and Fittings. Brass pipe shall be IPS standard weight 125 LB 85 percent copper and 15 percent zinc, trade designation seamless red brass pipe conforming to the requirements of ASTM B43-91, Brass pipe fittings and connections shall be Standard 125 LB class 85 percent red brass fittings and connections. 212-2.2.7 Valve Boxes. Add the following: All valve boxes shall be marked “RCV, “BV or “QC”, “PB respectively. Remote control valves shall be marked with station numbers embossed on the valve cover with a brass tag. (RCV boxes shall have locking covers.) Other boxes such as pull boxes, etc., shall be marked with appropriate identification. Add the following section: 21 2-2.2.8 Ball Valves. Ball valves shall have bottom-loaded pressure-retaining stems, glass-reinforced seats, and reinforced TFE stem packing seals. Valves sizes 13 mm (%Ii) to 50 mm (2“) shall be pressure rated at 4140 kPa (600 PSI) WOG and 1030 kPa (150-PSI) saturated steam. Each valve shall be tested, air under water, in the opened and closed position by the manufacturer. Ball valve must conform to Federal Specification WW-V-35B, Type II, Class A, Style 3, End Connection A or C. Add the following section: 212-2.2.9 Pressure Regulator Valve. Pressure regulator valve shall be bronze body with screw fitting . Add the following section: 212-2.2.9 Wye Strainers. Wye strainers shall have a cast iron or all-bronze body with a removable stainless steel or monel strainer. Wye strainers shall be capable of withstanding a cold water working pressure of 1034 kPa (150 psi). Wye strainers at backflow preventer assemblies shall be equipped with a gate valve at the outlet. All other wye strainers shall be equipped with a garden valve at the outlet. The strainer screen for the wye strainer in a backflow preventer assembly shall have an open area equal to at least 3 times the cross-sectional area of the pipe based on an iron pipe size and shall be woven wire fabric with 850-pm mesh or perforated sheet with 1.14 mm (0.045”) diameter holes. All other wye strainers shall be equipped with 425-pm strainer screens. 212-2.4 Sprinkler Equipment. Add the following: All sprinkler heads are to have factory built-in check valves or a check valve under each head. Drip assemblies shall meet the following requirements: The drip emitter shall be Pepco Quadra or Rainbird XERI-Bird8 or approved equal as called on drawings, with four ports. Drip tubing for emitter outlets shall be Rainbird (RBT-lGOV), Salco, or approved equal. Drip tubing stakes shall be Rainbird No. RS-13, Salco, or approved equal. Bug cap for drip tubing shall be manufactured by Rainbird, Pepco, or approved equal. The drip pressure regulator shall be Rainbird, Netafim PVR, or approved equal. Drip emitter filter shall be Amiad, Rainbird, or approved equal. Drip emitter access boxes shall be Rainbird No. SEB-6X, Salco Subterranean Emitter Box, or approved equal. Check valves shall be of heavy-duty virgin PVC construction with FIP thread inlet and outlet. Internal parts shall be stainless steel and neoprene. Antidrain valves shall be field adjustable against drain out from 1.5 m to 12 m (5’ to 40’) of head. All sprinkler heads that are without valves in the heads are to have an antidrain valve feature and shall have an excess flow feature, which will automatically stop the flow of water when it exceeds the GPM preset by the manufacturer. Check valves shall be King Bros., Rainbird, or approved equal. @ Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 136 of 166 Pages - 212-2.3 Backflow Preventer Assembly. Add the following: Backflow preventers shall be one of the approved reduced pressure principle devices listed by the California Department of Health Services, Division of Drinking Water and Environmental Management, 601 North 7th Street, Mailing Station (MS) 92, P.O. Box 942732, Sacramento, CA 94234-7320. - (Millimeters) (Inches) "8 % 15 20 25 1 Backflow preventers shall be factory assembled and shall include 2 check valves, one pressure differential relief valve, 2 shut-off valves and 4 test cocks. Backflow preventer and valves shall be the same size as the pipeline in which they are installed, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Backflow preventer shut-off valves shall be manufactured from iron or bronze and shall be either resilient wedged gate valves, resilient seated and fully ported ball valves, or resilient seated butterfly valves. Threaded type shut-off valves shall be provided with a union on one side of each valve. Unions shall be brass or malleable iron. - (Millimeters) (Inches) (Pe rci nt) 3.73 0.147 12 3.91 0.1 54 12 4.55 0.1 79 12 Add the following section: 21 2-2.4.1 Additional Equipment. Contractor shall provide the following items to the Engineer: 1. Two control valve keys. 2. Two wrenches for removing each different type of sprinkler head. 3. Two quick coupler keys. The keys and hose ells shall be of the same manufacturer as the 4. Five keys for opening and locking each automatic controller and enclosure. coupling valve. -- Add the following section: 212-2.5 Flexible Hose.- Flexible hose shall be nonrigid polyvinyl chloride (nonrigid PVC) hose conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: D 2287, Cell-type 6464500. Wall thicknesses of nonrigid PVC hose shall conform to Table 21 2-2.5(A) when determined in accordance with ASTM Designation: D 21 22. - TABLE 21 2-2.5(A) - I FLEXIBLE HOSE Hose Size-Nominal I Minimum Wall Thickness* I Range The hose shall provide leak-free, non-separating connections suitable for the purpose intended when connected to the fittings specified herein. Fittings for flexible hose shall be injection molded PVC, Schedule 40, conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: D 2466. Fittings shall be solvent -. cemented type. Solvent cement for flexible hose and fittings shall be of commercial quality specifically manufactured for use with nonrigid PVC hose. Primer for flexible hose fittings shall be the same as specified for plastic pipe supply line fittings. I 21 2-3 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS. 212-3.1 General. Add the following: All electrical materials shall conform to the requirements of the 1996 National Electrical Code. - 212-3.2.2 Conductors. Add the following: Low voltage electric wiring running from controller to the automatic control valves.shal1 be no smaller than No. 14 solid single conductor, copper wire, 0.01 5 mm (60 mil) insulation, 0.015 mm (60 mil) neoprene jacket, style UF (Direct Burial), or equal, color code wires to each valve. Neutral wires shall be white, no smaller than No. 12 solid single conductor wire, 0.015 mm (60 mil) insulation, 0.01 5 mm (60 mil) neoprene jacket, style UF (Direct Burial). - - - - Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673, 3585, and 3675 Page 137 of 166 Pages 212-3.3 Controller Unit. Add the following: All controllers shall be grounded by one 19 mm (5/8") diameter by 3 m (1 0') long stainless steel grounding rod and a 50-ohm resistance lightning arrestor. Add the following section. 21 2-3.4 Irrigation Electrical Service Equipment and Enclosures. Electrical service equipment shall incorporate the following elements: 1. One 1 00-amp, 120/240-volt, single-phase load center, as approved by the Engineer; 2. One 100-amp rated commercial meter socket suitable for the San Diego Gas and Electric Company meter, with provision for test block bypass having a UL listing and EUSERC approval; 3. One 15-amp circuit breaker for each irrigation controller energized by the service; 4. One 20-amp circuit breaker for the duplex receptacle. 5. The design, assembly, grounding, wiring, and components of the irrigation electrical service equipment and enclosure shall meet the requirements of the 1996 edition of the National Electrical Code. 6. Electrical service equipment shall be enclosed in a cabinet constructed entirely of 14-gage, or heavier, 304 stainless steel. The cabinet shall be of welded construction with a brushed finish; anchoring points shall be inside the enclosure. 7. The cabinet shall be HYDROSAFE Model No. HS9, Strong Box, or approved equal. 8. The cabinet shall have a 304 stainless steel interior bulkhead separating the 120/240-volt electrical service section from the irrigation controller section. 9. No wood components shall be used in the enclosure. 10. Each section of the cabinet shall have full front opening doors with piano hinges, integral keylock and hasp and staple, or other provision, for padlock. 11. The cabinet shall be provided with cross-flow ventilation. Ventilation openings shall be located and designed to preclude rain, irrigation splash, vermin, and insects from entering the cabinet. 12. The controller side door shall have provision for mounting control schematics without the use of adhesives or fasteners. The service side door shall have a clear acrylic plastic window to allow the electrical meter to be read. 13. The cabinet shall have a duplex 15-amp, 120-volt receptacle with ground fault interrupter protection mounted on the interior service side. 14. Concrete footings and pads supporting the Electrical service equipment shall be 560-(3-3250 and shall be no less than 150 mm (6") thick. 15. Anchor bolts to secure the service equipment to the concrete pad shall be 10 mm (M") diameter by 150 mm (6") long hot dip galvanized or stainless steel headed bolts with washers, without sleeves, conforming to section 304-1.7. Anchor bolts to secure the service equipment to the concrete pad shall be embedded in the concrete slab between 65 mm and 100 mm (2%" and 4"). - Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 138 of 166 Pages - c Application of Geotextile Separation of Soil and Street Structural Section Separation of Soil and Subsurface Aggregate Drain Reinforcement of Street Structural Section Remediation and Separation of Soil Reinforcement of Soil Drainage at the Interface of Soil Structures Drainage at the Interface of Soil and Structures Rock Slope Protection Fabric for Rock Sizes Below 225 kg (% Ton) Rock Slope Protection Fabric for Rock Sizes Including and Above 225 kg (% Ton) Plant Protection Covering Erosion Control Fence with 14 AWG - 150 mm x 150 mm (6x6") Wire and 3 m SECTION 213 - ENGINEERING FABRICS Type Designation 9ows 180N 200w s 270WS 270WS N/A N/A 180N 250N 90N 9ows 21 3-2 GEOTEXTILES. 213-2.1 General. Add the following: Geotextile types shall be used for the applications listed in Table 21 3-2.1 (A) TABLE 213-2.1(A) GEOTEXTILE APPLICATIONS (1 0') Post Spacing I Erosion Control Fence with 1.8 m (6') Post Spacing and No Wire Fencing - 200w s Add the following section: -- 213-3 EROSION CONTROL SPECIALTIES. Add the following section: 213-3 Gravel bags. Gravel bags for the use of temporary erosion control shall be burlap type, filled with no less than 23kg (50 Ibs) of 19 mm (3/qLI) crushed rock and securely tied closed. Plastic bags are not acceptable. SECTION 214 PAVEMENT MARKERS Add the following section: 214-2 Type of Markers. Pavement markers shall conform to the latest Caltrans Traffic ManuaVCaltrans Standard Specifications (July 1 999 or latest versions thereof). All pavement legends shall be the latest version of the Caltrans metric stencils. All pavement markers shall be thermoplastic unless otherwise specified. 214-5 REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS c- I Add the following section: 21 4-5.1 Temporary Reflective Pavement Markers. Temporary pavement markers shown on the plans and required in the specifications shall be one of the types shown in Table 214-5.1 (A), or equal thereto. @ Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 139 of 166 Pages Type Stimsonite Chip SeallTemporary Overlay Manufacturer of Distributor John C. Henberger Co., Traffic Safety and Control, San Diego, California, Kent, Washington 98032, Telephone (206) 251 -81 40. Marker (Models 300 and 301) TFPM Add the following section: 21 4-5.2 Permanent Reflective Channelizer. Reflective Channelizer shall be new su dace-mounted type and shall be furnished, placed, and maintained at the locations shown on the plans. Reflective channelizer posts shall be orange in color. Reflective channelizers shall have affixed white reflective sheeting as specified in the special provisions. The reflective sheeting shall be 75 mm x 300 mm in size. The reflective sheeting shall be visible at 300 m at night under illumination of legal high beam headlights, by persons with vision of or corrected to 20/20. Reflective channelizer shall be one of the types shown in Table 21 4-5.2(A), or equal thereto. Telephone (61 9) 292-5772 DAPCO Davidson Plastics Company, 18726 East Valley Highway, Type Safe-H it S H236 MA Carsonite "Super Duck" SDF-436 Repo "The Replaceable Post" Manufacturer of Distributor Safe-Hit CorDoration 1930 West Winton Avenue, Building #11 Hayward, CA 94545 Telephone (41 5) 783-6550 Carsonite International Corporation 2900LockheedWay Carson City, NV 89701 Telephone (702) 883-51 04 Western Highway Products P.O. Box 7 Stanton, CA 90680 Telephone (800) 422-4420 The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Certificate of Compliance in accordance with the provisions of Section 2-5.3.3 "Submittals". Said certificate shall certify that the permanent reflective channelizers comply with the plans and specifications and conform to the prequalified design and material requirements approved by the engineer and were manufactured in accordance with the approved quality control program. Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 140 of 166 Pages . -. c SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 3, CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK 300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. 300-1.1 General. add the following to the third paragraph: During surface clearing operations, the Contractor shall not cover or bury any plant growth or other objectionable materials. If the Contractor cannot successfully separate the plant growth from the surface soil and advertently or inadvertently mixes organic or other objectionable materials with the soil, the soil so contaminated shall be removed from the site by the Contractor. All costs, if any, associated with removing the soil mixed with organic or other objectionable materials and importing soil to replace said contaminated soil shall be borne by the Contractor and no additional payment therefor shall be made to the Contractor. 300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials. add the following: Also included in clearing and grubbing shall be removal and disposal of existing street poles and lights, metal guard rail, fences, asphalt concrete and aggregate base, concrete curb and gutter, concrete sidewalk, existing gate, existing headwalls, rip-rap, traffic signs, and other existing features which interfere with the work. Asphalt concrete shall be removed to neatly sawed edges. Whether or not such items are shown on the plans they shall be removed as a part of clearing and grubbing. Existing underground pipes and conduits that are shown on the plans and designated to be removed or not shown but discovered during grading and deemed unnecessary by the Engineer shall be removed by the Contractor as a part of clearing and grubbing. Unless otherwise noted on plans, the Contractor shall remove all existing abandoned pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, and pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, that are abandoned during the course of the work that interfere with future improvements and shall replace said pipelines and conduits with properly compacted soils. rL 300-1.4 Payment. modify as follows: Payment for clearing and grubbing shall be made at the contract lump sum price for clearing and grubbing and no other payments will be made. Payment for removal and disposal of abandoned utilities shall be included in the lump-sum bid for Clearing and Grubbing, and no additional payment will be made. 300-2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION. 300-2.1 General. add the following: Unclassified excavation shall include removal and stockpile of suitable material, transporting, recompaction, mixing, grading for mitigation work, (including removal and recompaction of undocumented fill, topsoil, colluvium, and alluvium trenching and backfilling of storm drains, sewers, other utilities, disposal of unsuitable materials not included in the bid item for clearing and grubbing, all cut and fill including salvaging clean excavated material and filling areas to the required grades and cross section. Unclassified excavation shall also include scarification and moisture adjustment and compaction of the top 300 mm (1’) of the subgrade in the roadway prism in cut areas to 95 percent relative compaction, and pumping and disposal of storm and ground water. c Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 141 of 166 Pages 300-2.2.1 General. add the following: The Engineer decides what is unsuitable material. Alluvial and colluvial removal and recompaction shall consist of excavating, blending and recompacting loose soils in areas that are designated to receive fills. The existing loose soils shall be removed by the Contractor until a firm unyielding surface is exposed or to a depth determined by the Engineer. If the excavated material contains excess water the Contractor shall blend the wet soil with soils having a lower moisture content and/or spread the excavated material in a manner that enables the material to dry to optimum moisture content. The cost of spreading and/or drying shall be included in the contract unit price for Unclassified Excavation. The excavated material shall be placed and compacted in accordance with section 300-4 of the specifications except that section 300-4.9, Measurement and Payment, shall not apply. 300-2.2.2 Wet Material. add the following to the first paragraph: Such direction may include, but is not limited to, directing the Contractor to blend, adjust moisture content of, rework, and place unsuitable soils at specific locations or elevations on the site. Add the following section: 300-2.2.3 Compressible Soil. Compressible soils such as existing uncontrolled or unacceptable fill, alluvium, and colluvium may exist within portions of the Project site. Where required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove such compressible soils from areas to receive fill or from areas upon which surface improvements are to be placed. The removal and recompaction of such compressible soils shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price for Unclassified Excavation. Add the following section: 300-2.2.4 Instability of Cuts. Add the following: The Contractor shall remove additional material as directed by the Engineer to improve the stability of excavated cuts. The removal of such excavated material shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price for Unclassified Excavation. 300-2.5 Slopes. Add the following: The hinge points (the top and bottom) of slopes shall be located within 75 mm (0.25’) of the locations shown on the plans. 300-2.5 Slopes. Add the following: after the first sentence of the first paragraph: A slope shall be defined as any area steeper than three horizontal to one vertical. _- -- 300-2.6 Surplus Material. Add the following: The Contractor shall haul and dispose of all surplus material from the project. The Contractor shall utilize highway legal haul trucks for this export of material from the project site and to a site secured by the Contractor. No earth moving equipment or special construction equipment, as defined in section 565 of the California Vehicle Code, will be allowed for hauling material on public streets. 300-2.8 Measurement. Delete the second paragraph relating to materials removed from stockpiles and add the following: Unclassified Excavation shall be measured by survey based on the volume it occupies in its original position before excavating. The measurement shall be from the original ground contours after clearing and grubbing and the bottom of areas of excavation to the design elevations shown on the plans or actual ground contours existing in borrow sites after excavation or those for removal and recompaction of alluvial and colluvial materials or those for materials excavated to improve the stability of cuts, whichever is lower in elevation. No excavated material, which is re-excavated, will be measured for payment. Materials excavated or otherwise removed as all or part of any other bid item shall not be measured as Unclassified Excavation. All topographic surveying and calculations necessary to quantify payment quantities for Unclassified Excavation shall be performed by the Engineer. - @ Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 142 of 166 Pages 300-2.9 Payment. Substitute the following: Unclassified excavation shall be considered as incidental to the work and no additional payment will be made therefore. Add the following section: 300-2.10 Grading Tolerance. Other than slopes, subgrade below structures and subgrade within the roadway and sidewalk areas the Contractor shall finish excavated areas within 30 mm (0.1’) of the grades shown on the plans. Tolerances for slopes, subgrade below structures and subgrade within the roadway and sidewalk areas shall conform to the requirements of the sections pertaining to grading for those works. 300-3 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 300-3.1 General. add the following: The Contractor shall excavate to the lines and levels required and/or shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall provide all shoring, bracing, cribbing, pumping, and planking required. The Contractor shall excavate and maintain the bottom of all trenches in a condition that is level, firm, clean and free from all debris or foreign matter. Excavations shall be kept free from water at all times. The Contractor shall remove any unsuitable material encountered below grade as directed by the Engineer 300-3.6 Payment. Add the following: Dewatering shall be considered as incidental to the work and no additional payment will be made therefor. Except for unsuitable materials removed as part of the clearing and grubbing item, unsuitable material encountered below grade will be paid for at the unit price bid for Unsuitable Material. The Engineer decides what material is unsuitable. 300-4 UNCLASSIFIED FILL 300-4.2 Preparation of Fill Areas. Add the following: Except as provided in section 300-4.7, “Compaction”, areas proposed for improvements all fill (including backfill and scarified ground surfaces) shall be compacted by the Contractor to no less than 90 percent of maximum dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM Test Procedure D1557-91. Subdrains shall be provided where directed by the Engineer in accordance with the details shown on the plans. 300-4.4 Benching. Where the slope rates of the original ground is steeper than 6:l (horizontal: vertical) or where directed by the engineer the original ground shall be benched in accordance with the detail shown on the plans. 300-4.5 Placing Materials for Fills. Add the following: The Contractor shall perform grading such that the upper 3’ of fill placed in the roadway pavement area is composed of properly compacted low expansive soils. The more highly expansive soils shall be placed in the deeper fill areas and properly compacted or exported from the site as directed by the Engineer. Low expansive soils are defined as those soils that have an Expansion Index of 50 or less when tested in accordance with 1994 UBC Standard 18-2 as published by the International Conference of Building Officials. The Contractor shall break rock encountered in the excavation into particles of less than 3”. This requirement for particle size reduction does not apply to cobbles, small boulders, and small hard rocks found within the surface soils and formational materials. Rocks having any dimension greater than 18” shall not be incorporated into the fill. Rock exceeding 6” in diameter shall not be placed in the upper 3’ of any fill. When there are large quantities of rock to be placed in the fill, rocks shall not be nested, but shall be spread with sufficient room between them so that intervening voids can be adequately filled with fine material to form a dense, compact mass. Oversize material which cannot be utilized for erosion mitigation or landscaping onsite shall be broken to acceptable sizes or removed from the site by the Contractor. If disposed of within the City of Carlsbad, a separate grading permit will be required for disposal of rock. 300-4.6 Application of Water. add the following: The Contractor shall place all fill soil at a moisture content no less than one (1) percent below optimum moisture as determined by ASTM test D-1557-91. - @ Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 143 of 166 Pages 300-4.7 Compaction. add the following: The Contractor shall compact all fill soils placed within the top 1 m (3') of roadway subgrade to a minimum of 95 percent relative compaction. On all areas to receive planting, the top 150 mm (6") shall be compacted to 85%, +2% -5%, to allow for plant growth. R-value ExPansion Index 300-4.8 Slopes. add the following: Feathering of fill over the tops of slopes will not be permitted. The Contractor shall compact the faces of fill slopes with a sheep's foot roller at vertical intervals no greater than 600 mm (2') or shall be built and cut back to finish grade. In addition, if not over built and cut back, the face of the slope shall be track walked upon completion. Calif. 301 40 Min. UBC Standard 18-2 50 Max. 300-4.9 Measurement and Payment. delete and substitute the following: Unclassified fill, grading, shaping, compacting or consolidating, slope rounding, construction of transitions, and all trenching work shall be considered as incidental to the Work and no additional payment will be made therefore. 300-5 BORROW EXCAVATION. Add the following section: 300-5.2.1 Imported Borrow Material Properties. After the Contractor selects the imported borrow material, the Contractor will allow the Engineer to test the material for expansion potential and compaction characteristics. The Contractor shall not import the material until approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide imported borrow that is clean, well-graded soil consisting of material conforming to all of the requirements in Table 300-5.2.1 (A) and the following requirements: Rock included in the top 1 m (3') of imported borrow shall be particles of less than 75 mm (3"). Rock included below the top 1 m (3') of imported borrow shall be particles of less than 150 mm (6). TABLE 300-5.2.1(A) IMPORTED BORROW PROPERTIES -- 300-5.4 Measurement and Payment. delete and substitute the following: Payment for imported borrow materials will be considered as incidental to the work and no additional payment will be made therefore. This shall include purchasing, staking, digging, transporting, grading, placing and compacting as unclassified fill, mixing, slope rounding, and all incidental work will be considered as incidental to the work, and no additional payment will be made therefore. 300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL. Modify as follows: 300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL. Add the following section: 300-9.2 General. The Contractor shall provide erosion control and water pollution control conforming to the requirements shown on the plans, as specified herein, and as elsewhere required by the Contract Documents. Erosion control and water pollution control shall include the work specified herein, and such additional measures, as may be directed by the Engineer, to meet Best Management Practices, as defined herein, and to properly control erosion and storm water damage of the limits of work and construction impacts upon areas receiving drainage flows from within the limits of work. t"s Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 144 of 166 Pages I c - Add the following section: 300-9.2.1 Grading Controls. The Contractor shall protect all areas that have been graded and/or cleared and grubbed as well as areas that have not been graded and/or cleared and grubbed within the limits of work from erosion. The Contractor shall provide temporary earth berms, gravel bags, silt fences, stabilized construction entrances and similar measures, coordinated with its construction procedures, as necessary and as shown on the plans to control on site and off site erosion during the construction period. The Contractor will be required to protect areas which have been cleared and grubbed prior to excavation or embankment operations, and which are subject to runoff during the duration of the contract. The criteria used to determine the appropriate erosion control measures shall be the “Best Management Practices”, hereinafter BMP, defined and described in the, “California Storm Water Best Management Handbook, Construction Activity“, March 1993 edition as published by the Storm Water Quality Task Force. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of the “California Storm Water Best Management Handbook, Construction Activity”, March 1993 edition on the project site and shall conduct its operations in conformity to said Handbook. _- -- Temporary erosion control measures provided by the Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a) Embankment areas, while being brought up to grade and during periods of completion prior to final roadbed construction, shall be graded so as to direct runoff into impoundment areas within the limits of work where such runoff shall have pollutants removed by BMP methods. b) The Contractor shall provide protection by BMP measures to eliminate erosion and the siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas. These measures shall include, but shall not be limited to: temporary down drains, either in the form of pipes or paved ditches with protected outfall berms; graded berms around areas to eliminate erosion of embankment slopes by surface runoff; confined ponding areas to desilt runoff; and to desilt runoff. c) Excavation areas, while being brought to grade, shall be protected from erosion and the resulting siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas by the use of BMP measures. These measures shall include, but shall not be limited to, methods shown on the plans and described herein. - .- -- Add the following section: 300-9.2.2 Payment. Full compensation for performing erosion control and water pollution control, conforming to the operational requirements herein, of the BMP and conforming to the requirements of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, including the latest amendments thereto, which is not a part of the planned permanent work or included as a separate bid item shall be considered as included in the contract price bid for “Implement and Maintain Erosion Control Measures”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 300-1 1 STONEWORK FOR EROSION CONTROL. 300-1 1.4 Payment. delete and replace as follows: Rock for erosion protection will be paid for at the unit price for “Implement and Maintain Erosion Control Measures.” Payment will be for providing the rock complete and in place, in accordance with the details and requirements of the plans and specifications. 300-1 3 ROCK SLOPE PROTECTION FABRIC. Add the following section: 300-1 3.1 Preparation of Subgrade. Prior to placing rock slope protection fabric the Contractor shall clear the surfaces upon or against which rock slope protection fabric is to be placed of loose or extraneous material and sharp objects that may damage the fabric during installation. Equipment or vehicles shall not be operated or driven directly on the rock slope protection fabric. Rock slope protection fabric damaged during placement shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at its expense as directed by the Engineer. Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 145 of 166 Pages Add the following section: 300-1 3.2 Placement. The Contractor shall place rock slope protection fabric prior to placing rock slope protection. The Contractor shall grade surfaces to be covered by rock slope protection so as to provide full support for the fabric. Rock slope protection fabric shall conform to the provisions in Section 21 3-2, ”Geotextiles,“ and shall be placed by the Contractor in accordance with the details shown on the plans and as specified herein. The Contractor shall handle rock slope protection fabric with care that it is not torn or stretched and place it in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, these specifications and as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall place and fit rock slope protection fabric loosely upon or against the surface to receive the fabric so that the fabric conforms to the surface without damage when the cover material is placed. Rock slope protection fabrics shall be joined, at the option of the Contractor, either with overlapped joints or stitched seams. When fabric is joined with overlapped joints, all adjacent borders of the fabric shall be overlapped not less than 610 mm (24”). The fabric shall be placed such that the fabric being placed shall overlap the adjacent section of fabric in the direction the cover material is being placed. When the fabric is joined by stitched seams, the fabric shall be stitched with yarn of a contrasting color. The size and composition of the yarn shall be as recommended by the fabric manufacturer. The number of stitches per 25 mm (1”) of seam shall be a minimum of 6. The strength of stitched seams shall be the same as specified for the fabric, except when stitched seams are oriented up and down a slope the strength shall be a minimum of 80 percent of that specified for the fabric. Fabric damaged beyond repair, as determined by the Engineer, shall be replaced by the Contractor and no additional payment will be made therefor. Repairing damaged fabric shall consist of placing new fabric over the damaged area. The minimum fabric overlap from the edge of the damaged area shall be 1 m (3’) for overlap joints. If the new fabric joints at the damaged areas are joined by stitching, the stitched joints shall conform to the requirements specified herein. Damaged fabric that is suitable for repair, as determined by the Engineer, shall be repaired by the Contractor and no additional payment will be made therefor. Add the following section: 300.13.3 Measurement and Payment. Payment for rock slope protection fabric will be included in the unit and/or lump sum prices for items, which have said fabric in their design, and no additional payment will be made therefore. SECTION 301 - TREATED SOIL, SUBGRADE PREPARATION AND PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS 301 -1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION. 301-1.2 Preparation of Subgrade. Modify the second and third paragraphs as follows: Change each instance reading “1 50mm (6 inches)” to “300 mm (1 2”)”. I 301-1.3 Relative Compaction. Delete the first paragraph and substitute the following: The Contractor shall compact the upper 300 mm (12”) of subgrade beneath areas to be paved, have base or subbase material placed on them, or curb, gutter, curb and gutter, alley pavement, driveway or sidewalk constructed over them to no less than 95 percent maximum dry density as determined by ASTM test D-1557-91. - 301-1.7 Payment. Modify the first paragraph as follows: Payment for subgrade preparation shall be materials; including water, operations and equipment to scarify, adjust moisture, compact or recompact the subgrade, both in cut areas and in fill areas, and no further compensation will be included in the contract bid price for which the subgrade is prepared and shall include all labor, allowed. - - @ Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 d Page 146 of 166 Pages SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING 302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT. 302-5.1 General. add the following: The Contractor shall treat all vegetation within the limits of the paved area to receive asphalt concrete paving with a post emergent herbicide. Herbicide shall be applied at least 2 (two) working days prior to paving the area. Allowance for the two day period shall be shown in the schedule required per section 6-1. 302-5.2.5 Pavement Transitions. add the following: The Contractor shall ramp the approaches and termini to all structures and vertical joints in the cold-milled area which are transverse to through traffic with temporary asphalt concrete pavement as specified in section 306-1.5.1. Ramps shall be constructed the same day as cold milling and removed the same day as permanent paving. Ramp dimensions and compaction shall be as approved by the Engineer. 302-5.4 Tack Coat. add the following: The Contractor shall place a tack coat between the successive interfaces of existing pavement and new pavement when, in the opinion of the engineer, the Contractor has failed to maintain or prepare each existing or previously laid course of asphalt receiving the subsequent course of asphalt in a sufficiently clean state and the asphalt receiving the new pavement course is dirty enough to impair bonding between the next lift of asphalt. 302-5.5 Distribution and Spreading. modify as follows: After second sentence of sixth paragraph, add: The Contractor shall provide the spreading and finishing machine used to construct the asphalt concrete surface course with an automatic screed control for surface course paving. The automatic screed control shall be 9 m (30’) minimum length. The paving machine shall be operated by an operator and two full-time screed men during all paving. 302-5.6.1 General. modify as follows: Second paragraph, Part (2), add: Pinched joint rolling procedures shall be required, and vibratory rollers shall be limited to breakdown, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. modify as follows: breakdown rolling shall be followed by a pneumatic-tired roller as described in this section. After last paragraph, add: Unless directed otherwise by the Engineer, the initial 302-5.9 Measurement and Payment. add the following: Payment for asphalt concrete in place shall be at the unit price bid per ton. No additional payment shall be made for any preparatory work, tack coat, placement, compaction, herbicide, etc. SECTION 303 CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION. 303-1 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 303-1.6.2 Falsework Design. add the following: The Contractor shall provide all temporary bracing necessary to withstand all imposed loads during erection, construction, and removal of any falsework. The Contractor shall provide falsework drawings and calculations prepared by a registered professional engineer, civil or structural, that show provisions for resolution of all loads that may be imposed upon the falsework. Such plans and calculations shall include: 1. Resolution of all live, dead, wind, construction and impact loads that may be imposed on the 2. Temporary bracing or methods to be used during each phase of erection and removal of the 3. Concrete placement sequence. 4. Erection and removal sequence. 5. Deflection values for the falsework that include recommended methods to compensate for falsework. falsework. falsework deflections, vertical alignment, and anticipated falsework deflection. - a Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 147 of 166 Pages 303-2 AI R- P LAC E D CONCRETE . Type of underground facilities Water Service Lateral Sewer Service Lateral Irrigation Water Lateral or Sleeve 303-2.1.1 General. add the following: Modify Regional Standard Drawing D-75 as follows: replace stucco netting with 150mm x 150mm (6” x 6”) by No. 10 by No. 10 welded wire mesh. Marking W S RW 303-5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUlTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS, AND DRIVEWAYS. 303-5.9 Measurement and Payment. add the following: Curb and gutter, and curb, shall be considered as continuing across driveways and access ramps when constructed adjacent thereto. Neither curb and gutter nor curb will be paid for across the length of local depressions, except that which occurs in gutter transitions at each side of an inlet. 303-6 STAMPED CONCRETE - 303-6.1 General. Add the following: Concrete shall be a minimum of 560-C-3250 with 6 x 6” 10 gauge wire mesh throughout. Prior to installation, a 10’ x 10’ square sample shall be poured at the job site. This sample shall be approved by the City prior to installation of median concrete. The median layout shall conform with the details shown on the Plans and shall be spaced as shown on the Plans. 303-6.3 Pattern. Add the following: The pattern of the median stamped concrete on Poinsettia Lane Reach C shall match existing median adjacent to the proposed construction as approved by the Engineer. Add the following section: 303-6.6 Payment. Payment for stamped concrete shall be made on the basis of the Contract unit price bid per square foot and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, including sand bed, color, tools, equipment, and installing complete and in place, and no further compensation will be allowed. 303-7.2 Method A (Dry Shake). Add the following: The color of the median stamped concrete shall match the existing median adjacent to the proposed construction as approved by the Engineer. Revised: 04/22/02 4 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 148 of 166 Pages e - SECTION 306 - UNDERGROUND CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION I 306-1 OPEN TRENCH OPERATIONS Add the following section: 306-1.1.7 Steel Plate Bridging - With a Non-Skid Surface. This section covers the use of steel plate bridging. The Contractor shall not employ the use or use steel plate bridging or trench plate that does not meet the requirements of this section both in application' and circumstance of use. - Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.1 Requirements for Use. Alternate construction methods that avoid the use of steel plate bridging shall be used by the Contractor unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. It is recognized that to accommodate excavation work, steel plate bridging may be necessary. All conditions for use of steel plate bridging set forth in the following requirements must be fulfilled as conditions of approval of the use of steel plate bridging. Consideration of steel plate bridging in the review process will take into account the following factors: 1 . 2. 3. 3. Weather conditions. Traffic volume and composition. Duration of use of the steel plate bridging. size of the proposed excavation. The following formula shall be used to score the permitted use of steel plate bridging: -. PS = [ ADT + EWL + DAYS + 10 X WEEKEND + 5 X NIGHTS + 20 X WEATHER + SPEED (kmh) + SLOPE X 1001 X LANES 1000 8 I .- PS = [ ADT + EWL + DAYS + 10 X WEEKEND + 5 X NIGHTS + 20 X WEATHER + SPEED (mph) + SLOPE X 1001 X LANES 1000 5 where: PS ADT EWL DAYS WEEKEND NIGHTS WEATHER SPEED SLOPE LANES plate score. average daily traffic as defined in the CALTRANS Traffic Manual. equivalent wheel loads as defined in the CALTRANS Traffic Manual. total number of 24 hour periods during which the plates will be utilized at the site being considered. total number of Saturdays, Sundays and holidays that the plates will be utilized at the site being considered. total number of overnight periods that the plates will be in place, exclusive of Saturday, Sunday and holiday nights. total number of 24-hour periods that the plates will be utilized at the site being considered when the possibility of rain exceeds 40 percent. the design speed in kilometers per hour or miles per hour, as applicable in the formulae above, of the street where the plates are to be installed. This number shall not be reduced for construction zone speed reductions. the quotient of the vertical differential divided by the horizontal distance. The vertical and horizontal dimensions shall be measured at the locations spanning a distance of 15 m (50') up and downstream of the position of the proposed steel plate bridging. the number of lanes where plates will be used. Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 149 of 166 Pages When the computed value of the plate score exceeds 50, steel plate bridging shall not be used unless, and at the sole discretion of the Engineer, the Engineer determines that no alternative method of construction is possible in lieu of using steel plate bridging or that other overriding considerations make the use of steel plate bridging acceptable. Alternatives considered to bridging shall include, but not be limited to, detouring traffic, construction detour routes, tunneling, boring and other methods of trenchless construction. Unless specifically noted in the provisions of the Engineer’s approval, the use of steel plate bridging at each location so approved shall not exceed four (4) consecutive working days in any given week. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.2 Additional Requirements. In all cases when the depth of the trench exceeds the width of the steel plate bridging resting on each side of the pavement adjacent to the trench, safety regulations require or the Engineer determines that shoring is necessary to protect the health or safety of workers or the public the Contractor shall install shoring conforming to Section 7-10.4.1 of the Standard Specifications. The trench shoring shall be designed and installed to support the steel plate bridging and traffic loads. All approvals for design, substitution of materials or methods shall be submitted by the Contractor in accordance with all provisions of section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals. The Contractor shall backfill and resurface excavations in accordance with section 306-1.5. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.3 Installation. When backfilling operations of an excavation in the traveled way, whether transverse or longitudinal cannot be properly completed within a work day, steel plate bridging with a non-skid surface and shoring may be required to preserve unobstructed traffic flow. In such cases, the following conditions shall apply: a) Steel plate bridging when the plate score exceeds 50 is not allowed except when, at the b) Steel plates used for bridging must extend a minimum of 61 0 mm (2’) beyond the edges of c) Steel plate bridging shall be installed to operate with minimum noise. sole discretion of the Engineer, it is approved as specified hereinbefore. the trench. When the use of steel plate bridging and shoring is approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall install using either Method (1) or (2) depending on the design speed of the portion of street where the steel plate bridging is proposed for use. Method 1 [For speeds more than 70 Km/hr (45 MPH)]: The pavement shall be cold planed to a depth equal to the thickness of the plate and to a width and length equal to the dimensions of the plate. The cold milling shall produce a flat surface that the plate shall rest on with no horizontal or vertical movement. Horizontal gaps between the unmilled pavement and the plate shall not exceed 25 mm (1”) and shall be filled with elastomeric sealant material which may, at the contractor’s option, be mixed with no more that 50%, by volume, of Type I aggregate conforming to the requirements of tables 203-5.2(8) and 203-5.3(A). Method 2 [For speeds 70 Km/hr (45 MPH) or less]: Approach plate(s) and ending plate (if longitudinal placement) shall be attached to the roadway and shall be secured against displacement by using two adjustable cleats that are no less than 50 mm (2”) shorter than the width of the trench bolted to the underside of each plate and located within 150 mm (6”) of the beginning and end of the trench for plates at the beginning and end of the trench, a minimum of two 300 mm long by 19 mm diameter (12” x W) steel bolts placed through the plate and driven into holes drilled 300 mm (12”) into the pavement section, or other devices approved by the Engineer. Subsequent plates shall be butted to each other. Fine graded asphalt concrete shall be compacted to form ramps, maximum slope 8.5% with a minimum 300 mm (12”) taper to cover all edges of the steel plates. When steel plates are removed, the dowel holes in the pavement section shall be completely filled with elastomeric sealant e- - -- -- - - a Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 150 of 166 Pages c I Maximum Trench Width (’) 0.3 m (10”) 0.6 m (23’) 0.8 m (31”) 1 .O m (41”) material. At the Contractor’s option, the methods required for Method 1 may be used. If the Contractor so elects, all requirements of Method 1 shall be used. The Contractor shall maintain the steel plates, shoring, and asphalt concrete ramps and maintain and restore the street surface during and after their use. Minimum Plate Thickness 13 rnrn (’/;) 19 mm (V~)O 22 mm (7/8”) 25 mm (1”) 1.6 m (63”) 32 mm (1 %”) Steel plate bridging shall be steel plate designed to support the HS20-44 truck loading per CALTRANS Bridge Design Specifications Manual. The Contractor shall maintain a non-skid surface on the steel plate with no less than a coefficient of friction of 0.35 as determined by California Test Method 342. If a different test method is used, the Contractor may utilize standard test plates with known coefficients of friction available from the CALTRANS District 11 Materials Engineer to correlate skid resistance results to California Test Method 342. In addition to all other required construction signing, the Contractor shall install Rough Road (W33) sign with black lettering on an orange background in advance of steel plate bridging. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.5 Measurement and Payment. Steel plate bridge materials including, but not limited to: steel plates, anchoring devices, cold milling, elastomeric sealant material, asphalt ramping and padding, signage, placing, installation, removal, relocation, preparation and processing of shop drawings and submittals to support the use of steel plate bridging and all other materials, labor, supervision, overhead of any type or description will be paid for as an incidental to the work that the bridging is installed to facilitate. No separate payment for steel plate bridging will be made. No extension to contract time will be allowed for, or because of, the use of steel plate bridging. 306-1.2.4 Field Jointing of Reinforced Concrete Pipe. add the following: The Contractor shall provide Gasket-type joints for reinforced concrete pipe (watertight joints) where indicated on plans. 306-1.3.1 General. add the following: The Contractor shall install detectable underground utility marking tape 230 mm x 75 rnm (9” x 3) above each or, in the case of bundled underground conduit of the same type, the upper underground conduit being installed by the open trench method. The type and color of detectable underground utility marking tape shall conform to the requirements of section 207-25 et seq. 306-1.3.4 Compaction Requirements. delete Section 306-1.3.4 and replace with the following: The Contractor shall densify trench backfill to a minimum of 90 percent relative compaction except that in the top 300 rnm (12) of the street right-of-way, compaction shall be 95 percent. @ Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 151 of 166 Pages 306-1.5 Trench Resurfacing. 306-1.5.1 Temporary Resurfacing. Delete the fourth and fifth paragraphs and substitute the following: Temporary bituminous resurfacing materials which are placed by the Contractor are for its convenience and shall be at no cost to the Agency. Temporary bituminous resurfacing materials shall be used in lieu of permanent resurfacing only when approved by the Engineer. When temporary bituminous resurfacing materials are used in lieu of permanent resurfacing it shall be removed and replaced with permanent resurfacing within 7 days of placement. No additional payment will be made for temporary bituminous resurfacing materials. The price bid for the associated conduit or structure shall include full compensation for furnishing, placing, maintaining, removing, and disposing of such temporary resurfacing materials. 306-1 52 Permanent Resurfacing. Add the following: Except as provided in section 306-1 51, “Temporary Resurfacing,” the Contractor shall perform permanent trench resurfacing within 24 hours after the completion of backfill and densification of backfill and aggregate base materials. 306-5 ABANDONMENT OF CONDUITS AND STRUCTURES. Add the following: Unless otherwise noted on plans, the Contractor shall remove all existing abandoned pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, and pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, that are abandoned during the course of the work and shall replace said pipelines and conduits with properly compacted soils. Payment for removal and disposal of abandoned utilities shall be included in the lump-sum bid for Clearing and Grubbing, and no additional payment will be made. SECTION 307 - STREET LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC SIGNALS 307-3 STREET LIGHTING CONSTRUCTION. Modify as follows: Section 209, “Signals, Lighting and Electrical Systems” herein, shall replace Section 307-3, “Electrical Components”, of the SSPWC in all matters pertaining to the specifications for measurement, payment, warranty, and methods of construction for all elements of street lighting and traffic signals. 307-4 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONSTRUCTION. Modify as follows: Section 209, “Signals, Lighting and Electrical Systems” herein, shall replace Section 307-4, ”Electrical Components”, of the SSPWC in all matters pertaining to the specifications for measurement, payment, warranty, and methods of construction for all elements of street lighting and traffic signals. SECTION 308 LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION INSTALLATION 308-2 EARTHWORK AND TOPSOIL PLACEMENT 308-2.3.2 Fertilization and Conditioning Procedures. add the following: The Contractor shall cultivate the surface of all areas to be planted or hydroseeded by discing, ripping or scarifying the finish grade. After cultivation the Contractor shall clear the planting areas of stones to the depth of cultivation and shall be rake the planting areas to a smooth friable and plantable surface. The Contractor shall cultivate all planting areas, except slopes steeper than 3-1/2:1 (horizontal to vertical), to a depth of 300 mm (12”). The planting areas that are slopes steeper than 3-1/2:1, shall be cultivated to a depth of 150 mm (6”). After cultivation, the soil amendments shown in table 308-2.3.2(A) shall be thoroughly blended 150 mm (6) deep in all planting areas. Except for planting pits the cultivation depths are designated as the root area. Backfill for planting pits shall conform to the requirements of section 308-4.5. After surface preparation and application of the soil amendments shown in Table 308-2.3.2(A) the Contractor shall obtain a minimum of one test for each soil property listed in Tables 308-2.3.2(8) and 308-2.3.2(C) from each median planter, at least one test per 150 m (500’) from each parkway and for each hectare (2.5 acres) of hydroseeded area and @ Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 152 of 166 Pages c - shall submit the results of said tests to the Engineer. The Contractor shall then adjust the soil properties to the acceptable ranges of soil properties shown in Tables 308-2.3.2(8) and 308-2.3.2(C) using such materials and methods as may be necessary. Organic soil amendment materials shall not be included in the samples used to determine compliance to the soil particle gradation requirements of Table 308-2.3.2(C). If adjustments are necessary the soil shall be tested by the Contractor after such adjustments for each soil property listed in Table 308-2.3.2(8) and 308-2.3.2(C) to determine that the adjustments to the soil made by the Contractor result in soil properties within the acceptable range. The Contractor shall adjust the soil properties and show acceptable ranges prior to any planting or application of hydroseed slurry. Prior to the start of any planting or application of hydroseed slurry the surface and root area shall be evenly and thoroughly moistened to no less than 75 percent of field capacity. The Contractor shall certify, in writing, that the ground surface has been prepared in accordance with this section and shall request inspection by the Engineer prior to any planting or seeding. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer’s approval before any planting or hydroseeding. - c Soil Amendment Agricultural Gypsum iron Sulfate Calcium Carbonate Lime Organic Soil Amendment Metric Application Rate Approx. U.S. Application Rate 500 g per square meter 100 Ibs. per 1,000 square feet 50 g per square meter 10 Ibs. per 1,000 square feet 500 g per square meter 100 Ibs. per 1,000 square feet 0.041 15 cubic meters per square 5 cubic yards per 1,000 square feet meter (average depth 41 mm) (average depth 1 ’//,I,) Soil Property Acceptable Range PH 6.5 to 7.3 Dissolved Salts c 4.0 dS m-’ Test Method Repeatability Range of Test Saturation Paste pH kO.1 pH Saturation Paste k 7% (ECJ Liquid Limit Plasticitv Index - Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 153 of 166 Pages Soluble Salts N/A to 30 ASTM D 423 f2 NP to 10 ASTM D424 +2 Sieve Size _- 19 mm (3/;) 9.5 mm (3/8)1) 4.75 mm (No. 4) 475 pm (No. 40) 75 pm (No. 200) - 1.89 mm (No. 10) Percent Passing 100 95 - 100 60 - 85 40 - 75 35 - 70 30 - 70 308-2.4 Finish Grading. add following: The Contractor shall prepare the finish grade in hydroseed slope areas with a moderately rough texture to provide a suitable surface for adherence of the hydroseed mix. 308-4 PLANTING. 308-4.1 General. add the following: The Contractor shall perform actual planting during those periods when weather and soil conditions are suitable and in accordance with locally accepted horticultural practice and as approved by the Engineer. No planting shall be done in any area until it has been satisfactorily prepared in accordance with these specifications. Soil moisture level prior to planting shall be no less than 75 percent of field capacity. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval of planting pits before planting operations begin. For pit planted vegetation when the soil moisture level is found to be insufficient for planting, the Contractor shall fill the planting pits with water and allow them to drain before starting planting operations. No more plants shall be distributed in the planting area on any day than can be planted and watered on that day. The Contractor shall plant and water all plants as herein specified immediately after removal from their containers. Containers shall not be cut prior to placing the plants in the planting area. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide continuous horticultural services and temporary and/or permanent irrigation to all planted and hydroseeded areas so that the planted and hydroseeded vegetation is 100 percent healthy and thriving prior to, and throughout the, landscape maintenance period. 308-4.2 Protection and Storage. add the following: The Contractor shall submit a sheltered and secure location for on-site plant storage area for the Engineer's approval prior to the delivery of any plant materials. Any plant determined by the Engineer to be wilted, broken, or otherwise damaged shall be rejected at any time during the project, whether in the ground or not. All plants shall be handled by their containers. Any plant that has been handled by its trunk or stem shall be rejected. All rejected plants shall be removed from the site immediately. 308-4.3 Layout and Plant Location. modify as follows: Planting areas shall be staked by the Contractor and the Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval of the planting layout before planting operations begin. 308-4.5 Tree and Shrub Planting. add the following: The Contractor shall amend the backfill for planting holes to a thoroughly blended mixture of clean loamy soil meeting the requirements of Tables 308-2.3.2(6) and 308-2.3.2(C) and then blend the amendments listed in Table 308-4.5(A) into the backfill for planting holes. TABLE 308-4.5(A) BACKFILL AND AMENDMENTS FOR TREE AND SHRUB PLANTING L I size container I size container ' Planting tablet requirements are not cumulative and apply to the size container indicated - @ Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 154 of 166 Pages 3 8 - - Pruning shall be limited to the minimum necessary to remove injured twigs and branches, and to compensate for loss of roots during transplanting, but never to exceed one-tenth the branching structure. Pruning may be done only with the approval of, and in the presence of, the Engineer. Cuts over 19 mm (94”) shall be painted with an approved tree wound paint. - Add the following section: _-- 308-4.5.1 Root Barriers. Root barriers shall conform to section 212-1.8, Root Barriers. The Contractor shall install root barriers continuously at the edges of all median planter areas. The top and bottom of the root barrier shall be installed as indicated on the plans, eliminating any breaks in the barrier by providing at least 150 mm (6”) of overlap at splices or damaged areas. Splices and repair patches shall be stitched to the root barrier material by a running stitch of no less than 6 6 1 stitches per 25 mm (I”), 308-4.6 Plant Staking and Guying. add the following: The Contractor shall install all boxed trees per drawings L-1 and L-2 of the San Diego Regional Standard Drawings unless details shown on the project plans differ therefrom. 308-4.8.2(b) Method 6. add the following: The Contractor shall prepare hydroseeding slurry on the job site. Slurry additives shall arrive at the site in bags sealed and properly identified by the manufacturer. All specified additives and water shall be added on the job site at the rates specified and shall be thoroughly mixed at the job site. The Contractor shall add seed to the slurry after the fiber mulch has been thoroughly incorporated. The Contractor shall spray all areas with a uniform, visible coat using the green color of the mulch as a guide. The Contractor shall apply the slurry in a sweeping motion, in an arched stream so as to fall like rain allowing the mulch fibers to built on each other until a good coat is achieved and the material is spread, evenly, at the required rate per area. The Contractor shall use care not to drag spray hoses over container planted material and shall attempt to spray from the edges of the planting areas wherever possible. Any slurry mixture which has not been applied to the planting areas within four (4) hours after mixing is be rejected and removed from the project at the Contractor’s expense. Any slurry spilled into areas outside the limits of work shall be cleaned up at the Contractor’s expense to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall assure that the site is properly prepared. The Contractor shall repair all tire ruts created by the equipment. Areas needing grading repair prior to hydroseeding shall be blended and floated to match surrounding grades. Areas having less than 80% plant coverage within thirty (30) days after the initial application shall be reseeded every twenty (20) days until 80% of the ground surface is evenly covered by hydroseeded or subsequently reseeded growth. I - c Add the following section: 308-4.8.3.1 Weed Eradication. The Contractor shall water all irrigated areas to be hydroseeded for three (3) weeks prior to hydroseeding to allow for germination of the weed seeds. The Contractor shall spray all weeds with a post emergent herbicide immediately after the completion of the three week irrigation period. After two (2) weeks, the Contractor shall again eradicate the weeds and complete the preparation of the soil prior to the application of the hydroseed mixes. Add the following section, 308-4.1 0 Erosion Control Matting Installation Add the following section, 308-4.1 0.1 General. Before installation of erosion control matting the Contractor shall complete all soil preparation, fine grading, and hydroseeding of the areas to receive erosion control matting. Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 155 of 166 Pages I Add the following section: - Contractor immediately after the first application of hydroseed materials. In all cases the Contractor 308-4.1 0.2 Coordination with Hydroseeding. Erosion control matting shall be installed by the shall place the erosion control matting within three days after the first hydroseed material application. Should any seed in the hydroseed materials begin to germinate within the three-day period after application or before the installation of the erosion control matting, the installation of the erosion control matting shall be considered as late and the Contractor shall disc the hydroseed materials into the top 100m (4”) of the underlying soil, condition the soil for hydroseeding, apply hydroseeding materials at the rates and of the type specified and then install the erosion control matting. late installation of erosion control matting. 308-4.1 0.3 Installation. The Contractor shall install erosion control matting using the following techniques: - -x No additional payment will be made for second or subsequent hydroseed applications resulting from Add the following section: - - 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. - Begin at the top of the slope by placing the erosion control matting into a 150 mm (6‘‘) wide by 150 mm (6“) deep trench with the end of the matting laid flat in the bottom of the trench Anchor the end of the erosion control matting with erosion control mat staples spaced no more than 300 mm (12”) on centers placed at the intersection of the bottom and the downhill vertical face of the trench. Roll the erosion control matting down the slope. Staple the erosion control matting on an alternating grid consisting of three across and two across Erosion control mat so stapled shall be spaced such that no less than 1 % staples per square meter (1 Y2 staples per square yard) are provided to anchor the erosion control matting. Start the adjacent erosion control mat as in Item 1. of this section, overlapping the previously placed mat by no less than 50 mm (2”). Staple placement may be such as to use the staples used to secure the adjacent mat to secure both mats along their edges. -.. lines of staples in horizontal lines spaced 900mm (3’) on centers. - - - 308-5 IRRIGATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION. - 308-5.1 General. Add the following: The Contractor shall apply irrigation water as often and in sufficient amounts, as conditions may require, to germinate and establish the seed and keep the container plants healthy and growing. The Contractor shall lay out lines, valves, and other The Contractor shall be responsible for damages caused by its operations. Connections shall be made at approximately the locations shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for . 48 hours in advance, as to the date, time and exact length of time of each shut-off. The Contractor shall demonstrate that the entire irrigation system is under full automatic operation for a period of underground utilities and receive the approval of the Engineer before digging trenches. - unapproved changes. Permission to shut off any existing in-use water lines must be obtained seven days prior to any planting. L_ - 308-5.2 Irrigation Pipeline Installation. add the following: The Contractor shall install all pressure main line piping from the irrigation system so as to maintain 3.1 m (10’) minimum horizontal separation from all potable water piping. Where reclaimed and potable water pressure mainline piping cross, the reclaimed water piping shall be installed below the potable water piping, sleeved in a pressure rating of 200 PSI SDR 21 “Alertline” PVC sleeve which extends a minimum of 3.1 m (IO’) 300 mm (12”) between the reclaimed and potable water lines. Conventional (white) PVC pipe Schedule 40 may be used for sleeving material if it is taped along its entire length with 75 mm (3) - on either side of the potable water piping and be located to provide a minimum vertical clearance of wide purple warning tape which reads “Caution Reclaimed Water”. - - - @ Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 156 of 166 Pages - - For trenching through areas where topsoil has been spread, the Contractor shall deposit topsoil on one side of trench and subsoil on opposite side. Subsoil shall be free of all rocks 13 mm (!hi‘) in diameter or larger, debris, and litter, prior to use as backfill. The Contractor shall repair any leaks and replace all defective pipe or fittings until lines meet test requirements. The Contractor shall not cover any lines until they have been inspected and approved by the Engineer for tightness, quality of workmanship, and materials. The Contractor shall not be backfill trenches until all required tests and observations are performed. Observations include sprinkler heads, all fittings, lateral and mainline pipe, valves, and direct burial wire. - - 308-5.2.3 Plastic Pipeline. add the following: The Contractor shall store all pipe and fittings under cover until used, and all pipe and fittings shall transported in a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow the length of pipe to lay flat so as not to be subjected to undue bending or concentrated external load at any point. Pipe ends and fittings shall be wiped with MEK, or equal, before welding solvent is applied. Welded joints shall be given a minimum of 15 minutes to set before moving or handling. All field cuts shall be beveled to remove burrs and excess before fitting and gluing together. The Contractor shall center load pipe with small amount of backfill to prevent arching and slipping under pressure. Joints shall be exposed for inspection during testing. Plastic-to-plastic joints shall be solvent-welded, using only solvent recommended by pipe manufacturer. Add the following section: 308-5.2.6 Installation of Brass Pipe. The Contractor shall cut brass piping by power hacksaw, circular cutting machine using an abrasive wheel, or hand hacksaw. No piping shall be cut with metallic wheel cutter of any description. The Contractor shall ream and remove rough edges or burrs on all pipe so that smooth and unobstructed flow is obtained, place Teflon tape, Teflon dope, or approved equal on male threads only, and tighten to prevent any leakage. The Contractor shall tighten screwed joints with tongs or wrenches. Caulking is not permitted. - L - Add the following section: 308-5.3.1 Valves. Add the following: The Contractor shall install each control valve in a separate valve box with a minimum of 300 mm (1 2”) separation between valves and 150 mm (6) from any fixed object or structure. - Add the following section 308-5.3.2 Valve Boxes. The Contractor shall install no more than one valve per box. All boxes are to be marked as to the type of valve. Remote control valve boxes shall also indicate control station - I number. Add the following section: - 308-5.3.3 Backflow Preventer. The Contractor shall install backflow preventer assembly in accordance with manufacturer‘s specifications and as directed on drawings. Exact location and positioning shall be verified on the site by the Engineer. 308-5.4.4 Sprinkler Head Adjustment. Add the following: The Contractor shall flush and adjust all irrigation heads and valves for optimum performance and to prevent overspray onto walks, roadways buildings, walls, and other structures. Add the following section: 308-5.4.5 Drip Assembly. The Contractor shall install drip emitter filter on the supply side of all electric pressure regulating control valve for all emitter systems. The Contractor shall install a flush valve on the discharge side of all drip laterals. - - - c Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 157 of 166 Pages 308-5.5 Automatic Control System Installation. add the following: The Contractor shall install all portions of the electrical installation with materials and methods conforming to the requirements of the 1996 National Electrical Code. The Contractor shall provide no less than one control wire and one common ground wire to service each valve in system. 308-5.6.3 Sprinkler Coverage Test. add the following: This test shall be accomplished before any ground cover is planted. 308-6 MAINTENANCE AND PLANT ESTABLISHMENT. Add the following: For hydroseeded areas, median planting and mitigation area, the Contractor shall maintain said areas for period of no less than 120 days or until final acceptance of the project, whichever is the greater. Mowing is not required for hydroseeded areas. The Contractor shall provide complete landscape maintenance of all planted areas. The work shall include, but not be limited to, watering, litter control, weed control, stake repair, cultivating, supplementary fertilization, repair of irrigation systems, and control of diseases and pests. The Contractor shall submit a written plan to control weeds, disease, and pest infestations in the planting areas. The submittal shall conform to the requirements for shop drawings as specified in section 2-5.3 et seq. of the specifications. The Engineer shall approve all methods and materials for such control. Upon approval, the Contractor shall implement the control measures, exercising extreme caution in using pesticides and taking all steps to ensure the safety of the public. Only licensed personnel will be permitted to perform toxic spraying work. During the plant establishment period, the Contractor shall furnish sufficient workers and equipment on a daily basis to perform the work required by this section. Any day when the Contractor fails to adequately carry out specified maintenance work, as determined necessary by the Engineer, will not be credited as one of the plant establishment days. All planting areas which are damaged by construction shall be repaired by the Contractor within twenty (20) days following completion of construction in such. The Contractor shall repair such damaged areas. The repair shall consist of bringing the damaged area back to final grade, preparing the soil, replanting the area with the same vegetation as originally specified, and maintaining the area to achieve acceptable plant establishment. The Contractor shall provide temporary irrigation for hydroseeded areas for a minimum of 120 days to ensure adequate plant establishment. Towards the end of the maintenance period, the Contractor shall gradually reduce the amount of irrigation to allow plant adaptation to non-irrigated conditions. Upon the approval of the engineer, the temporary irrigation system shall be shut off at the end of the maintenance period. The hydroseeded areas must have their growth of 80% established and the coverage must be evenly successful over the entire hydroseeded area and adequate to prevent erosion no less than 30 days before the end of the maintenance period. Should the coverage not be achieved the maintenance period shall be extended until the required coverage is achieved plus an additional 30 day period. The Contractor shall call for a final inspection 30 days before the end of the maintenance period and at the end of the maintenance period. Failure to pass inspection will result in an extension of the maintenance period. The Contractor shall continue to provide maintenance for such time necessary to obtain conformance to the specifications. 308-7 GUARANTEE. Add following: The Contractor shall guarantee all 600 mm (24") box trees installed under the contract to live and grow for one year from the day of final acceptance of the contract work. The Contractor shall guarantee all other plant material, including ground covers to live and grow for a period of 30 days from the last day of the maintenance period or final acceptance of the contract work, whichever is the later. The Contractor shall replace, at its expense, all plant material found to be dead, missing, or in poor condition during the maintenance period within 5 days of discovery of such plant material. The Engineer shall be the sole judge as to the condition of the plant material. Plant material found to be dead or in poor condition within the guarantee period shall be replaced by the Contractor, at its expense, within 15 days of written notification. Replacements shall be made to the same specifications required for the original plantings. The Contractor shall submit written vegetation, planting and irrigation guarantee in approved form that all work showing defects in materials or workmanship will be repaired or replaced at no cost to the Engineer for a period of one year from the date of acceptance by the Engineer. The Guarantee form shall be retyped on the Contractor's letterhead and contain the following verbiage: Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 158 of 166 Pages .L I “Guarantee For Vegetation, Planting and Irrigation System For (Project Name) We hereby guarantee that the vegetation, planting and irrigation system we have furnished and installed for (project name) is free from defects in materials and workmanship, and the work has been completed in accordance with the drawings and specifications. We agree to repair or replace any defect in vegetation, material or workmanship, including that due to ordinary wear and tear, which may develop during the periods specified in section 308-7 of the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions of said project from date of completion of the Work or termination of any maintenance period, whichever is the later, and also to repair or replace any damage resulting from the repairing or replacing of such defects at no additional cost to the Agency. This guarantee does not extend to unusual abuse or neglect that may occur subsequent to the date of completion of the Work or termination of any maintenance period, whichever is the later. We shall make such repairs or replacements within a reasonable time, as determined by the Engineer, after receipt of written notice. In the event of failure to make such repairs or replacements within a reasonable time after receipt of written notice from the Engineer, we authorize the Engineer to proceed to have said repairs or replacements made at our expense, and we will pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand. Project: (Project Name) Location: (Legal Description of Project Propetfy) Name of Contractor: Address: (Of Contractor) Telephone: (Of Contractor) By: (Typed or printed names of signing OtXcer(s) of the Contractor authorized to bind the Contractor in legal matters) Title: (Of said officer(s)) Signa ture(s) Date of Execution.” Add the following section: 308-7.1 Record Drawings. In addition to the requirements of section 2-5.4, herein, the Contractor shall prepare record drawings that show all changes in the work constituting departures from the original contract drawings, including those involving both constant-pressure and intermittent-pressure lines and appurtenances. The Contractor shall accurately record, on a daily basis, on one set of blue line prints of the irrigation drawings, all changes in work constituting departures from the original contract drawings, including changes in both pressure and nonpressure line. The Contractor shall post information on record drawings no later than the next working day after the work is installed. The Contractor shall record changes and dimensions in a legible and professional manner. When the drawings are approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall transfer all information to a set of reproducible photo mylar drawings. Items required to be shown shall be dimensioned by the Contractor from two permanent points of reference (buildings, monuments, sidewalks, curbs, pavement). The accuracy of location of all items to be shown on the drawings shall be 150 mm (6”) in both the vertical and horizontal planes. All text and numerals placed on drawings shall be 0.30 mm (‘/;’) in size. Facilities and items to be located in their horizontal and vertical positions and shown on the record drawings include all: a) Point(s) of connection, for water and electrical services b) Routing of irrigation pressure mainlines c) Backflow preventors d) Ball, gate and check valves e) Irrigation control valves. f) Quick coupler valves g) Routing of service wires h) Routing of control wires i) Electrical service equipment j) Electrical junction boxes k) Irrigation controllers I) Sleeves for future connections m) Other equipment of a similar nature (as directed by the Engineer). a Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 159 of 166 Pages The Contractor shall keep the blue print drawings available for the Engineer's inspection at any time. The Contractor shall make all changes to reproducible drawings in waterproof black ink (no ball point pen). Changes in dimensions shall be recorded in a legible and professional manner. Record construction drawings shall be maintained at the job site during construction. The Contractor shall provide one set of mylar "record" drawings to the Engineer after submitting blue-line prints of the proposed "record" drawings for, and obtaining their approval by, the Engineer. Add the following section: 308-7.2 Controller Chart. The Contractor shall prepare record drawings which shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval by the Engineer before charts are prepared. The Contractor shall provide one controller chart of the maximum size the controller door will allow, for each controller supplied, showing the area covered by that automatic controller. The chart shall be a reduction of the actual record system drawing with a legend to explain all symbols. If the controller sequence is not legible when the drawing is reduced, The Contractor shall enlarge it to a size that will be readable when reduced. The Contractor shall photocopy the chart, with a pastel transparent color used to show area of coverage for each station. When completed and approved, the Contractor shall hermetically seal the chart between two pieces of plastic, each piece being a minimum 20 mils thick. The Contractor shall complete the charts and obtain the Engineers approval prior to final inspection of the irrigation system. Add the following section: 308-7.3 Operation and Maintenance Manuals. The Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer, within 10 calendar days prior to completion of construction, all required and necessary descriptive material in complete detail and sufficient quantity, properly prepared in four individual bound copies. The descriptive material shall describe the material installed in sufficient detail to permit qualified operating personnel to understand, operate, and maintain all equipment. The Contractor shall include spare parts list and related manufacturer information for each equipment item installed. Each manual shall include the following: a) Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number. b) Duration of Guarantee period. c) List of equipment, with names and addresses of manufacturer's local representative. d) Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. e) In addition to the maintenance manuals, the Contractor shall provide the agency maintenance personnel with instructions for major equipment, and show written evidence to the Engineer at the conclusion of the work that this service has been rendered. Add the following section: 308-7.4 Check List. The Contractor shall complete and forward signed and dated checklist to the Engineer before final acceptance of project. The following checklist at the end of the project, using the format shown: Plumbing permits (if none required, so note) Materials approval Pressure mainline test (by whom, and date) Record drawings completed (received by, and date) Controller chart completed (received by, and date) Materials furnished (received by, and date) Operation and maintenance manuals furnished (received by, and date) System and equipment operation instructions (received by, and date) Manufacturer warranties (received by, and date) Written guarantee by Contractor (received by, and date) Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 160 of 166 Pages -. - 308-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. add the following: The unit price set forth in the contract documents for "Median Landscaping and Irrigation System" shall include, but not be limited to, full compensation for furnishing all plants, labor, materials, tools, and equipment and performing all work necessary to complete, maintain, and guarantee the planting and irrigation work described or specified in the contract documents, including soils testing and recommended soil amendments, seed and hydroseed slurry, tree stakes, bark mulch, erosion control matting, plant materials, temporary irrigation and permanent irrigation, including reduced-pressure back-flow preventer, ball valves, drip valve assembly, electric control valves, quick couplers, control wires, pull boxes, valve boxes, all piping and sleeves, electrical conduits, irrigation heads, drip emitters, bubblers, drip irrigation equipment, connection from electrical service to irrigation electrical meter, connection from meter to irrigation controller(s), installation of controller enclosure, concrete pads, preparation, correction, reproduction and lamination of "as-built" drawings, controller charts, assembly and submittal of the check list and operation and maintenance manuals and all appurtenances to the aforementioned items, as well as 120 days' maintenance and project guarantees. After completion of the project, the Engineer will retain $12,000 of the total contract amount, and will subsequently disburse the $12,000 to the Contractor on a monthly basis of $3,000 per month. The Engineer reserves the right to stop payment until all punch list items submitted to the Contractor every month are completed. .- SECTION 310 - PAINTING L 31 0-5 PAINTING VARIOUS SURFACES. 31 0-5.6 Painting Traffic Striping, Pavement Markings and Curb Markings. Modify the fifth paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, labor, and supervision necessary for painting traffic lanes, directional arrows, guidelines, curbs, parking lines, crosswalks, and other designated markings in accordance with the Plans, or for approved temporary detours essential for safe control of traffic through and around the construction site. The Contractor shall remove by wet grinding all existing or temporary traffic markings and lines that may confuse the public. When temporary detour striping or markings are no longer required, they shall be removed prior to painting the new traffic stripes or markings. All debris generated from wet grinding shall be promptly removed by the contractor. -- 31 0-5.6.3 Equipment. Delete the ninth paragraph and substitute the following: The Contractor shall provide a wet grinding machine with sufficient capacity to completely remove all existing or temporary traffic striping or markings that conflict with the striping plan, or are contrary to the Traffic Manual, or that may be confusing to the public. The surface produced by grinding the existing or temporary traffic striping or markings on pavement shall not exceed variations from a uniform plane more than 3 mm ('/gI') in 3 m (10') when measured parallel to the centerline of the street or more than 6 mm ('/4))) in 3 m (10') when measured perpendicular to the centerline of the street. The use of any equipment that leaves ridges, indentations or other objectionable marks in the pavement shall be discontinued, and equipment capable of providing acceptable surface shall be furnished by the Contractor. This equipment shall meet all requirements of the air pollution control district having jurisdiction. 31 0-5.6.6 Preparation of Existing Surfaces. Modify the first paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall remove all existing markings and striping, either permanent or temporary, which are to be abandoned, obliterated or that conflict with the plans by wet grinding methods. Removal of striping by high velocity water jet may be permitted when there is neither potential of the water and detritus from the high velocity water jetting to damage vehicles or private property nor to flow from the street into any storm drain or water course and when approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall vacuum all water and detritus resulting from high velocity water jet striping removal from the pavement - '3 Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 161 of 166 Pages immediately after the water jetting and shall not allow such materials to flow in the gutter, enter the storm drain system or to leave the pavement surface. Surface variation limitations for high velocity water jet striping removal shall be the same as for grinding. The Contractor shall not use dry or wet sandblasting in any areas. Alternate methods of paint removal require prior approval of the Engineer. Obliteration of traffic striping with black paint, emulsion, slurry, oil or any other masking method is not permitted. 310-5.6.7 Layout, Alignment, and Spotting. Modify the first paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall establish the necessary control points for all required pavement striping and markings by surveying methods. No layout of traffic striping shall be performed by the Contractor before establishment of the necessary control points. The Contractor shall establish all traffic striping between these points by string line or other method to provide striping that will vary less than 80mm per 100m (1/2 inch in 50 feet) from the specified alignment. The Contractor shall obliterate, straight stripes deviating more than 80mm per 100mm (1/2 inch in 50 feet) by wet grinding, and then correcting the markings. The Contractor shall lay out (cat track) immediately behind installation of surface course asphalt and as the work progresses. The exact location of striping and stop limit lines shall be approved by the engineer prior to installation. 310-5.6.8 Application of Paint. Modify the second paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall apply the first coat of paint immediately upon approval of striping layout by the Public Works Director or his representative. The Contractor shall paint the ends of each median nose yellow. The contractor shall repaint all striping two weeks after initial painting. Add the following to the eighth paragraph: The Contractor shall apply temporary traffic stripes in one coat. Temporary traffic stripes shall be maintained by the Contractor so that the stripes are clearly visible both day and night. Prior to final acceptance of street improvements all street striping and markings within the perimeter of the construction project will be restored to a "like new" condition, in a manner meeting the approval of the Project Inspector. 310-5.6.10 Measurement and Payment. Modify the first paragraph as follows: Final and temporary traffic striping, curb markings, pavement markings and reflective pavement markers as shown on the plans and required by the specifications shall be included in the lump-sum bid price for Traffic Striping, Signing, Pavement Markings and Reflective Pavement Markers and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Reapplication of temporary stripes and markings shall be repainted at the Contractor's expense, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. The lump sum bid price shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals for doing all work in installing the final and temporary traffic striping, pavement markers and pavement markings. Add the following section: 31 0-5.6.1 1 Preformed Thermoplastic Pavement Markings. For asphalt concrete pavement the Contractor shall apply alkyd binder thermoplastic or preformed thermoplastic pavement markings using the propane torch method recommended by the manufacturer. The preformed thermoplastic pavement markings shall not be applied at ambient and road temperatures below 0% (32QF). The Contractor shall clean, dry and remove all debris from the pavement before applying preformed thermoplastic pavement markings. Portland cement concrete pavement the Contractor shall use the same application procedure as described for asphalt concrete pavement. However, at the Contractor's option a compatible primer sealer may be applied before application to assure proper adhesion. Add the following Section: 310-7 PERMANENT SIGNING Add the following Section: 310-7.1 General. Add the following section: The Contractor shall provide and install all permanent traffic control signs at locations shown on plans and as specified herein. - e Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 162 of 166 Pages I Add the following section: 31 0-7.2 Measurement And Payment. Permanent signing and appurtenances thereto shown on the plans or required in the specifications are a part of the lump-sum bid for Traffic Striping, Signing, - Pavement Markings and Reflective Pavement Markers and payment therefor shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in supplying and installing permanent signing and appurtenances, complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specification and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. - *-. I SECTION 312 - PAVEMENT MARKER PLACEMENT AND REMOVAL 312-1 PLACEMENT. Add the following to the third paragraph: 4) When being installed on asphalt concrete pavement sooner than 14 days after placement of the asphalt concrete pavement course on which the pavement markers are to be placed. Add the following section: 312-1.1 Reflective Channelizer Placement and Removal. The Contractor shall place and remove reflective channelizers the same as for pavement marker placement and removal. The Contractor shall place the channelizers uniformly, straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved alignment to the same tolerances of position as for application of paint in section 310-5.6.8. The Contractor shall perform all layout work necessary to place the channelizers to the proper alignment. If the channelizers are displaced or fail to remain in an upright position, from any cause, the channelizers shall immediately be replaced or restored to their original location, by the Contractor. When reflective channelizers are removed the pavement surface shall be restored to the same color and surface finish as the adjacent pavement. SECTION 313 - TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES Add the following section: 313-1 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC PAVEMENT MARKERS. Add the following section: 313-1.1 General. The Contractor shall supply and install temporary traffic pavement markers, channelizers, signing, railing (type K), crash cushions and appurtenances at the locations shown on the plans and as required in the specifications, complete in place prior to opening the traveled way served by said final and temporary traffic pavement markers, signing, railing (type K) and appurtenances to public traffic. 31 3-1.2 Temporary Pavement Markers. Temporary reflective raised pavement markers shall be placed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Temporary reflective raised pavement markers shall be cemented to the surfacing with the adhesive recommended by the manufacturer, except epoxy adhesive shall not be used to place temporary reflective raised pavement markers in areas where removal of the markers will be required. Pavement striping, legends and markers which conflict with any traffic pattern shall be removed by grinding as determined by the Engineer. The Contractor shall use temporary reflective raised pavement markers for temporary pavement marking, except when the temporary pavement markers are used to replace patterns of temporary traffic stripe that will be in place for less than 30 days. Reflective pavement markers used in place of the removable-type pavement markers shall conform to the section 31 2 “Pavement Marker Placement and Removal”, except the 14-day waiting period before placing the pavement markers on new asphalt concrete surfacing as specified in section 31 2-1 “Placement”, shall not apply; and epoxy adhesive shall not be used to place pavement markers in areas where removal of the markers will be - - required. - @ Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 163 of 166 Pages - Add the following section: ---, 313-1.3 Channelizers. Channelizers shall be new surface-mounted type and shall be furnished, placed, and maintained at the locations shown on the plans. Channelizer posts shall be orange in color. Channelizers shall have affixed white reflective sheeting as specified in the special provisions. The reflective sheeting shall be 75 mm x 300 mm (3’ x 12”) in size. The reflective sheeting shall be visible at 300 m (1000’) at night under illumination of legal high beam headlights, by persons with vision of or corrected to 20/20. The channelizer bases shall be cemented to the pavement in the same manner as provided for cementing pavement markers to pavement in section 312-1, “Placement.” Channelizers shall be applied only on a clean, dry surface. Channelizers shall be The channelizers shall be placed uniformly, straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved alignment. All layout work necessary to place the channelizers to the proper alignment shall be performed by the Contractor. If the channelizers are displaced or fail to remain in an upright position, from any cause, the channelizers shall immediately be replaced or restored to their original location, by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Certificate of Compliance in accordance with the provisions of section 4-1 5, “Certification”. Said certificate shall certify that the channelizers comply with the plans and specifications and conform to the prequalified design and material requirements approved by the Engineer and were manufactured in accordance with a quality control program approved by the Engineer. Add the following section: - c placed on the alignment and location shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer. - - - 313-2 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNING. - Add the following section: 313-2.1 General. The Contractor shall provide and install all temporary traffic control signs, markers, Add the following section: markings, and delineators at locations shown on plans and specified herein. - -. 313-2.2 Maintenance of Temporary Traffic Signs. If temporary traffic signs are displaced or overturned, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately replace the signs in their original approved locations. The Contractor shall maintain all temporary traffic signs used in the Work in a clean, reflective and readable condition. The Contractor shall replace or restore graffiti marked temporary traffic signs and posts used in the Work within 18 hours of such marking being discovered during non-working hours or, when the marking is discovered during working hours, within 2 hours of such discovery of marking. Add the following section: 313-3 TEMPORARY RAILING (TYPE K) AND CRASH CUSHIONS. Add the following section: 313-3.1 Temporary Railing and Crash Cushions. Temporary railing (Type K) shall consist of interconnected new or undamaged used precast concrete barrier units as shown on the plans. Temporary sand-filled crash cushions shall consist of new or undamaged used temporary sand-filled crash cushions units as shown on the plans. - 313-3.1.1 Appearance. Exposed surfaces of new and used units of Temporary railing (Type K) shall be freshly coated with a white color paint prior to their first use on the project. The paint shall conform to the provisions in sections 210-1.5 “Paint Systems” and 310 “Painting”. Contractor shall be The Contractor Shall replace or repaint units of Temporary railing (Type K) or shall remove graffiti, tire or vehicle marks, dirt or any and all materials such that said marks or discoloration mar the responsible for the removal and cleanup or painting over the graffiti from the K-Rails within 48 hours. appearance of said units when ordered by the Engineer after the units are in place. ~ - - Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 - Page 164 of 166 Pages c c Add the following section. 31 3-3.1.2 Manufacture of Temporary Railing. In addition to the requirements herein the temporary railing (Type K) shall be manufactured per CALTRANS Standard Drawing T3. Concrete used to manufacture Temporary railing (Type K) shall conform to the provisions in sections 201 -1, “Portland Cement Concrete” and 303-1 “Concrete Structures”. Load tickets and a Certificate of Compliance will not be required. Reinforcing steel shall conform to the provisions sections 201 -1, “Portland Cement Concrete” and 303-1 “Concrete Structures”. Steel bars to receive bolts at ends of concrete panels shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 36/A 36M. The bolts shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 307. A round bar of the same diameter may be substituted for the end-connecting bolt shown on the plans. The bar shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 36/A 36M, shall have a minimum length of 660 mm and shall have a 75 mm (3”) diameter by 9 mm (3/<) thick plate welded on the upper end with a 5-mm (3/1;) fillet weld. The final surface finish of temporary railings (Type K) shall conform to the provisions in section 303-1.9.2 “Ordinary Surface Finish.” Exposed surfaces of concrete elements shall be cured by the water method, the forms-in-place method, or the pigmented curing compound method. The pigmented curing compound shall be type 2 curing compound. Temporary railing (Type K) may have the Contractor’s name or logo on each panel. The name or logo shall not be more than 100 mm in height and shall be located not more than 300 mm above the bottom of the rail panel. Add the following section. 313-3.1.3 Installation of Temporary Railing. In addition to the requirements herein the temporary railing (Type K) shall be installed per CALTRANS Standard Drawing T3. Temporary railing (Type K) shall be set on firm, stable foundation. The foundation shall be graded to provide a uniform bearing throughout the entire length of the railing. Abutting ends of precast concrete temporary railing (Type K) units shall be placed and maintained in alignment without substantial offset to each other. The precast concrete temporary railing (Type K) units shall be positioned straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved alignment Each temporary railing (Type K) unit placed within 3 m (1 0’) of a traffic lane shall have a reflector installed on top of the rail as directed by the Engineer. Reflectors and adhesive will be furnished by the Contractor. A Type P marker panel conforming to the requirements of the CALTRANS Traffic Manual shall also be installed at each end of temporary railing (Type K) installed adjacent to a two-lane, two-way highway and at the end facing traffic of temporary railing (Type K) installed adjacent to a one-way roadbed. The Contractor shall repaint each temporary railing (Type K) unit when it has been marked by graffiti, stained or marked by the Contractor’s operations or when their paint is scraped, discolored or marked by public traffic. If the temporary railing (Type K) is placed on a skew, the marker shall be installed at the end of the skew nearest the traveled way. Type P marker panels shall conform to the provisions of section 206-7.2, ‘Temporary Traffic Signs”. Where shown on the plans, threaded rods or dowels shall be bonded in holes drilled in existing concrete. When temporary railings (Type K) are removed, any area where temporary excavation or embankment was used to accommodate the temporary railing (Type K) shall be restored to its previous condition, or constructed to its planned condition. Add the following section: 313-3.2 Temporary Sand-Filled Crash Cushions. Temporary sand-filled crash cushion units shall be “Energite 111” manufactured by Energy Absorption Systems, “Fitch Inertial Barrier System Modules” manufactured by Roadway Safety Service, or equal. Features required to determine equivalence of any other temporary sand-filled crash cushion units shall be approval of the system by CALTRANS and that the temporary sand-filled crash cushion units meet NCHRP 350 standards. Other features will be suitability to application, operational characteristics, durability and other such characteristics that the Engineer shall determine. Temporary sand-filled crash cushions (TSFCC) shall be of the type and array configurations shown on plans, and installed at every end of, or gap in, the temporary railing (Type K) whenever the closest point of approach of traffic, regardless of direction, is 4.6 m (15’) or less to the end of the temporary railing (Type K) being considered. The TSFCC shall be Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 165 of 166 Pages - installed per CALTRANS Standard DrawingsT1 and T2 for approach speeds no less than the - posted speed of the street prior to construction or 55 kilometers per hour (35 mph), whichever is the greater. The TSFCC array shall be appropriate to the application as shown on said standard drawings. A Type J and/or P marker panel conforming to the requirements of the CALTRANS Traffic Manual shall also be installed at each TSFCC array as shown in CALTRANS Standard Drawings T1 and T2. Particular care shall be taken to assure that crash cushions are installed with the soil supporting them and the adjacent soil leveled to match the elevation of the bottom of the temporary railing immediately adjacent to the crash cushion. All routes of approach to the TSCFF array shall be graded such that any vehicle diverging frolm the travelled way to strike the TSCFF will travel on a - vertical alignment parallel to the segment of the travel lane that it departed from. -- Add the following section: channelizers, temporary signing, temporary railing (type K), temporary crash cushions and temporary appurtenances thereto shown on the plans or required in the specifications are a part of the lump sum bid price for Traffic Control or Traffic Striping, Signing, Pavement Markings and Reflective Pavement Markers and payment therefor shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in applying, installing, maintaining, and removing temporary traffic pavement markers, channelizers, signing, railing (type Standard Specification and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. Payment for temporary crash cushions, concrete barriers and the signs and reflectors marking them shall include repainting, replacement of damaged units and removal. 313-4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. Temporary traffic pavement markers, temporary - 1 K), crash cushions and appurtenances, complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the the installation, grading for installation, grading for the approach path, maintenance, painting and - - Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Page 166 of 166 Pages - c TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR POINSETTIA LANE DOMESTIC AND RECYCLED WATER MAINS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section No. Title DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01001 01010 Summary of Work 0101 1 General Construction Sequence 01 025 Measurement and Payment 01 047 01400 Quality Control 01 530 01600 Material and Equipment 01 630 01 730 Standard Drawings, Standard Specifications, and Approved Materials List Connections to Existing Facilities Protection of Existing Utilities Product Options and Substitutions Operation and Maintenance Manual DIVISION 2: SITE WORK 021 30 02200 Trenching Earthwork 02225 Utility Crossings Removal and Resurfacing of Pavement Surfaces DIVISION 9: FINISHES 09870 09900 Painting and Coating 09902 Petrolatum Wax Tape Coating Tape Wrap and Concrete Mortar Coating DIVISION 13: CATHODIC PROTECTION 13120 Cathodic Protection DIVISION 15: MECHANICAL 15040 Testing, Flushing and Disinfection 15056 15064 15066 15076 15092 151 00 Valves Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings PVC Pressure Pipe and Fittings (AWWA C900) PVC Pressure Pipe and Fittings (AWWA C905) Cement Mortar-Lined and Coated Steel Pipe Miscellaneous Couplings, Pipe and Appurtenances City of Carlsbad 01/02 Technical Specifications for Poinsettia Lane Domestic and Recycled Water Mains Table of Contents - 1 of 1 - SECTION 01 001 STANDARD DRAWINGS, STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVED MATERIALS LIST PART I - GENERAL I .I Standard Specifications and Standard Drawinqs A. Standard Specifications, Standard Drawings and Approved Materials List shall be as described in these specifications and the Carlsbad Municipal Water District's Rules and Regulations for the Construction of Public Potable Water Mains and Rules and Regulations for Construction of Recycled Water Mains, current edition. I .2 Reference Standards A. B. C. Standards listed as "Reference Standards" and reference standards referred to in the various sections (Caltrans, Standard Specification for Public Works Construction, AWA, ASTM, etc.) of these contract documents are hereby incorporated into this specification by reference. Referenced documents shall include all revisions, amendments, supplements or addenda issued on or before the date of advertising for bids. The Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standards and Standard Drawings are incorporated into these contract documents by their reference herein and will be enforced unless superseded by the project specifications or specific details of the contract documents. 1.3 Amroved Materials List A. All the material used on this project, including pipe, valves, couplings etc., shall be in accordance with items listed in these specifications or as indicated in the Carlsbad Municipal Water District's Rules and Regulations for the Construction of Public Potable Water Mains and Rules and Regulations for Construction of Recycled Water Mains, current edition. B. Materials not listed in these specifications must be approval and must be accepted for use on this project PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not applicable) - END OF SECTION submitted for the District's prior to contract award. - City of Carlsbad Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01001 Standard Drawings, Standard Specifications, and Approved Materials List - 1 of 1 01/02 (DBE) - SECTION 01 01 0 6 SUMMARY OF WORK - PART 1 - GENERAL -- 1 .I Work Covered By These Technical Specifications A. The Work generally includes, but is not limited to, furnishing products, labor, tools, transportation, and services to construct the following: I. Construction of 30-inch, 24-inch, 16-inch, and 12-inch domestic water transmission mains with connections, service line, and appurtenances as described in the plans. 2. Connections to existing piping and abandonments as required to place new domestic transmission mains in service and remove existing mains from service. 3. Construction of 24-inch and 18-inch recycled water main with connections, service line, and appurtenances as described in the plans. 4. Connections to existing recycled water pipelines and abandonments of existing recycled pipelines as required to place new mains in service. 5. Pavement removal and replacement, trenching, backfilling, potholing, and coordination with utility companies for locating their facilities. c 6. Testing, disinfection, and placing into service of water transmission mains. - 1.2 Proiect Location A. The Project is located in Carlsbad, California, generally along future Poinsettia Lane from the intersection of Black Rail Road to a point approximately 1,300 feet east of said intersection. A portion of the alignment crosses currently unimproved property, south of Poinsettia Lane. Conditions at the Project site are as follows: - - B. Ground Elevation: 300 - 365 feet MSL Typical Temperature Range: 31 O - 11 0" F - 1.3 Related Work I A. B. Section 01 01 I : General Construction Sequence Section 01730: Operation and Maintenance Manual - c PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01010 - Summary of Work - 1 of 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Work Sequence A. The general sequence of Work shall be as follows: I. Before beginning Work, make sure all site grading is complete and -- coordinate with servicing electrical utility regarding electric service to site. Obtain required permits, licenses and construction easements. Call buried utilities. Submit proposed schedule of Work, insurance and bonds. Underground Service Alert and utilities to obtain staking and marking of -I_ 2. Take pre-construction photographs or video. - 3. Pothole points-of-connection to existing water facilities, existing utilities crossing the pipeline alignment and those parallel to it within 5 feet. 4. 5. Submit shop drawings, pipeline lay diagrams and other submittals. Begin manufacturing and shipping materials and equipment after receiving approved submittals. Complete Work according to proposed Work schedule. - 3 6. 7. Perform testing and disinfection. -. - 8. 9. Provide warranty as specified. Finalize clean up and restore construction areas. 3.2 Contractor Use of Premises A. The following facilities shall remain operational during construction of this project: 1 . Existing water facilities. Contractor must apply for waterhewer connection permit from CMWD seven days prior to requested shutdown or connection. Install approved signs, barricades and lights necessary to ensure public safety and safety of Owners, operators, and personnel. Provide plates across trenches to enable safe access of Owner's personnel or public to facilities or across excavations within public right-of-way that cannot be backfilled at the end of the day. See Supplemental Provisions for other Traffic Control Requirements. - - 2. - - - END OF SECTION - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01010 - Summary of Work - 2 of 2 - SECTION 0101 1 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE - PART I - GENERAL c 1.1 Scope A. This section describes a general sequence of construction that the Contractor shall follow but does not include all tasks required. The general order for the majority of the work performed shall be determined by the Contractor and a schedule shall be submitted to the Owner for approval. The construction sequence described herein has the following goal: To construct the transmission mains expeditiously, in accordance with the contract documents, with minimum disruption to traffic flow on Black Rail Road. I .2 Requirements Covered in Other Specification Sections A. - Section 01 01 0: Summary of Work t 1.3 General Construction Sequence Task 1: Verify that grading has been completed and pothole utilities - -- crossings, connections and potential conflicts for domestic and recycled water transmission mains. Task 2: Submit shop drawings and pipeline lay diagrams for 16-inch, 24-inch and the 30-inch CML, tape-wrapped and mortar-coated steel pipe. PVC pipe shop drawings and lay diagrams to follow along with other necessary submittals. Task 3: Construct proposed domestic water main piping. Task 4: Complete flushing, testing, and disinfection of piping of domestic water mains. Thoroughly flush and disinfect existing 24-inch diameter steel pipe (375 Zone) between Aviara Parkway and Black Rail Road. Task 5: Complete connection to existing domestic water mains. Complete abandonment of selected existing domestic water mains. Task 6: Place new domestic water pipelines into service. Task 7: Construct proposed recycled water main piping. Task 8: Complete flushing, testing, and disinfection of piping of recycled water mains. - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 0101 1 General Construction Sequence - 1 of 2 Task 9: Task 10: Task 11: Task 12: Task 13: Complete connection to existing recycled water mains. Construct - abandonments to selected existing recycled water mains. Place new recycled water pipelines into service. - - Complete surface repair. Complete site cleanup. Submit as-builts to the City Inspector. I 1.4 Scheduling Prior to starting construction, the Contractor shall submit a fully detailed schedule of Work. This schedule shall conform to the schedule generally described above. See Section 6 of the of the construction Work outside normal working hours in order to avoid undesirable conditions, and it shall be the obligation of the Contractor to do this Work at such times at no additional cost to the Owner. - Supplemental Provisions for Schedule requirements. It may be necessary to do certain parts - PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) -- I END OF SECTION Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 0101 1 General Construction Sequence - 2 of 2 SECTION 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT - PART 1 - GENERAL I .I Description The bid items described in this section are generally related to the domestic or recycled water mains. However, this section does not describe all the bid items which are listed in the Contract Documents. Extra work or changes in the Work shall be accomplished as provided in the Contract Documents. - 1.2 Related Work (Not Applicable) c I .3 Submittals (Not Applicable) 1.4 Pavment A. Payment for Unit Price Items Payment for a unit price bid item shall be based upon the amount shown in the bid schedule multiplied by the total quantity measurement of the item and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, transportation, materials, equipment, tools and appurtenances required for construction of the item complete in place in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. B. Payment for Lump Sum Items Payment for lump sum bid items shall be made per Contract Documents and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, transportation, materials, equipment, tools and appurtenances required for construction of the unit complete in place in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. The Carlsbad Municipal Water District reserves the right to adjust any Lump Sum Item if the Total Bid Amount does not reflect the added value of the individual Bid Items. C. Work Not Listed in the Bid Schedule Costs for related work and appurtenances which are required and/or implied by the General Provisions, Technical Specifications, Special Provisions and Plans and are not listed as a separate bid item but are necessary to complete the project shall be included in the appropriate bid item and no additional payment will be made therefore. - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01025 - Measurement and Payment - 1 of 19 PART 2 - MATERIALS - - 2.1 General (Measurement) Measurement for unit price quantities shall be based upon the appropriate bid item in the proposal. The actual quantity of measurement shall be as constructed by the Contractor in place in conformance with the Plans and Specifications. 2.2 Linear Measurements - - - Pipelines' and related facilities' measurement shall be made horizontally and/or vertically along the centerline of the pipeline and related facilities through tees, bends, valves, fittings and as shown on the Plans for its limits or as otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. and as shown on the Plans or as othenvise specified in the Special Provisions. Manholes and vaults shall be measured vertically from the lowest to the highest elevations -- 2.3 Area Measurements I Measurement for bid items involving area units shall be based upon the surface area measured in acres, square yards, square feet or as indicated in the bid item. _. 2.4 Volume Measurements Measurement for bid items involving volume units shall be based upon the volume measured in cubic yards, tons or as indicated in the bid item. 2.5 Unit Measurements - -- Measurement for bid items involving units of the item shall be based upon the number of - . units counted as indicated in the bid item. 2.6 Lump Sum Measurement Measurement for a lump sum bid item shall be considered as a complete project or a portion of a project constituting a unit. The items to be included in the lump sum bid shall be as specified in the proposal bid item and/or the Standard or Special Provisions. I PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL This section covers methods of measurement and payment for items of Work under this Contract. The total Bid Price shall cover all Work required by the Contract Documents. All costs materials, equipment, supplies, and appurtenances; providing all construction plant, equipment, and tools; and performing all necessary labor and supervision to fully complete the Work, shall in the Bid Form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the prices bid. The descriptions of bid items provided in connection with the proper and successful completion of the work, including furnishing all be included in the unit and lump sum prices bid. All Work not specifically set forth as a pay item hereafter apply to domestic water and recycled water pipelines and related work. - - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 01025 - Measurement and Payment - 2 of 19 - 3.2 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES A All estimated quantities stipulated in the Bid Form or other Contract Documents are approximate and are to be used only (a) as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and (b) for the purpose of comparing the bids submitted for the Work. The actual amounts of work done and materials furnished under unit price items may differ from the estimated quantities. The basis of payment for work and materials will be the actual amount of work done and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between the amounts of work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts therefore. - -- I 3.3 BID SCHEDULES “B” and “E”, DOMESTIC WATER MAINS -- L I. A. PERFORM EXPLORATORY EXCAVATIONS FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITIES IN SCHEDULES B AND E, Bid Item B-I. I. 2. Measurement for payment for performing exploratory excavation at all under ground utility crossings and points of connection to verify location, size and type of existing facility in Schedules B and E will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Payment for performing exploratory excavation at all underground utility crossings and points of connection to verify location, size and type of existing facility will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for completely performing all exploratory excavations for all domestic water mains and related work in Schedules B and E, including but not limited to, pavement removal and restoration, excavation and backfill, obtaining depths and sizes of utilities, and other ancillary work. B. CONSTRUCT 30-INCH DIAM. TRANSMISSION MAIN, Bid Items B-2 and Ell. 1. 2. - c - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Measurement for payment for construction of 30-inch diameter CML tape-wrapped and mortar coated steel pipe transmission main (550 Zone) will be based upon the number of linear feet of such pipe actually placed as determined by measurement along the centerline of such pipe, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Payment for construction of 30-inch diameter transmission main will be made at the unit price per linear foot named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for furnishing and placing such pipe including excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, thrust blocks, coating of flanges and fittings, locator tape, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, testing, flushing and disinfection and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01025 - Measurement and Payment - 3 of 19 C. CONSTRUCT 16-INCH DIAMETER TRANSMISSION MAIN, Bid Item B-3. - 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 16-inch diameter CML tape wrapped and coated steel domestic water transmission main (550 Zone) will be based upon the number of linear feet of such pipe actually placed as determined by measurement along the centerline of such pipe, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for construction of 16-inch diameter transmission main will be made at the unit price per linear foot named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, thrust blocks, coating of flanges and fittings, locator tape, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal disinfection and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. - - - full compensation for furnishing and placing such pipe including excavation, and replacement, pavement overlay, re-striping, testing, flushing and -. - - D. CONSTRUCT 24-INCH DIAMETER TRANSMISSION MAIN, Bid Item B-4. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 24-inch diameter CML tape by measurement along the centerline of such pipe, all in accordance with the I wrapped and coated steel domestic water transmission main (375 Zone) will be based upon the number of linear feet of such pipe actually placed as determined requirements of the Contract Documents. / - 2. Payment for construction of 24-inch diameter transmission main will be made at the unit price per linear foot named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for furnishing and placing such pipe including excavation, removal of existing piping and fittings and valves, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, thrust blocks, locator tape, coating of flanges and fittings, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, pavement overlay, re-striping, testing, flushing and disinfection and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. - 3 E. CONSTRUCT 12-INCH DIAMETER WATER MAIN, Bid Item B-5. 1. 2. I Measurement for payment for construction of 12-inch diameter C900 Class 150 domestic water main (375 Zone) will be based upon the number of linear feet of such pipe actually placed as determined by measurement along the centerline of such pipe, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Payment for construction of 12-inch diameter transmission main will be made at the unit price per linear foot named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, thrust blocks, locator tape, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, pavement as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. I full compensation for furnishing and placing such pipe including excavation, overlay, re-striping, testing, flushing and disinfection and any appurtenant work - - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 01025 - Measurement and Payment - 4 of 19 F. CONSTRUCT CONNECTION AT STATION No. 30+00.00. Bid Item B-6. c G. I. Measurement for payment for construction of the connection to the existing 16-inch diameter transmission line (550 Zone) at Station No. 30+00.00 (Black Rail Road) will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for consh.ction of the connection to the existing 16-inch diameter transmission line at Station No. 30+00.00 (Black Rail Road) will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for furnishing labor, equipment and materials and constructing said connection including excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, couplings, butt straps for installation of closing section, removal of existing blind flange and thrust blocks, locator tape, coating for all flanges and fittings, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, pavement overlay, re-striping, testing, flushing and disinfection and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. CONSTRUCT CONNECTION AT STATION No. 43+18.37, Bid Item B-7. I. Measurement for payment for construction of the connection to the existing 30-inch diameter transmission main (550 Zone) at Station No. 43+18.37 will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for construction of the connection to the existing 30-inch diameter transmission main at Station No. 43+18.37 will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for furnishing labor, equipment and materials and constructing said connection including excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, removal of existing blind flange and thrust blocks, installation of butt strap for closing section, locator tape, coating for all flanges and fittings, disposal of excess excavated material, testing, flushing and disinfection and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. CONSTRUCT CONNECTION AT STATION No. 56+54.33, Bid Item E&. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of the connection to the existing 30-inch diameter steel water transmission main (550 Zone) at Station No. 56+54.33 will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. H. 2. Payment for construction of the connection to the existing 30-inch diameter steel water transmission main at Station No. 56+54.33 will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for furnishing labor, equipment and materials and constructing said connection including excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, couplings, removal of existing blind flange and thrust blocks, installation of butt strap for closing section, locator tape, coating for all flanges and fittings, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, testing, flushing and disinfection and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01025 - Measurement and Payment - 5 of 19 1. CONSTRUCT CONNECTION AT STATION No. 10+00.00, Bid Item B-8. 1 1. Measurement for payment for construction of the connection to the existing 24-inch diameter steel water main (375 Zone) at Station No. 10+00.00 (Black Rail Road) will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for construction of the connection to the existing 24-inch diameter steel water main at Station No. 10+00.00 (Black Rail Road) will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for furnishing labor, equipment and materials, and constructing said connection including excavation, removal and disposal of existing piping and fittings and valves, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, couplings, thrust blocks, locator tape, coating for all flanges and fittings, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, pavement overlay, re- striping, testing, flushing and disinfection and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. J. CONSTRUCT 24-INCH CONNECTION AT STATION No. 22+91 .OO, Bid Item B-9. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of the connection to the existing 24-inch diameter DIP water main (375 Zone) at Station No. 22+91 .OO (Black Rail Road) will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for construction of the connection to the existing 24-inch diameter DIP water main at Station No. 22+91.00 (Black Rail Road) will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for furnishing labor, equipment and materials and constructing said connection including excavation, removal of existing piping, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, couplings, locator tape, coating for all flanges and fittings, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, pavement overlay, re-striping, testing, flushing and disinfection and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. K. CONSTRUCT CONNECTION AT STATION No. 23+39.39. Bid Item B-IO. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of the connection to the existing 12-inch diameter water main (375 Zone) at Station No. 23+39.39 will be based upon the complete work, all in accodance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for construction of the connection to the existing 12-inch diameter water main at Station No. 23+39.39 will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for furnishing and placing such pipe including excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, couplings, removal of existing cap and thrust blocks, locator tape, disposal of excess excavated material, testing, flushing and disinfection and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01025 - Measurement and Payment - 6 of 19 L. M. N. 0. CONSTRUCT 4-INCH AIR VACUUM RELIEF VALVE, Bid Item E-5. I. 2. Measurement for payment for construction of 4-inch air vacuum relief valve assembly, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 4-inch air vacuum relief valve assembly furnished and installed per the detail on the plans, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Protective coatings for assembly shall be included in this bid item. Payment for said 4-inch air vacuum relief valve assembly, will be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for the complete 4-inch air vacuum relief valve assembly. CONSTRUCT 2-INCH AIR RELEASE AND VACUUM RELIEF VALVE, Bid Items B-11 and E4 1. 2. Measurement for payment for construction of 2-inch air release and vacuum relief valve assembly, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 2-inch air release and vacuum valve assembly furnished and installed per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing No. W7 and the Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for construction of Potable Water Mains, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Protective coatings for assembly shall be included in this bid item. Payment for said 2-inch air release and vacuum relief valve assembly, will be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for the complete 2-inch air release and vacuum valve assembly. CONSTRUCT 24NCH MANUAL AIR RELEASE VALVE, Bid ttem B-12. 1. 2. Measurement for payment for construction of 2-inch manual air release valve assembly, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 2-inch manual air release assembly furnished and installed per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing No. W6 and the Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Construction of Public Potable Water Mains, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Protective coatings for assembly shall be included in this bid item. Payment for said 2-inch manual air release valve assembly, will be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for the complete 2-inch manual air release valve assembly. CONSTRUCT 2-INCH BLOW-OFF ASSEMBLY, Bid Item B-13. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 2-inch Blow-off assembly, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 2-inch Blow-off assembly furnished and installed per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing No. W6 and the Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Construction of Public Potable Water Mains, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Protective coatings for assembly shall be included in this bid item. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01025 - Measurement and Payment - 7 of 19 2. Payment for said 2-inch Blow-off assembly, will be made at the unit price, each, complete 2-inch Blow-off assembly. - - named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for the P. CONSTRUCT MODIFIED 6-INCH BLOWIOFF ASSEMBLY, Bid Item B-14. I 1. Measurement for payment for construction of modified 6-inch Blow-off assembly, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such modified 6-inch Blow-off requirements of the Contract Documents. Protective coatings for assembly shall be included in this bid item. assembly furnished and installed per the Plan details, all in accordance with the _. - 2. Payment for said modified 6-inch Blow-off assembly, will be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation the Plan details and in accordance with the Contract Documents. for the installation of the complete modified 6-inch Blow-off assembly installed per c Q. CONSTRUCT 6-INCH BLOWIOFF ASSEMBLY, Bid Item B-15. - 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 6-inch Blow-off assembly, will be and installed per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing No. W1 I and the Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Construction of Public Potable Water Mains, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Protective coatings for assembly shall be included in this bid item. based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 6-inch Blow-off assembly furnished - - - 2. Payment for said 6-inch Blow-off assembly, will be made at the unit price, each, - named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for the complete 6-inch Blow-off assembly. FURNISH AND INSTALL 30-INCH BUTTERFLY VALVE, Bid Items 6-16 and E-2 - R. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 30-inch butterfly valve, will be and W13, and the Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Construction of Potable - based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 30-inch butterfly valve and valve assembly per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing Nos. W17 Water Mains, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Protective coatings for valve shall be included in this bid item. - - 2. Payment for said 30-inch butterfly valve and valve box assembly, will be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for the complete installed 30-inch butterfly valve and valve box assembly. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 01025 - Measurement and Payment - 8 of 19 S. FURNISH AND INSTALL 244NCH BUTTERFLY VALVE, Bid Item B-17. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 24-inch butterfly valve, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 24-inch butterfly valve and valve assembly per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing Nos. W17 and W13, and the Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Construction of Potable Water Mains, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Protective coatings for valve shall be included in this bid item. 2. Payment for said 24-inch butterfly valve and valve box assembly, will be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for the complete installed 24-inch butterfly valve and valve box assembly. T. FURNISH AND INSTALL 16-INCH BUTTERFLY VALVE, Bid Item B-18. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 16-inch butterfly valve, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 16-inch butterfly valve and valve assembly per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing Nos. W17 and W13, and the Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Constructing Potable Water Mains, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Protective coatings for valve shall be included in this bid item. 2. Payment for said 16-inch butterfly valve and valve box assembly, will be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for the complete installed 16-inch butterfly valve and valve box assembly. U. FURNISH AND INSTALL 8-INCH RW GATE VALVE, Bid Item E-3. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 8-inch resilient wedge gate valve, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 8-inch resilient wedge gate valve and valve assembly per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing Nos. W13 and W16, and the Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Constructing Potable Water Mains, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Protective coatings for valve shall be included in this bid item. 2. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Payment for said 8-inch resilient wedge gate valve, valve box assembly and 8- inch blind flange, will be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for the complete installed 8-inch resilient wedge gate valve, valve box assembly and 8-inch blind flange. Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01 025 - Measurement and Payment - 9 of 19 - V. FURNISH AND INSTALL CATHODIC PROTECTION, Bid Items B-19 and E-7. I. No measurement will be made for this item. 2. - Payment for cathodic protection of 30-inch and 16-inch diameter CML tape wrapped and mortar coated steel pipe transmission main (550 Zone) will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for completely furnishing all labor, materials and equipment to install cathodic protection for steel transmission mains including: excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, insulating flange kits, wiring, welding, test stations complete with anode wells, bonding around flanges and valves and fittings, repair of pipeline dielectric coating after welding, disposal of excess excavated materials bring test station boxes to grade, and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications complete in place for the lump sum price. - I - W. FURNISH AND INSTALL CATHODIC PROTECTION, Bid Item BdO. 1. 2. No measurement will be made for this item. - Payment for cathodic protection of 24-inch diameter CML tape wrapped and sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for completely furnishing all labor, materials and equipment to install cathodic protection for steel transmission mains including: excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, insulating flange kits, wiring, welding, test stations complete with anode wells, bonding around flanges and valves and fittings, repair of pipeline station boxes to grade, and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications complete in place for the lump sum price. mortar coated steel pipe transmission main (375 Zone) will be made at the lump - - - dielectric coating after welding, disposal of excess excavated materials bring test - I X. REMOVE PORTIONS OF 12-INCH AND 18-INCH DIAMETER PIPING, Bid Item B- - 21. - I. No measurement will be made for this item. 2. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Payment for the removal the 12-inch (550 Zone) and 18-inch (375 Zone) - Schedule. This lump sum price shall constitute full compensation for completely dispose of the 12-inch and 18-inch diameter piping and valves and fittings and diameter piping within the right-of-way of Black Rail Road near the northwest comer of the 'ID" Tank Site will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid furnishing all labor, materials and equipment to complete the abandonment including: excavation, backfill, re-compaction to 95%, removal and properly thrust blocks, pavement removal and replacement, traffic control, re-striping and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete, for the unit price. - - - - Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 01025 - Measurement and Payment - 10 of 19 Y. ABANDON 12-INCH DIAMETER DOMESTIC WATER MAIN, Bid Item B-22. - .- I. No measurement will be made for this item. 2. Payment for the abandonment of the existing 12-inch diameter domestic water main in the 550 Pressure Zone running easterly from Aviara Parkway will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule for the completed work. Z. ABANDON 18-INCH DIAMETER DOMESTIC WATER MAIN. Bid Item B-23. 1. No measurement will be made for this item. - 2. Payment for the abandonment of the existing 18-inch diameter domestic water main in the 550 Pressure Zone running easterly from Aviara Parkway will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule for the completed work. AA. FURNISH AND INSTALL 12-INCH RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVE, Bid Item 9-24, 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 12-inch resilient wedge gate valve, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 12-inch resilient wedge gate valve and valve assembly per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing Nos. W13 and W16, and the Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Constructing Potable Water Mains, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Protective coatings for valve shall be included in this bid item. 2. Payment for said 12-inch resilient wedge gate valve, valve box assembly and 12-inch blind flange, will be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for the complete installed 12- inch resilient wedge gate valve and valve box assembly. BB. FURNISH AND INSTALL 4-INCH BLOW-OFF ASSEMBLY, Bid Item No. B-25. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 4-inch Blow-off assembly, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 4-inch Blow-off assembly furnished and installed per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing No. Wll and the Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Construction of Public Potable Water Mains, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Protective coatings for assembly shall be included in this bid item. 2. Payment for said 4-inch Blow-off assembly, will be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for the complete 4-inch Blow-off assembly. - City of Carlsbad 01102 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01025 - Measurement and Payment - 11 of 19 CC. PROVIDE EXCAVATION SAFETY MEASURES, Bid Items B-26 and E-9. 1. No measurement will be made for this item. 2. Payment for providing excavation safety measures including sheeting, shoring and bracing, or equivalent method for the protection of life and limb in trenches and open excavation in conformance with applicable safety orders, will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for this item. DD. ABANDON 18-INCH DOMESTIC WATER MAIN (550 Zone). Bid Item E-8. I 1. No measurement will be made for this item. 2. Payment for the abandonment of the existing 18-inch diameter CMUCMC steel domestic water main in the 550 Pressure Zone at approximate Station No. 43+29 (30-inch domestic water main stationing) will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule for the completed work, which shall include, but not limited to, removal of 18 ft of existing steel piping, installing SOW0 flange and blind flange on abandoned pipe, backfill, compaction to 95% relative compaction, paving, striping, and other work as shown on the plans and details, or as specified in the Contract Documents. 3.4 BID SCHEDULES “C” and “F”, RECYCLED WATER MAINS A. PERFORM EXPLORATORY EXCAVATIONS FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITIES IN SCHEDULES C AND F, Bid Item C-1. 1. Measurement for payment for performing exploratory excavation at all under ground utility crossings and points of connection to verify location, size and type of existing facility in Schedules C and F will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for performing exploratory excavation at all underground utility crossings and points of connection to verify location of existing facility will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for completely performing all exploratory excavations for all recycled water mains and related work in Schedules C and F, including but not limited to, pavement removal and restoration, excavation and backfill, obtaining depths and sizes of utilities, and other ancillary work. B. CONSTRUCT 24-INCH DIAMETER RECYCLED WATER MAIN, Bid Item C-2. - I. Measurement for payment for construction of 24-inch diameter CML tape wrapped and mortar coated steel recycled water transmission main (384 Zone) determined by measurement along the centerline of such pipe, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. will be based upon the number of linear feet of such pipe actually placed as - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 01025 - Measurement and Payment - 12 of 19 2. Payment for construction of 24-inch diameter recycled water transmission main will be made at the unit price per linear foot named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for furnishing and placing such pipe including excavation, removal of existing piping and fittings and valves and thrust blocks, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, thrust blocks, locator tape, coating for all flanges and fittings, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, pavement overlay, re-striping, testing, flushing and disinfection and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. C. CONSTRUCT 18-INCH DIAMETER RECYCLED WATER MAIN. Bid Items C-3 and F-I. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 18-inch diameter C905 Class 165 recycled water transmission main (550 Zone) will be based upon the number of linear feet of such pipe actually placed as determined by measurement along the centerline of such pipe, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for construction of 18-inch diameter transmission main will be made at the unit price per linear foot named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for furnishing and placing such pipe including excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, thrust blocks, locator tape, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, pavement overlay, re-striping, testing, flushing and disinfection and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. D. CONSTRUCT CONNECTION OF EXISTING 24-INCH TRANSMISSION MAIN TO EXISTING 18-INCH PVC TRANSMISSION MAIN, Bid Item C-4. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of the connection of the existing 24- inch diameter recycled water transmission main (384 Zone) to the existing 18- inch diameter recycled water transmission main (384 Zone, running northerly from the intersection of Poinsettia Lane and Black Rail Road), and to the new 24- inch diameter steel recycled water main, will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for construction of the connection of the existing 24-inch diameter recycled water transmission main to the existing 18-inch diameter recycled water transmission main and to the new 24-inch diameter steel recycled water main at the intersection of Poinsettia Lane and Black Rail Road will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment and material and constructing said connection including excavation, removal and disposal of existing piping and fittings and valves and thrust blocks, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, installation of closing sections, butt straps, thrust blocks, locator tape, coating for all flanges and couplings and fittings, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, pavement overlay, re-striping, testing and flushing and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01 025 - Measurement and Payment - 13 of 19 E. CONSTRUCT CONNECTION OF 18-INCH TRANSMISSION MAIN TO EXISTING - 18-INCH AND 8-INCH RECYCLED WATER MAINS, Bid Item CJ. I. Measurement for payment for construction of the connection of the 18-inch C905 Poinsettia Lane and Black Rail Road will be based upon the complete work, all in - PVC recycled water transmission main (550 Zone) to the existing 18-inch and 8- inch diameter recycled water transmission mains (550 Zone) at the intersection of accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. - 2. Payment for construction of the connection of the 18-inch C905 PVC recycled water main to the existing 18-inch and 8-inch diameter recycled water transmission mains at the intersection of Poinsettia Lane and Black Rail Road will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment and materials and constructing said connection including excavation, removal of existing 18-inch diameter CML&C steel pipe and fittings and valves and thrust blocks, removal of existing 8-inch diameter piping and fittings and valves and thrust blocks, backfill, bedding, compaction, PVC C900 piping, ductile iron CL 250 restrained joint piping, PE wrap for ductile pipe, fittings, installation of closing sections, thrust blocks and rings, locator tape, coating for all flanges, couplings and fittings, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, pavement overlay, re-striping, testing and flushing and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. F. CONSTRUCT CONNECTION OF 24-INCH TRANSMISSION MAIN TO EXISTING 18-INCH DIP TRANSMISSION MAIN, Bid Item C-6. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of the connection of the 24-inch diameter CML, tapped wrapped and mortar coated steel pipe (384 Zone) to the existing 18-inch diameter ductile iron pipe (384 Zone) near Station No. 94+10 along Black Rail Road will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for construction of the connection of the 24-inch diameter CML, tapped wrapped and mortar coated steel pipe to the existing 18-inch diameter ductile iron pipe near Station No. 94+10 will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment and materials and constructing said connection including excavation, removal of existing 18-inch diameter DIP pipe and fittings, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, installation of closing sections, thrust blocks, locator tape, coating for all flanges and couplings and fittings, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, pavement overlay, re-striping, testing and flushing and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 01025 - Measurement and Payment - 14 of 19 G. CONSTRUCT CONNECTION TO EXISTING 18-INCH RECYCLED WATER MAIN AT STATION NO. 73+30.47, Bid Item C-7. I. Measurement for payment for construction of the connection to the existing 18-inch diameter C905 PVC recycled water transmission main (550 Zone) at Station No. 73+30.47 will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for construction of the connection to the existing 18-inch diameter recycled water transmission main at Station No. 73+30.47 will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment and materials and constructing said connection including excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, couplings, removal of end cap and thrust blocks, locator tape, coating for all flanges, couplings and fittings, disposal of excess excavated material, testing and flushing and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. H. CONSTRUCT CONNECTION OF 18-INCH TRANSMISSION MAIN TO EXISTING IO-INCH TRANSMISSION MAIN, Bid Item F-3. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of the temporary connection of the 18-inch diameter C905 PVC recycled water transmission main (550 Zone) to the existing IO-inch diameter PVC recycled water transmission main (384 Zone) at Station No. 84+69.31 within the "D" Tank Site will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for construction of connection of 18-inch transmission main to existing IO-inch transmission main will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment and materials and constructing said connection including excavation, removal of existing pipe, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, install closing sections, couplings, locator tape, coating of all flanges and couplings and fittings, disposal of excess excavated material, testing and flushing and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. 1. CONSTRUCT CONNECTION OF 24-INCH TRANSMISSION MAIN TO EXISTING 10-INCH TRANSMISSION MAIN, Bid Item C-8. I. Measurement for payment for construction of the temporary connection of the 24- inch diameter CML, tape wrapped and coated steel recycled water transmission main (384 Zone) to the existing IO-inch diameter PVC recycled water transmission main (384 Zone) at Station No. 93+25.25 in Black Rail Road will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01025 - Measurement and Payment - 15 of 19 2. Payment for construction of the connection of 24-inch transmission main to existing 10-inch transmission main will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment and materials and constructing said connection including excavation, removal of existing pipe, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, couplings, locator tape, coating of all flanges and couplings and fittings, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, pavement overlay, re- striping, testing and flushing and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. J. FURNISH AND INSTALL 24-INCH BUTTERFLY VALVE, Bid Item C-9. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 24-inch butterfly valve, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 24-inch butterfly valve and valve box assembly per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing Nos. W17 and W13 and the Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Reclaimed Water Mains, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Protective coatings for valve shall be included in this item. 2. Payment for said 24-inch butterfly valve and valve box assembly, will be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for the complete 24-inch butterfly valve and valve box assembly. K. FURNISH AND INSTALL 18-INCH BUTTERFLY VALVE. Bid Item C-IO. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 18-inch butterfly valve, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 18-inch butterfly valve and valve box assembly per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing Nos. W17 and W13 and the Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Reclaimed Water Mains, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Protective coatings for valve shall be included in this item. 2. Payment for said 18-inch butterfly valve and valve box assembly, will be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for the complete 18-inch butterfly valve and valve box assembly. L. FURNISH AND INSTALL IO-INCH RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVE. Bid Items C-I1 and F-4. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 10-inch resilient wedge gate valve, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 10-inch resilient wedge gate valve and valve box assembly per the Carisbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing No. W16 and W13 and the Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Reclaimed Water Mains, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Protective coatings for valve shall be included in this item. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01 025 - Measurement and Payment - 16 of 19 M. N. 0. 2. Payment for said IO-inch resilient wedge gate valve and valve box assembly, will be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for the complete 1 O-inch resilient wedge gate valve and valve box assembly. FURNISH AND INSTALL 8-INCH RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVE, Bid Item C-12. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 8-inch resilient wedge gate valve, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 8-inch resilient wedge gate valve and valve box assembly per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing No. W16 and W13 and the Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Reclaimed Water Mains, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Protective coatings for valve shall be included in this item. 2. Payment for said 8-inch resilient wedge gate valve and valve box assembly, will be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for the complete 8-inch resilient wedge gate valve and valve box assembly. CONSTRUCT 2-INCH MANUAL AIR RELEASE VALVE, Bid Item C-I 3. 1. 2. Measurement for payment for construction of 2-inch manual air release valve assembly, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 2-inch manual air release valve assembly furnished and installed per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing No. W6 and the Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Constructing Recycled Water Mains, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Protective coatings for assembly shall be included in this item. Payment for said 2-inch manual air release valve, will be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for the complete 2-inch manual air release valve assembly. CONSTRUCT 2-INCH AIR RELEASE AND VACUUM RELIEF VALVE, Bid Items C-14 and F-5. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 2-inch air release and vacuum relief valve assembly, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 2-inch air release and vacuum relief valve assembly furnished and installed per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing No. W7 and the Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Recycled Water Mains, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Protective coatings for assembly shall be included in this item. L City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01 025 - Measurement and Payment - 17 of 19 - 2. Payment for said 2-inch air release and vacuum relief valve assembly, will be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute assembly. _. full compensation for the complete 2-inch air release and vacuum relief valve - P. CONSTRUCT 4-INCH BLOW-OFF ASSEMBLY. Bid Item C-15. - I. Measurement for payment for construction of 4-inch Blow-off assembly, will be and installed per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing No. W11 and the Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Construction of Public Documents. Protective coatings for assembly shall be included in this item. based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 4-inch Blow-off assembly furnished Potable Water Mains, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract I - 2. Payment for said 4-inch Blow-off assembly, will be made at the unit price, each, - named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for the complete 4-inch Blow-off assembly. Q. CONSTRUCT 2-INCH BLOW-OFF ASSEMBLY, Bid Item C-16. 1. 2. Measurement for payment for construction of 2-inch Blow-off assembly, will be - based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 2-inch Blow-off assembly furnished and installed per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing No. W6 and the Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Construction of Reclaimed Water Mains, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Protective coatings for assembly shall be included in this bid item. Payment for said 2-inch Blow-off assembly, yjll be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for the - - - complete 2-inch Blow-off assembly. - R. ABANDON 12-INCH RECYCLED WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN, Bid Item Fa. 1. No measurement will be made for this item. - 2. Payment for the abandonment of the existing 12-inch diameter recycled water - main in the 550 Pressure Zone at Station No. 73+55 (18-inch recycled water main stationing) will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule for the completed work, which shall include, but not limited to, removing 12-inch gate valve, installing blind flange on existing tee, plug and abandon existing 12- inch diameter recycled water main. - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 01025 - Measurement and Payment - 18 of 19 S. FURNISH AND INSTALL 3/8-INCH THICK STEEL CASING, Bid Item F-2. 1. No Measurement will be made for this item. -- 2. Payment for the furnishing and installing the 3/8-inch thick steel casing between Station Nos. 84+51 and 84+61 along the 18-inch C905 PVC water main will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for completely furnishing all labor, materials and equipment to install the steel casing including: excavation, casing, casing spacers, end seals, bedding, backfill, compaction and any appurtenant work as shown on the plans or called for in the specifications complete in place for the lump sum price. T. CONSTRUCT CONNECTION OF 18-INCH TRANSMISSION MAIN TO EXISTING 18-INCH PVC PIPE, Bid Item C-17. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of the connection of the 18-inch diameter C905 PVC recycled water transmission main (550 Zone) to the existing 18-inch diameter PVC recycled water transmission main in Black Rail Road at Station No. 81+90 will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for construction of connection of 18-inch diameter C905 PVC transmission main (550 Zone) to existing 18-inch PVC transmission main will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment and materials and constructing said connection including excavation, removal of any existing pipe, removal of temporary thrust blocks and end caps, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, install closing sections, couplings, locator tape, coating of all flanges and couplings and fittings, disposal of excess excavated material, testing and flushing and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. U. PROVIDE EXCAVATION SAFETY MEASURES, Bid Items C-I8 and F-7. 1. No measurement will be made for this item. 2. Payment for providing excavation safety measures will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for this item. END OF SECTION c - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01025 - Measurement and Payment - 19 of 19 SECTION 01 047 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES 7 PART I - GENERAL c 1.1 smpe A. Apply for sewedwater connection permit from the District (CMWD) seven days prior to connections and tie-ins to existing facilities under District Supervision. - B. Keep existing facilities in operation, unless specifically authorized in writing by the - owner of the facility. C. CONTRACTOR shall perform all construction activities so as to avoid interference with operations of the facility and the work of others. c D. CONTRACTOR shall provide potholing for locating and field verifying all existing piping, structures and equipment affected by the Work. All potholing shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the OWNER. Delays in the Work, as a result of insufficient potholing, will be solely the CONTRACTORS responsibility. No time extensions will be allowed for Contract Work that is delayed as a result of insufficient potholing and field verification. - - I .2 -- A. All operations of existing valves and gates required for the Work shall be done by - the District (CMWD). B. All piping and equipment shall be tested and in operating condition before the final tie-ins are made to connect piping and equipment to the existing facility. - C. CONTRACTOR shall apply for a waterlsewer connection permit from CMWD seven days before shut-downs or by-passes are requested by the CONTRACTOR. - A. Submit detailed schedule of proposed connections, listing sequence and durations of all activities including shut-downs and tie-ins. - .- PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) - PART 3 - MATERIALS (Not Applicable) - - END OF SECTION I City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01047 Connections to Existing Facilities - 1 of 1 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL I 1.1 Work Included - Inspection and testing laboratory qualifications, duties and responsibilities, Contractor's quality control requirements, Owner's inspection and testing. I 1.2 Related Work I Section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals - 1.3 Reference Standards Work shall conform to Federal, State and local building codes, electrical codes, fire codes, mechanical codes and plumbing codes, and to Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) Regulations. Nothing in Contract Documents shall be interpreted as permission or direction to violate any governing code or ordinance. 1.4 Submittals I - - - A. Certificates of compliance shall be submitted at Owner's request. B. Transcripts of results of acceptance to verify quality of manufactured products shall be submitted at Owner's request. - 1.5 Testinq Laboratory Services Where required by these specifications, the Contractor shall hire an Owner-approved independent laboratory to perform testing and certify results. Provide labor, products, tools, instruments, water, and power as directed for sampling for required tests. c - Tests of products shall follow commonly recognized standards of national technical organizations, and specified sampling and testing methods. - Contractor shall pay for quality assurance testing unless otherwise shown. Owner may test representative samples of each type and size of product furnished. Failure of samples to pass tests will be deemed sufficient cause to reject entire lot delivered. 1.6 Contractor's Quality Control - - Arrange work to be readily accessible and easy to operate and maintain where detail drawings are not included in Contract Documents, supplementary drawings or shop drawings and submittals. - - I City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01400 - Quality Control - 1 of 3 Combinations of manufactured equipment shall be fully compatible and work safely and - successfully as a unit. Furnish necessary mountings, couplings and appurtenances with each unit. - I Relocations or adjustment of existing facilities noted in Contract Documents shall be done as needed. If existing items are lost or damaged during construction, replace with new items of equal or better quality. - Make field measurements needed to fabricate and install Work before ordering or beginning work. utilities and structural conflicts. Make minor changes in alignments and dimensions as needed to remedy or avoid -- 1.7 Proiect Conditions - Ascertain suitability of native soil for backfill before submitting bid. If native soil is found to be cost to Owner. unsuitable, provide suitable material for meeting compaction requirements at no additional - Items furnished shall be capable of fulfilling their intended purpose in environment in which - they are installed. Allow for local temperature extremes, climactic conditions and corrosive environments where necessary to ensure proper functioning of furnished products. 1.8 Unit Prices - Payment for Contractor-provided testing required in Contract Documents will be included in the price bid for items of work for which Contractor-provided testing is specified. - - - PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) - PART 3 - EXECUTION - 3.1 Inspection - Notify Engineer of time and place of shop tests five working days before they begin. Complete manufacturing operations, checks, adjustments and tests before factory inspection. The Engineer will inspect products after delivery and throughout construction process. Products will be subject to ‘rejection at Documents even though samples may manufacture. Before backfilling, request inspection by work. any time on account have been accepted the Engineer to verify - of failure to meet Contract as satisfactory at place of 1 proper installation of buried Before finishing, request inspection by the Engineer to verify that no surfaces to receive product have defects or errors which could result in poor or potentially defective application or cause latent defects in workmanship. - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains I 01400 - Quality Control - 2 of 3 3.2 InstallationlApplicationlErection Install products according to manufacturer's installation and warranty requirements. Install products to tolerances recommended by manufacturer. Unless otherwise shown, install equipment true and level using precision gauges and levels. I Refer variances between manufacturer's installation instructions and Contract Documents to the Engineer. - Construct walls plumb, straight, level, square and true. Welds, unless otherwise shown, shall be continuous, watertight, and conforming to Structural Welding Code of American Welding Society. Welds shall be free of sharp points or edges. Pipework, valves, fittings, tanks and appurtenances shall have no leaks at test pressures, nor at design pressures. Exposed surfaces shall be finished in appearance. Grind smooth exposed welds. Round or chamfer corners of exposed structural shapes for personal protection. Prime and paint exposed surfaces of ferrous products, piping, and conduit except for stainless steel or galvanized or sherardized surfaces or unless otherwise shown. Clean painted surfaces and touch up bare or marred spots with finish to match factory finish. I - c c - 3.3 Field Quality Control -- Maintain complete set of Contract Documents at jobsite field office or superintendent's truck at all times. - Frequency of sampling and testing shall be as shown, and shall be performed at such other times as necessary to document contract compliance. - Notify the Engineer and regulating authorities three days before field tests. + Perform field tests in presence of the Engineer who will record results. Repair damage to work that is not cause for rejection. - Repair, correct or replace work failing tests or inspection. Repeat tests until results satisfy specifications. Repair damages resulting from tests END OF SECTION City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01400 - Quality Control - 3 of 3 SECTION 01530 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES PART I - GENERAL 1.1 Scope - This section addresses verification and protection of existing utilities encountered during the course of construction. 1.2 Related Work A. Section 02225: Utility Crossings B. C. CMWD Standard Specifications Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Construction of Public Potable Water Mains 1.3 Drawings The Consulting Engineer has endeavored to determine the existence of utilities at the site of the work from the records of the owners of known utilities in the vicinity of the work. The positions of these utilities as derived from such records are shown on the Plans. The service connections to these utilities may not be shown on the Plans. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) - c - c- PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Contractor's Duties Prior to excavating the Contractor shall notify Underground Service Alert. The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the actual location and elevation of all utilities in the field prior to start of construction by potholing all crossings, connections and parallel utilities which may impact the waterline installations by hand excavation methods. The Contractor shall submit his completed potholing information at least two weeks prior to his requesting shop drawings from the manufacturers for pipe fittings, couplings or valves. - _- The Contractor shall protect all existing utilities from damage, whether they are shown on the plans or not. The existing utilities are to remain in place and be protected against damage during construction operations. The Contractor shall not interrupt existing utilities except when authorized in writing by the District. If the existing utilities interfere with construction, the Contractor shall submit drawings showing methods, material and sequences of operation for continuing construction and maintaining utility service. - - The Contractor shall not turn off or shut down any utilities. The Contractor shall apply for a waterhewer connection permit from CMWD at least two weeks prior to requested shutdown date. No additional cost will be accepted nor time extension granted, if a delay in work is caused by failure to comply with this requirement. - - a_ END OF SECTION - City of Carlsbad 0 1 /02 Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01530 - Protection of Existing Utilities - 1 of 1 SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT c PART I - GENERAL - 1.1 Work Included Transportation and handling, storage and protection, acceptable manufacturers, and c procedures for seeking substitutions. 1.2 Related Work c A. B. Section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Construction of Public Potable Water Mains - C. Section 01400: Quality Control 1.3 Submittals Supplemental information, including certification of compliance, transcripts of acceptance tests, samples, names and addresses of nearest local representatives and list of three installations, shall be submitted at Owner's request for product substitutions. - 1.4 Quality Assurance If products are furnished which differ from those shown and which require changes to enclosures, mounting and support structures, power and control circuitry or other work to accommodate furnished product, provide changes required at no additional cost to Owner and of same quality as shown. -- -- - 1.5 Delivery, Storage and Handling Deliver products to jobsite in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled packaging. Oil lubricated gearing, bearings and other lubricated components shall be shipped with oil soluble protective coating as described in warranty requirements or recommended by manufacturer. Coating shall provide protection for one year after final acceptance. c -- Protect products against moisture, temperature extremes, dust, debris, tampering, vandalism, ultraviolet radiation, or damage from improper handling, storage, or exposure. Protect exposed metals from rust and corrosion even though they will be sandblasted or otherwise cleaned before painting. Clean and protect machined surfaces and shafting from corrosion using proper type and amount of coating as described in warranty requirements to assure protection to one year after final acceptance. Store items not designed for outdoor exposure off ground and under cover. - c - - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01600 - Material and Equipment - 1 of 2 Handle products with care and using proper equipment according to manufacturer's recommendations. Lift large heavy items only at points designated by manufacturer. Do not drop, drag, bump or handle products in manner that causes bruises, cracks, scratches or other damage. Use padded slings and hooks for lifting as needed to prevent damage. Improper handling shall be cause to reject mishandled products. -- _1 - Inspect each product item for damage, defects, completeness and correct operation before -_ installing. Notify Owner in writing if delivered or stored product is damaged. Do not repair damaged - products without prior written approval. Maintain records for Owner's review of deliveries to show Contractor's order number, - purchase order number and equipment number. Include labeling or shipping tag in records. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - 2.1 Acceptable Manufacturers Products of listed acceptable manufacturers shall meet specifications notwithstanding the fact that manufacturer is "listed". Owner reserves right to reject submittals and products from "acceptable manufacturers" if they fail to demonstrate compliance with specifications. - 2.2 Materials and Equipment Materials and materials sources shall be approved by Owner at least three days before use of materials in Work. Similar items on project shall be products of same manufacturer. -- - Corresponding parts of identical products shall be interchangeable. - Mating ends of pipe shall match. Design and fabrication of products shall ensure products withstand stresses and loads which may occur during testing, installation, start-up and normal operation. Furnish mounts, guides, bearing plates, flanges, anchor and attachment bolts and screws, saddles, supports, pads and skids necessary to securely mount products and equipment. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) L - - - END OF SECTION City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 01600 - Material and Equipment - 2 of 2 c c SECTION 01 630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS PART I - GENERAL 1.1 Scope This section addresses procedures for submittal of requests for substitution for materials specified in these specifications by proprietary names. I .2 General Reauirements A. B. C. D. Standard Products Whenever in the specifications products are by reference standard, any product meeting the standards referenced may be used. Information on such products shall be submitted in accordance with Supplemental Provisions Section 2-5.3. Proprietary Products Whenever in the specifications any material, article or process is indicated or specified by trade, patent or proprietary name or name of manufacturer such specification for material, article or process, unless marked "no substitution", shall be deemed to be followed by the words "or equal as accepted in writing by the Engineer", and will be considered as a substitution. Selection of Proprietary Product Where more than one proprietary name is specified, the Contractor may provide any one of the materials or equipment specified. Only one brand, kind or make of material or equipment shall be used for each specific purpose throughout the Work notwithstanding that similar materials or equipment of two or more manufacturers or producers may be specified for the same purpose. Substitution Request Procedure - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Submit a written request on the enclosed form for proposed substitutions to the Engineer not later than 35 days after date of "Notice of Award". Proposed substitutions relating to a particular subcontract or trade shall be submitted at one time. If the Engineer accepts any proposed substitutions, such acceptance will be set forth in a Change Order. No substitution will be considered after this 35 day period. Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01630 - Product Options and Substitutions - 1 of 5 E. F. Contractor's Responsibility for Construction Modifications Drawings have been detailed in compliance with ICBO Evaluation Report for material specified. If a proposed substitute material is accepted by the Engineer, the Contractor will assume the responsibility for construction modifications and additional costs required by reason of this acceptance. If the substitution results in a decrease in cost, the amount is to be submitted for consideration. - 4 - - Systems of Like Manufacture - Where materials or items of manufacturer are specified in groups and are made or furnished by one manufacturer, no substitution will be considered that is not to use a system of equipment other than that specified or detailed on the Drawings the substitution shall be proposed as a complete system. made or furnished similarly by one manufacturer. Where the Contractor proposes - 1.3 Requirements for Submitting Substitutions A. B. C. Substantiating Data - The Contractor shall submit with his written request for a proposed substitution all that the proposed substitution is equal or better in all respects to that specified and that it will, in all respects perform the function for which it is intended. The Contractor shall include with his request all required samples. All written requests and data for proposed substitutions shall be submitted in three copies. data substantiating his request as well as a "Certificate of Suitability" certifying -_ - - Determination of Equality - It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to submit complete information to equality of the substituted item shall be on the Contractor. Acceptance of such substitutions is entirely at the discretion of the Engineer and Owner. All materials specified, must be accepted by the Engineer before they may be ordered. the Engineer so that proper evaluation can be made. The burden of proof of or items of manufacture, which the Contractor proposes to substitute for those - -4 List of Accepted Substitutions - The Engineer will issue to the Contractor a list setting forth those items for which substitutions are accepted. No substitution will be accepted for any materials or item of manufacture called for in the Contract Documents which is not of equal quality and which does not possess equal design or color characteristics to those of the specified material or item. - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 01 630 - Product Options and Substitutions - 2 of 5 c D. E. Denial of Substitution If, in the opinion of the Engineer or Owner, the proposed substitution is not equal or better in every respect to that so indicated or specified, or was not submitted for acceptance in the manner outlined above, the Contractor shall furnish the specified materials. Responsibility for Coordinating Substitutions with Construction Trades It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, in proposing a substitution for any item herein specified, to inform all other trades, vendors, and subcontractors of the effects said substitution will have upon their work or products. Failure to so notify shall require that the Contractor make payments arising from alterations in specified materials or methods necessary to complete the Work in an approved and acceptable manner. 1.4 Contractor's Responsibility for Cost of Substitution Reviews The Contractor shall bear all costs by Engineer and Owner to review Requests for Substitutions. Review costs shall be deducted on a regular basis from monthly progress payment. Any and all design change costs, if any, because of an approved substitution will be borne by the Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01630 - Product Options and Substitutions - 3 of 5 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM TO: City of Carlsbad 1635 Faraday Avenue Carlsbad, CA 92008 PROJECT NAME: Poinsettia Lane Domestic and Recvcled Water Mains - - FROM CONTRACTOR: We hereby submit for consideration the following product substitution of specified item for above project: DRAWING OR SHEET NUMBER SECTION NO. - OR PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED lTEM - Proposed substitution: - Attach complete dimensional information and technical data, including laboratory tests, if applicable. Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will Submit with request all necessary samples and substantiating data to prove equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly mark manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance. Differences in quality of materials and construction shall be indicated.. require for its proper installation. -- A Fill in Blanks Below: A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? If yes, clearly indicate changes. Yes - No __ - B. Will the undersigned pay for the changes to the project design, including engineering and detailing costs - caused by the requested substitution? - C. What effect does the substitution have on other trades? D. What effect does substitution have on applicable code requirements? E. What is the ICBO Approval Number? City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 01630 - Product Options and Substitutions - 4 of 5 I F. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item: G. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: Same -Different-(Explain) CONTRACT0 R'S CERTl FI CATION OF - PERFORMANCE AND ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITY FOR EQUAL PERFORMANCE Submitted By: - L Signature Title Firm -- e Address Telephone Date - Signature must be by person having authority to legally bind his firm to the above terms. Failure to provide legally binding signature will result in retraction of approval. For use by Design Engineer: - Accepted - Accepted as Noted - Not Accepted - Received Too Late - Approved as Alternate-See Bid Form BY Date Remarks Concurrence By: Owner - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01630 - Product Options and Substitutions - 5 of 5 SECTION 01 730 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Work Included Operation and maintenance manual. 1.2 Related Work A. Supplemental Provisions Section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals 1.3 Submittals Operation and Maintenance manual shall be submitted to Engineer. If requested by Engineer, a training outline shall be submitted for instruction of Owner's personnel. Equipment data sheets shall be submitted for equipment furnished under each specification section. Include data sheets in Operation and Maintenance Manual. I .4 Operation and Maintenance Manual Prepare and submit 4 copies of Operation and Maintenance Manual containing Shop Drawings, Catalog Data, Installation or Application Instructions, and Operation and Maintenance Instructions. Deliver copies in D-ring binders tabbed and indexed by specification sections. Include table of contents. Label binders with project name. Each section of Operation and Maintenance Manual shall include: A. Equipment data sheet describing function of equipment. B. Catalog data C. Shop drawings D. Installation or application instructions E. Operation and maintenance instructions F. Parts lists G. Serial numbers. List name, address, and telephone number of manufacturers and vendors. - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 01730 - Operation and Maintenance Manual - 1 of 2 Before requesting payment for 80 percent completion point for the total contract, submit two I of 4 required copies of the Operation and Maintenance Manual containing copies of material available at that time. Within 30 days after approval by Owner of the two-copy submittal, submit remaining 2 copies of Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.5 Unit Prices - - I Payment for operation and maintenance manuals required will be included in the bid price for I the items in the operation and maintenance manual and no extra payment will be made the refore. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) - PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION City of Carlsbad 01/02 (OBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 01730 - Operation and Maintenance Manual - 2 of 2 SECTION 02130 REMOVAL AND RESURFACING OF PAVEMENT SURFACES - - c PART 1- GENERAL - 1 .I Description Street pavement and surfaces shall be removed and replaced in all areas of construction excavation in conformance with details shown on the Plans and/or as specified herein. Resurfacing of existing pavement and surfaces damaged or removed in connection with the construction of project improvements including all appurtenances, shall conform to the provisions of permits issued by the local governing body, agency or association having jurisdiction of public and private streets for work performed within the rights-of-way of the respective governing body, agency or association. - - I .2 Related Work Described Elsewhere - The Contractor shall refer to the following Specification sections for additional requirements: A. Trenching Earthwork: Section 02200 7 B. Supplemental Provisions 1.3 Submittals Submittals shall be provided as required in the related section(s) of the Specifications for the appropriate material. 1.4 Payment -rc - - Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump sum or unit-price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. I PART 2 - MATERIALS AND EXECUTION 2.1 Earthwork Trenching earthwork shall conform to the provisions of the Supplemental Provisions, Greenbook, and Section 02200, Trenching Earthwork. I 2.2 Pavement Removal - A. General: Street pavement or existing road surfacing shall be removed within the limits of all construction excavations prior to proceeding with excavation operations of any nature. Surplus material shall be removed as specified in the Specifications. Prior to removal of existing surfacing, pavement cuts for pipelines shall be made as shown on the Plans and/or specified herein. All pavement cuts for pipelines shall be neat and straight along both sides of the trench and parallel - .I I - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 02130 - Removal and Resurfacing of Pavement Surfaces - 1 of 3 to the alignment of the pipe to provide an unfractured and level pavement joint for - bonding existing surfacing with pavement replacement. Where large irregular -, surfaces are removed, such trimming or cutting as hereinafter provided shall be parallel with roadway centerline or at right angles to the same. All cut edges shall provide clean, solid vertical faces free from all loose material. B. Portland Cement Concrete Surfaces: Concrete pavement, including cross - gutters, curbs and gutters, sidewalks, driveways, and concrete surfaces of whatever nature, shall be saw cut to a minimum depth of 2Wnches prior to Said saw cut shall be made at the edge of the trench and/or excavation. With the written permission of the Owner's Representative pneumatic tools or other the limits of the excavation. In such an event, the saw cut as provided herein, shall be made after backfilling, and the additional concrete pavement shall be removal in accordance with details shown on the Plans or as specified herein. approved equipment may be used to cut concrete pavement prior to removal at removed and disposed of by the Contractor prior to resurfacing. - I - C. Plant Mix Surfacing (Asphalt Concrete Pavement): Streets, alleys and areas pneumatic pavement cutters or other approved equipment at the limits of the trench and/or excavation prior to removal of surfacing. Pavement saw-cutting will required by local governing bodies. surfaced with asphalt concrete pavement shall be initially cut by means of be required within the right-of-way of the county roads and highways, or as - - D. Road-Mixed Surfacing: Streets, alleys and areas surfaced with road-mixed -- - surfacing shall be cut at the limits of the trench and/or excavation prior to removal of existing surfacing. Cuts may be made with pneumatic tools or other approved required unless otherwise specified. equipment. The extra trimming width by saw cuts prior to resurfacing will not be - 2.3 Asphalt Concrete Resurfacing In all areas in which the surface is removed, broken, or damaged by equipment, or in which shall be restored to the original grade and crown section by the Contractor at his own expense. In the absence of specific designation on the Plans, and where the street has been sections shall be restored with the type of improvement conforming to that which existed at the time the Contractor entered upon the Work. Prior to resurfacing, the existing surfacing shall be removed as provided above. All Work shall match the appearance of the existing improvements and finished pavement shall not deviate from existing grade by more than 1/8- inch in 10-feet and shall be free from ruts, depressions, and irregularities. Where large irregular surfaces are to be resurfaced, existing surfacing shall be cut and removed as provided herein. Asphaltic emulsion (tack) shall be applied to the vertical faces of all asphaltic concrete pavement against which the pavement replacement materials are to be placed. The completed surface, when ready for acceptance, shall be thoroughly compacted, the ground has caved in or settled due to the installation of the improvements, the surface improved with roadway surface, base course, curb, sidewalk or gutter, trenches, or damaged - - - - - true to grade and cross section, and shall be free from ruts, depressions, and irregularities. c City of Carlsbad Oi/O2 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 02130 - Removal and Resurfacing of Pavement Surfaces - 2 of 3 -. Asphalt pavement shall be replaced I-inch thicker than that removed. Aggregate base shall be a minimum of 4-inches thick, and Contractor shall match existing base thickness when greater than 4 inches. The resulting edge of contact between the new and existing pavement on each side shall parallel the existing trench and be a straight and neat join line. I -- 2.4 Resurfacina of Concrete Surfaces Portland concrete cement pavement surfaces shall be replaced in kind, with an aggregate base layer 8-inches minimum thickness. Minimum thickness of concrete pavement shall be 7 c_ equal to that removed. Portland cement concrete sidewalks shall be replaced to the nearest scoreline or over a sufficient width to replace any portions of the sidewalk damaged, fragmented, cracked, or otherwise made unusable as a result of construction operations. Minimum thickness of concrete shall be 4-inches. - 2.5 Portland Cement Concrete - Portland cement concrete shall be Class B and shall conform to Section 40 of the State Standard Specifications and the Specifications. - Concrete shall be placed over the width of the excavated trench where the edge of the trench is more than 2-feet from the edge of an existing concrete excavation and is within 2-feet of the existing gutter. 2.6 Temporarv Paving -- c All pavement removal for trenching operations shall be replaced with 3-inches of temporary paving mix after compaction is approved by the Owner's Representative or within three days after the installation of the pipe, whichever comes first. Traffic may not be placed on pavement unless temporary pavement has been approved by Owner's Representative. - Contractor shall plate over open trenches in the public right-of-way during non-working hours. Cross streets and all accesses shall be paved with temporary pavement on the same day that excavation is made. Temporary pavement shall be maintained so that a smooth traversable surface is available at all times for vehicular traffic, free from ruts, depressions, holes, and loose gravel. Cost for trench plates and temporary paving shall be included in the contract unit prices for the pipelines, and no extra compensation will be made to the Contractor. - - END OF SECTION c - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 021 30 - Removal and Resurfacing of Pavement Surfaces - 3 of 3 SECTION 02200 TRENCHING EARTHWORK - PART I - GENERAL - I .I Description The work of this Section includes clearing and grubbing, demolition, removal and disposal of surplus and objectionable materials, and trenching and backfilling at the locations indicated on the Plans. Trenching earthwork shall include the loosening, removing, loading, transporting, depositing, and compacting in its final location of all materials, wet and dry, as required for purposes of construction of all facilities and such other purposes as indicated on the Plans; the furnishing, placing, and removing of all sheeting and bracing necessary to safely support the sides of the excavations; all pumping, ditching, draining, and other required measures for the removal or exclusion of water; the supporting of structures above and below the ground; all backfilling around structures and all backfilling of trenches and pits; the disposal of excess excavated materials, and all other incidental earthwork as indicated on the plans and as specified herein. - - - - , The Contractor shall furnish all tools, equipment, materials, and supplies and shall perform all labor necessary in connection with all earthwork and incidental appurtenant work, complete, as specified herein and as indicated on the Plans. - 1.2 Related Work Described Elsewhere -- Not Applicable 1.3 Payment - - Payment for trenching earthwork and for conforming to all of the provisions of these Specifications, unless otherwise specified and itemized on the bid form, shall be considered to be included in the contract unit or lump sum price paid for the various items of work wherein trenching earthwork is required and no additional allowance will be made therefore. - I .3 Submittals A. Dewatering: Prior to dewatering submit shop plans showing the complete proposed dewatering system including all material for the intake and discharge of the system per the plans and contract documents. 1. During the period that the dewatering system is in operation - after the complete dewatering system submittal has been approved - a daily record of the average flow rate and elevation of ground water must be provided. This daily record will be posted in the jobsite trailer; and, it will be submitted and reviewed at the weekly project meetings. - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 02200 - Trenching Earthwork - 1 of 11 B. C. Shoring: The Contractor shall adhere to the provisions for "Shoring and Bracing design. The shoring must be designed by a structural engineer and must comply in all - Drawings'' in Section 6705 of the California Labor Code. Prior to excavating, the Contractor shall submit shop plans and pertinent structural calculations for the shoring respects to the Contract Documents, to all safety regulations and requirements, and to the plans and contract documents. Pipe Zone and Bedding Material: Submit current certification and test results for all utility pipe zone and bedding material. Pipe zone and bedding material will conform in Design and Processing Manual. - - - all respects to the latest edition of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Engineers - PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 On-Site Material - Material obtained from the required site excavations. 2.2 Import Material Owner-approved material obtained from off-site borrow areas. - 2.3 Suitable Material As specified herein, shall be any material imported or excavated from the cut areas that are free from shale, sod, large clods of earth, stones, roots, trash, lumber, and other debris that, in the opinion of the Owner, is suitable for use and can be readily compacted to the densities specified. -- - - - 2.4 Granular Soil and Imported Sand - Whenever the term "granular soil" is used in the Plans and Specifications, it shall be defined as soil having a minimum sand equivalence of 30, as determined by the latest revision in accordance with State of California, Department .of Transportation, Test Method No. Calif. 217, and not more than 12 percent of the material will pass through a 200-mesh sieve for pipeline bedding, and not more than 5 percent for neutral sand bedding around valves and fittings. - - Whenever the term "imported sand" is used in the Plans and Specifications, it shall be defined as sand having a minimum sand equivalence of 30 as determined by the latest revision of Test Method No. Calif. 217. - 2.5 Soil Sterilant - The sterilant shall be Oust (€PA regulation #352-401) as manufactured by E.I. DuPont Nemours and Company (Wilmington, Delaware), or approved equal. - City of Carlsbad 011002 (DEE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 02200 -Trenching Earthwork - 2 of 11 2.6 Structure Backfill Backfill shall consist of loose earth or sand free from stones, clods or other deleterious materials. When material from the excavation is unsuitable for use in backfill, it shall be disposed of and suitable material which is capable of attaining the required relative density shall be arranged for and furnished by the Contractor at his expense. - - - 2.7 PipeZone - Material used as pipe bedding within the Pipe Zone shall comply with the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Specifications. 2.8 Trench Zone Material excavated from the trench may be used for backfill from 12-inches above the pipe to the finished grade or, if applicable, street grade, provided that such material is free of vegetation, 2-inch and larger rocks, debris, and material of a spongy or perishable nature. No material greater than two inches in any dimension shall be placed within one foot of any pipe, valve, or structure. All backfill within 24-inches of ductile-iron fittings or valves shall be clean, washed sand. - - - PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 General t - The Contractor shall perform all site grading, soil sterilant application, structure excavation and backfill, trench excavation and backfill for pipelines and conduits, and other earthwork required to complete the work under this contract. Included are all necessary clearing, grubbing, grading, and excavation of all classes and of whatever substance encountered, - stockpiling, backfilling, compaction, controlling water, bracing excavations, stabilizing subgrade, protecting existing structures and facilities, complying with conditions of permits and safety regulations, cleaning up debris, papers and loose rocks, restoring fences and other disturbed property, maintaining trees which are not permitted to be removed, and disposing of excess material, and such supplementary operations as are necessary to properly complete the entire work indicated or specified. - - c 3.2 Earthwork Subject to Permit Conditions Earthwork within public rights-of-way controlled by a state, county or city, or earthwork within railroad rights-of-way shall be in accordance with requirements and provisions of the permits issued by those agencies for the construction within their respective rights-of-way. Such permit requirements and provisions which are more restrictive than those specified herein, shall take precedence and supersede the provisions of these Specifications. - - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 02200 - Trenching Earthwork - 3 of 11 3.3 Protection of Workmen Excavations shall be so braced or sheeted so as to provide conditions under which workmen may work safely and efficiently at all times. The latest revision of the rules, orders and regulations of the Division of Industrial Safety of the State of California shall be complied with. 3.4 Public Safetv Barriers shall be placed at each end of all excavations and such places as may be necessary along excavations to warn all pedestrian and vehicular traffic of such excavations. At the Engineer's request, Contractor shall use trench plates to cover trenches. Lights shall also be placed along excavations from sunset each day to sunrise of the next day until such excavation is entirely refilled or plated. Material for backfill or for protection of excavation in public roads from surface drainage shall be neatly placed and kept shaped so as to cause the least possible interference with public travel. Free access must be provided to all fire hydrants, water valves, meters, and private drives, or other property or facilities that may have routine use. 3.5 Support of Adiacent Property Excavations shall be so braced, sheeted, and supported that the ground alongside the excavation will not slide or settle, and all existing improvements of any kind, either on public or private property, will be fully protected from damage. Damage to adjacent property or to the work occurring through settlements, water or earth pressures, slides, caves or other causes due to failure of lack of sheeting or bracing or improper bracing, or through negligence or fault of the Contractor in any other manner, shall be repaired by the Contractor at his own expense. 3.6 Existinq Improvements The Contractor's attention is directed to the possible existence of pipe and other underground improvements which may or may not be shown on the plans. The Contractor shall preserve and protect any such improvements whether shown on the plans or not. Where it is necessary to remove and replace or to relocate such improvements in order to prosecute the work, they shall be removed, maintained, and permanently replaced by the Contractor at his expense, except as otherwise provided in the General Provisions. 3.7 Drainage Control A. Control of Surface Drainage The Contractor shall control excavations. 0 bstruction of be provided whereby storm grading in a manner to prevent water running into surface drainage shall be avoided and means shall and wastewater can flow uninterrupted in existing gutters, other surface drains or temporary drains. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 02200 - Trenching Earthwork - 4 of 11 I - B. Preservation of Existing Drainage Except as shown on the Plans, existing drainage patterns shall be preserved. Where construction methods cause a temporary obstruction of drainage patterns temporary facilities adequate for expected flows and a means of emergency removal of the obstruction shall be provided. 3.8 Dewatering - The Contractor shall keep the excavation free from water during construction. Where ground water is encountered, the static water level shall be drawn down a minimum of two (2) feet below the trench bottom, unless othewise permitted by the Engineer. Maintain groundwater level a minimum of four (4) feet below the prevailing level of backfill after installation of pipe being placed. The Contractor shall provide and maintain ample means and devices and shall promptly remove and properly dispose of all water from any source entering the excavation or other parts of the work. Dewatering shall be continuous and shall be accomplished by methods which will ensure the preservation of the final lines and grades of the bottoms of excavations. Said methods may include well points, piezometers, sump points, suitable rock or gravel placed below the required bedding for drainage and pumping purposes, temporary pipelines, and other means that will not be detrimental to the proposed construction. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining all water discharge permits that are required. c - I - -- Dewatering for the structures and pipelines shall commence when ground water is first encountered and shall be continued until such times as water can be allowed to rise in accordance with the provision of this section. No concrete (i.e. footings, floors, pipeline thrust blocks, and pipeline anchor blocks) shall be laid in water. Water shall not be allowed to rise until the concrete has cured and been c - backfilled. The Contractor shall dispose of the water from the work in a suitable manner without damage to adjacent property. No water shall be drained into work built or under construction without prior consent of the Engineer. Water shall be disposed of in such a manner as not to be a menace to the public health. Silting basins shall be provided in accordance with regulatory District requirements. Do not drain trench water through the pipeline under construction. -- - 3.8.1 Dewatering Records c A. Provide a daily record of the average flow rate. Provide water quality testing as required by the Regional Water Quality Control Board. Observe and record the elevation of the ground water during the period that the dewatering system is in operation. - B. - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 02200 - Trenching Earthwork - 5 of 11 3.9 Correction of Faulty Grades Where excavation is inadvertently carried below pipe be rectified for a pipe by backfilling with approved maximum density, at the expense of the Contractor. 3.1 0 Surplus Excavated Material - or concrete structure subgrade, it shall sand or gravel compacted to 95% of - The Contractor shall make the necessary arrangements for and shall remove and dispose of All costs for the disposal of surplus waste material shall be borne by the Contractor. all surplus excavated material, unless provided for on the Plans or in the Special Provisions. - It is the intent of these Specifications that all surplus material not required for backfill or fill - shall be disposed of by the Contractor outside the limits of the public rights-of-way and/or easements at no cost or liability to the Owner. No excavated material shall be deposited on private property unless written permission from the Owner thereof is secured by the Contractor. Before the Owner will accept the work as whom he has entered into agreements for disposal of surplus excavated material absolving the Owner from any liability connected therewith. 3.1 I Imported Backfill Material - being completed, the Contractor shall file a written release signed by all property owners with - - Whenever the excavated material is not suitable for backfill, the Contractor shall at his own expense arrange for and furnish suitable imported backfill material which is capable of attaining the required relative density. 3.12 Compaction Tests Compaction tests will be made by the Engineer or laboratory designated by him. The number of tests and their location and depth shall be determined by the Engineer. The Contractor shall make all necessary excavations for compaction tests as directed by the Engineer and shall refill and re-compact these excavations to the densities as specified herein. Compaction shall be tested in accordance with the latest revision of Test Method No. Calif. 216. The Owner will pay for the initial cost of all compaction tests. If the backfill compaction fails to meet the relative compaction requirements set forth herein, the Contractor shall pay for subsequent compaction tests. All work in connection with compaction testing by the Contractor shall be included in the various contract bid prices and no additional allowance will be made therefore. - - - - - - I 3.1 3 Blasting and Explosives Written permission of the Owner shall be obtained prior to any blasting or use of explosives. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 02200 -Trenching Earthwork - 6 of 11 L 3.14 Site Grading Haul routes shall be planned to avoid passing heavy off-highway equipment over pipelines with less than 6-feet of cover. Where crossings must be made, the Contractor shall provide concrete encasement or approved bridging. - All areas covered by the work, including excavated and filled sections and transition areas, shall be uniformly graded to the elevations shown on the Plans. The finished surface shall be reasonably smooth, compacted, and free from any irregular surface changes. Edges of spoil and borrow areas shall be rounded to blend into natural contours. The degree of finish ordinarily obtainable from a blade grader will be satisfactory for open areas, but hand grading and raking will be required around structures and walkways. The finished surface shall be not more than 0.1-foot above or below the required grade and sloped to prevent pond i ng . 3.15 Soil Sterilant - A. General The Contractor shall treat the finished subgrade of specified areas with an approved soil sterilant. B. Areas Requiring Soil Sterilant -- All areas which are to receive bitumastic pavement, including embankments, walkways, drainage structures, parking, and road areas, require soil sterilant. Other areas requiring soil sterilant are storage reservoir or pond surfaces which are to receive any lining material of less than 3-inches in thickness and lining perimeter areas to a distance of 5-feet from the edge of lining material. C. Material and Application The sterilant shall be applied in a liquid or dry form and at a uniform rate of 10 to 12 ounces of dry sterilant per acre in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. At the option of the Engineer, the area shall then be lightly sprinkled with water to prevent loss of sterilant or scuffing. - -- 3.1 6 Trench Excavation and Backfill for Pipelines and Conduits A. Alignment and Grades - I The alignment and grade for pipe shall be as shown on the Plans. When flow line is shown, it shall be the invert or interior bottom of the pipe. When top of pipe is shown, it shall be the exterior of the pipe barrel. In the absence of such profile grade, the pipe shall be laid on a straight grade to permit complete drainage and to provide a minimum of 36-inches of cover to finish ground or street subgrade unless otherwise specified. - City of Cads bad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 02200 - Trenching Earthwork - 7 of 11 - Where the natural ground above the pipeline trench has been over excavated and/or the pipeline is to be placed in new embankment, embankment material top of pipe prior to trench excavation. - shall be placed and compacted to an elevation of not less than two feet above the -. B. Length of Open Trench - Except where detailed in the Special Provisions or included in permits, the accommodate the amount of pipe installed in a single day, whichever is the greater. The distance is the collective length at any location, including open been temporarily resurfaced. maximum length of open trench shall be 600-feet, or the distance necessary to excavation, pipe laying, and appurtenance construction and backfill which has not - - C. Trench Width - The overall trench width measured at a level of one foot above top of pipe for table: pipelines and appurtenances shall not exceed the limits listed in the following - - Nominal Inside Pipe Diameter Minimum Maximum -- (Inches) Trench Width Trench Width 4 through 12 OD plus 12'' OD plus 16" 14 through 48 OD plus 16" OD plus 24" - Excavating and trenching shall be true to line so that the pipe is centered in the trench. - D. Trench Bottom - The trench bottom shall be graded to provide a smooth, firm, and stable foundation at every point throughout the length of pipe. The Contractor shall trench bottom is accurately graded. Special bedding required by the Plans and Special Provisions shall be emplaced. Pipe subgrade at the trench bottom shall be prepared for the specific type of pipe material being installed in accordance with the Standard Specifications for said transfer construction stake grades into the trench as necessary to ensure that the - - pipe. - Should large gravel and cobbles be encountered at the trench bottom or pipe granular material which shall be compacted to provide uniform support and a firm foundation. subgrade, they shall be removed from beneath the pipe and replaced with - I - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 02200 -Trenching Earthwork - 8 of 11 Whenever the trench bottom does not afford a sufficiently solid and stable base to support the pipe or appurtenance, the Contractor shall excavate below normal trench bottom and replace it with crushed rock or gravel of sufficient thickness to form an unyielding foundation. E. Foundations in Poor Soil If excessively wet, soft, spongy, unstable, or similarly unsuitable material is encountered at the subgrade, it shall be removed and replaced by crushed rock or gravel of sufficient thickness to form an unyielding foundation. Removal of the material and additional backfill required will be paid for by the unit price in the schedule of work items unless otherwise specified. However, if the necessity for such additional bedding material has been occasioned by an act or failure to act on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor shall bear the expense of the additional excavation and backfill to the required depth. The Contractor's attention is called to his responsibilities in maintaining adequate dewatering procedures to ensure that an otherwise stable foundation will not be rendered unfit due to accumulation of water in the trench excavation. F. Foundations in Rock Where rock is encountered, it shall be removed below grade and the trench backfilled with clean imported sand to provide a compacted foundation cushion with a minimum allowable thickness of 6 inches under the outside diameter of the pipe barrel and a clear space of 4 inches under the pipe bell. Payment for the removal of rock and additional backfill shall be provided for in the schedule of work items unless otherwise specified. G. Backfilling After the pipe has been properly laid, exterior joints grouted (if appropriate) and inspected, backfilling shall be commenced. Mechanical densification or compaction of backfill shall be accomplished by rolling, vibrating, or a combination thereof. The method or methods used shall result in obtaining the compaction of the backfill in the various specified zones and within the maximum lifts specified herein. The densification or compaction method or methods used shall not result in damage to the pipe, adjacent ground, existing improvements, or improvements installed as part of this project. Material for mechanically compacted backfill shall be placed in lifts which, prior to compaction, shall not exceed the depths specified below for the various types of equipment. - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 02200 - Trenching Earthwork - 9 of 11 Impact, free-fall, or "stomping" equipment shall not be allowed. H. 1. Vibratory equipment with smooth contact surface - maximum lift thickness of 2 feet. 2. Rolling equipment, including, vibratory interrupted surface equipment - maximum lift thickness of 1 foot. 3. Hand directed mechanical tampers - maximum lift thickness of 6 inches. Control of Trench Backfill by Zones Backfill shall be constructed by zones and the compaction requirement for each zone in the various portions of the project shall be as scheduled in the Special Provisions and/or Plans. Zone requirements are defined in the following paragraph for pipe zone, trench zone and street zone. 1. PipeZone The trench shall be bedded in lifts to a height of 12-inches above the top of the pipe with selected material as described in 2.7, Pipe Zone. Bedding shall be placed in layers simultaneously on each side of the pipe for the full width of the trench. In placing and compacting the backfill, particular attention is to be given to the underside of the pipe and fittings to provide firm support along the full length of the pipe. Care shall be exercised in backfilling to avoid damage to the pipe coating. -- e The bedding shall be compacted and/or consolidated to obtain a relative compaction of 95%. 2. Trench Zone The backfill material shall be compacted to obtain a relative compaction of 95%. Either mechanical compaction or water settling may be used, depending on the nature of the material. Trench zone compaction shall be completed prior to covering it with street zone material. 3. Street Zone Backfill in traveled ways and public streets shall be in accordance with the right- of-way agreement, encroachment permit or applicable regulations of the agency having jurisdiction over the road, In the absence of such provisions, the following shall apply. .- City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 02200 - Trenching Earthwork - 10 of 1 1 The top 12-inches below the roadway subgrade or ground surface, as the case may be, shall be compacted by approved hand-, pneumatic-, or mechanical-type tampers to obtain a relative compaction of 95%. Consolidation will not be permitted in this upper 12-inches. The material for this backfill may contain stones ranging in sizes up to two inches in diameter in quantity not exceeding 20% of the volume where said coarse materials are well distributed throughout the finer material and the specified compaction can be obtained. The pavement section shall be constructed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. 3.17 Final CleanuD After backfill has been completed, the site shall be dressed smooth and left in a neat and presentable condition, free of all cleared vegetation, rubbish and other construction wastes. Surplus rock and soil which cannot be used for backfill shall be hauled away and disposed of by the Contractor and at the Contractor's expense. Areas next to structures where blade- type equipment cannot reach shall be hand raked. END OF SECTION _- City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 02200 - Trenching Earthwork - 11 of 11 SECTION 02225 UTILITY CROSSINGS PART I - GENERAL 1 .I Description Where utilities cross the pipeline trench but do not conflict with the permanent Work to be constructed, the Contractor shall follow the procedures given below and as indicated on the Plans and in the Specifications. For utility crossings not shown on the Plans, follow the General Provisions and the instructions of the Engineer. 1.2 I .3 I .4 Related Work Described Elsewhere A. Section 02200: Trenching Earthwork Submittals (Not Applicable) Pavment Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 Replacement in Kind Except .as indicated below or as specifically authorized by the Engineer, the Contractor shall reconstruct utilities with new material of the same size, type, and quality as that removed. 2.2 Vitrified Clay Sewer Pipe and Couplings For sewer pipe eight inches in diameter or under, replacement shall consist of plain-end pipe conforming to ASTM C700. Compression coupling shall conform to ASTM C594; Band seal couplings or approved equal. At least two lengths of pipe shall be used in crossing the trench section as shown on the details on the Plans or in the Special Provisions. 2.3 Asbestos Cement Pipe Asbestos cement pipe must be properly disposed of at a certified hazardous material dump site. A dump certificate must be obtained and submitted to the Owner proving that the material was properly disposed of. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Notification The Contractor shall notify the utility owner 48 hours in advance of the potholing and at the beginning of construction and will coordinate the construction schedule with the utility service requirements. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 02225 - Utility Crossings - 1 of 2 3.2 Exposing Utilities in Advance It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine the true location and depth of all utilities and service connections which may be affected by or affect the Work. He shall also determine the type, material, and conditions of these utilities. In order to provide sufficient lead time to resolve unforeseen conflicts, order materials, and take appropriate measures to ensure that there is no delay in Work, the Contractor shall expose all utilities in advance of submittal of shop drawings and lay diagrams for the pipeline construction. All costs incurred in exposing utilities shall be borne by the Contractor. 3.3 Protect in Place The Contractor shall protect all utilities in place, unless abandoned, and shall maintain the utility in service, unless otherwise specified on the Plans or in the Specifications. 3.4 Cut and Plun Ends The Contractor shall cut abandoned utility lines and plug the ends of lines larger than 18-inch diameter with brick and mortar, unless otherwise specified on the Plans or in the Specifications. Abandoned facilities smaller than 18 inches in diameter shall be plugged with concrete. The pipe shall be disposed of as unsuitable material by the Contractor. 3.5 Remove and Reconstruct Where so indicated on the Plans or in the Specifications or as required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove the utility and after passage, reconstruct it with new materials. The Contractor shall take appropriate measures to provide temporary service for the disconnected utility. All reconstruction work shall be in accordance with the applicable specifications. 3.6 Compaction A. Utilities Protected in Place: Contractor shall take special precautions to compact under and around the utility to ensure that no voids are left. B. Utilities Reconstructed: Prior to replacement of the utility, the trench shall be backfilled and compacted by approved means to an elevation one foot above the top of the ends of the utility. A cross trench of the proper width shall be excavated for the utility and it shall be laid, backfilled, and compacted as specified herein or as required by the Engineer. -- e I I C. Alternate Construction: Alternate methods and procedures must be submitted for the approval of the Engineer prior to construction. END OF SECTION City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 02225 - Utility Crossings - 2 of 2 SECTION 09870 TAPE WRAP AND CONCRETE MORTAR COATING I PART 1 - GENERAL - I .I Description A. The steel pipe shall be coated with polyethyfene tapes in accordance with - AWWA C214. Fittings and specials shall be coated with cold-applied polyethylene tapes in accordance with AWWA C209. A reinforced cement mortar shield shall be applied in accordance with AWWA C205. Any modifications to the aforementioned standards are as stated herein. 1 1.2 Related Work Elsewhere The Contractor shall refer to the following specification section(s) for additional requirements: c - A. Shop Drawings and Submittals: Section 2-5.3 B. Trenching Earthwork: 02200 C. Painting and Coating: 09900 E. I D. Petrolatum Wax Tape Coating: 09902 Cement Mortar Lined Steel Pipe: I5076 &- - 1.3 Qualifications of Manufacturers A. Manufacturer to demonstrate a minimum of five years’ successful application of tape coating system on similar diameter steel water pipelines as specified herein. - I .4 Submittals A. List of tape coating materials indicating manufacturer, product numbers, and - thickness of materials related to tape system for joints and repairs. B. Certification of test results for each batch of liquid adhesive and each tape material specified shall be in accordance with AWWA C214. - C. Tape application procedure approved by tape manufacturer. - 1.5 Coordination With Tape Manufacturer A. The pipe manufacturer shall require the tape material manufacturer to furnish qualified factory technical representative to visit the site for technical support at the beginning of the pipe installation as may be necessary to instruct Contractor on appropriate tape application methods in the field or to resolve problems. This visit shall be coordinated to allow City Inspection and Maintenance Staff to participate in the instruction. The Contractor shall allow time for representative to give field taping instructions to his workforce. - - - r- - .- City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 09870 - Tape Wrap and Concrete Mortar Coating - 1 of 8 PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 Polyethylene Tape Coating A. Provide polyethylene tape coating in accordance with AWWA C214 with a reinforced cement mortar shield in accordance with AWWA C205 and as specified herein. Plant and field applied liquid adhesive, polyethylene tape, and plant and field applied repair tape shall be furnished by a single manufacturer. The physical properties of tape materials shall meet or exceed the requirements of AWWA C214 when tested in accordance with the methods described in Section 5.3, "Coating System Tests". B. The tape coating systems consist of an exterior polyethylene tape over the primed metal surface of steel pipe with a reinforced cement mortar coating applied over the tape system. Tape coating systems are specified for: 1. Normal plant cold-applied tape 2. 3. Plant cold-applied tape for special sections, connections and fittings, and plant repairs of cold-applied tape Field joint, field coated fittings and repair of field cold-applied tape. 2.2 Liquid adhesive A. Liquid adhesive shall consist of a mixture of suitable rubber and synthetic compounds and a solvent in accordance with AWWA C214. The liquid adhesive shall be Polyken #I 039 primer. 2.3 Storage Primer A. Storage primer on the exposed steel at the tape cutbacks shall be Polyken #924. 2.4 Plant Applied Polyethylene Tape System, Polyken YGlll(80 mil) A. Liquid adhesive shall be Polyken #I039 primer. B. Anti-corrosion inner layer tape shall be Polyken #989 (20 mil), black. C. First mechanical outer layer tape shall be Polyken #955 (30 mil), gray. D. Second mechanical outer layer tape shall be Polyken #956 (30 mil), white. E. Reinforced cement mortar shield 314" thick. F. Weld Stripping Tape shall be Polyken #933 (25 mil), if required. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (OBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 09870 - Tape Wrap and Concrete Mortar Coating - 2 of 8 _- 2.5 Plant Cold-Applied Tape Coatings for Special Sections. Connections and Fittings, and Plant Repair Cold-Applied Polyethylene Tape Material - I A. Liquid adhesive shall be Polyken #I039 primer. B. C. Anti-corrosion inner layer shall be Polyken #932-50 (50 mil), black. Mechanical layer outer tape for plant fittings and plant repair cold-applied polyethylene tape shall be Polyken #955 (30 mil), white. Reinforced cement mortar shield 3/4” thick. 7 - D. - E. Weld stripping tape shall be Polyken #933 (25 mil), if required. 2.6 *- Tape Field Joint, Field Coated Fittinqs, and Field Repair Cold-Applied Polyethylene A. Primer shall be Polyken #1029. - B. Joint filler tape to be Polyken #939. - C. Field joint, field fitting, and field repair outer layer tape shall be Polyken #932, (50 mil). -- D. Mechanical layer outer tape for field joint, field fittings and field repair shall be Polyken #932-50, continue inner layer with 50% overlap. - PART 3 - EXECUTION c 3.1 Polyethvlene Tape Coating A. Apply polyethylene tape coating to pipe in accordance with AWWA C214. Apply polyethylene tape coating to fittings and specials in accordance with AWWA C209. Apply the reinforced cement mortar shield in accordance with AWWA C205. Any modifications to the aforementioned standards are as stated herein. Certificate of Compliance: Prior to shipment of pipe, furnish a certificate of compliance stating that tape materials and work furnished hereunder will comply or have complied with the requirements of these specifications and AWWA C214 and C209. - B. I 3.2 Straight Run Pipe Application - A. For straight run pipe, plant applied conditions, the polyethylene tapes shall be a four layer system consisting of: (I) liquid adhesive; (2) corrosion prevention - tape (inner layer); (3) mechanical protective tape (first outer layer); (4) mechanical protective tape (second outer layer) - - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 09870 - Tape Wrap and Concrete Mortar Coating - 3 of 8 -" B. Perform the entire coating operation by experienced workers skilled in the application of polyethylene tapes and cement mortar coating under qualified supervisors - I C. All equipment for blasting and application of the tape coating system shall be of such design and condition to comply with all the requirements of AWWA C214 opinion of the Engineer, does not produce the required results. Include equipment and a repair procedure for correcting defective tape application for review a copy of this portion of the fabrication plan, and any updates, at the location of the coating operation, and a repair procedure for correcting defective and these specifications. Immediately repair or replace equipment that, in the use under this specification in the steel pipe fabrication plan. Make available for tape application. - - - D. Remove the exterior weld bead along the entire exterior surface of the pipe. tolerance of plus 1132-inch. The exterior weld bead shall be flush with the exterior surface of the pipe with a -- E. Surface preparation shall conform to AWWA C214 and the following. - 1. Bare pipe shall be clean of all foreign matter such as mud, mill lacquer, slag or scale from all welds by wire-brushing, hammering, or other satisfactory means. Remove welding splash globules prior to priming. Prior to blast cleaning, inspect surfaces and, if required, pre-clean in accordance with the requirements of SSPC SP-I, Solvent Cleaning, to remove oil, grease, and all foreign deposits. Remove visible oil and grease spots by solvent wiping. Use only approved solvents that do not leave any residue. Include in the manufacturer's fabrication plan the cleaning solvent applications procedure and safety precautions. wax, coal tar, asphalt, oil, grease, or any contaminants. Remove welding - -_ 2. - - F. Blast cleaning shall conform to AWWA C214 and the following. I. -- Blast the pipe surface using a commercially available shot grit mixture to achieve a prepared surface equal to that which is specified in SSPC SP- 6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. - 2. For plant mortar lined pipe, perform blast cleaning of said exterior Perform the exterior blast cleaning in such a manner as not to endanger the mortar lining in the pipe. Completely remove corrosion and foreign substances adhesive after completion of blast cleaning. surfaces after the initial curing of the spun mortar lining. from the exterior of the pipe in the cleaning operation, and apply liquid - - 3. Achieve from abrasive blasting an anchor pattern profile a minimum of - 1.0 mil, but not exceeding 3.0 mils. Measure the anchor pattern or profile of the blasted surface using comparator tape as specified herein. - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 09870 - Tape Wrap and Concrete Mortar Coating - 4 of 8 4. Inspect the blast cleaned exterior pipe surface for adequate surface preparation prior to application of the liquid adhesive. Surface comparator tapes are to be used by the manufacturer in at least eight random areas, along any given 40-foot length of pipe. The results of the surface comparator tapes are to be documented on the quality control sheet for each pipe section. 5. Coat each pipe section with liquid adhesive and tape within the same day of being blast cleaned. Do not allow blasted and/or blasted and primed pipe to sit overnight. All blasted and primed pipe must be coated by the end of the day. No coating will be permitted on pipe sections showing evidence of rust. G. Liquid adhesive application shall conform to AWWA C214 and the following. I. Prior to liquid adhesive application, clean the pipe surface free of foreign matter such as sand, grease, oil, grit, rust particles, and dirt. 2. Apply the liquid adhesive in a uniform thin film at the coverage rate recommended by the manufacturer. Meet the recommendations of the manufacturer for the state of dryness of the liquid adhesive prior to the application of the inner layer of tape. 3. Limit the application of liquid adhesive to that length of pipe which can be taped within the same workday. Pipe coated with liquid adhesive that was not taped within the same workday shall be rejected at the discretion of the Engineer. The liquid adhesive shall be removed and the surface shall be reprimed. 4. Protect liquid adhesive coated pipe sections from moisture, dirt, sand, and other potentially contaminating materials 5. Apply storage primer to the exposed steel pipe at tape cutbacks to prevent oxidation of the cleaned metal surface. Apply minimum of 1.5 mils and maximum of 2.5 mils of storage primer to exposed steel per the manu f act u re r’s recommendations . H. Inner layer tape application: 1. Apply the inner layer tape directly onto the primed surface using approved mechanical dispensing equipment to assure adequate, consistent tension on the tape as recommended by the tape manufacturer. Use rollers to apply pressure on the tape as it comes in contact with the pipe. Make necessary adjustments to mechanical application equipment to assure a uniform, tight coating. Maintain a tight, smooth, mechanically induced, wrinkle-free coating throughout the application process. - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 09870 - Tape Wrap and Concrete Mortar Coating - 5 of 8 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. The application of tension shall be such that the width of tape will be with the tape let-off machine to document the tape tension during - reduced between 1% to 2 percent of tape width prior to the pull. Provide a pressure readout gauge and chart recorder, suitable to the Engineer, application. - I_ Apply inner layer tape at a minimum roll temperature of 70°F. Continuously monitor the temperature of the tape within 12 inches of the point of contact with the pipe surface. Use a chart recorder, suitable to application. Sections where the tape application tension and temperature is not maintained within manufacturer's recommendations reapplied. Continuously electronically test the inner tape layer at 6,000 volts - immediately following application of the tape by a holiday tester permanently mounted to the tape application station and equipped with workmen of the presence of holidays in the coating system. the Engineer, to document the temperature of the tape during - shall be rejected and the tape removed from the entire pipe section and I an indicator light and audio buzzer, suitable to the Engineer to alert the - Spirally wrap the inner layer tape over longitudinally or spirally welded I pipe. Provide a I-inch minimum tape overlap. Splice each new roll by overlapping the new tape over the end of the preceding roll by at least 6 inches. Perform this end lap splice by hand or by a mechanical applicator so that the splice is wrinkle free and angle of the new roll parallel to that of the previous roll. - -r maintains the continuity of the inner wrap coating. Maintain the wrapping I Provide tape cutbacks based on the joint type required, cutting the tape .-. edge parallel to the end of the pipe. Perform cutbacks using a cutting device that is guided from the end of the pipe to insure a uniform, straight cutback. - I. Mechanical outer layer tape application. - 1. Apply the first mechanical outer layer of tape over the inner layer tape using the same type of mechanical equipment used in the application of the inner layer tape. No overlap splice of the other layer coinciding with the overlap splice of the inner layer will be permitted. Provide a minimum 6-inch separation between overlap of splices. Apply two mechanical outer layers of tape as specified herein. The inner layer tape shall be electrically tested, inspected, and approved prior to the application of the first mechanical outer layer tape and the first mechanical outer layer tape shall also be visually inspected and approved prior to the application of the second mechanical outer layer tape. Ensure that both mechanical outer layer tapes are smooth, tight and wrin kle-free. _A - - - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DEE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 09870 - Tape Wrap and Concrete Mortar Coating - 6 of 8 2. Apply mechanical outer layer tapes in accordance with the requirements for the inner layer tape, except that the minimum tape roll application temperature shall be 90°F. Monitoring for tension and temperature will be required for the mechanical outer layer tapes. The use of rollers to apply pressure on the tape is not required during application of the mechanical outer layer tapes. Holiday testing of the mechanical outer layer tapes is not required during tape application. Test the complete tape system prior to coating as specified herein. J. Apply a reinforced cement mortar shield over the outer layer of tape in accordance with AWA C205. Cement mortar shall be 3/4” thick. K. Storage primer application shall conform to AWWA C214 as modified herein: 1. Prior to storage primer application, clean the pipe surface free from foreign matter such as sand, grease, oil, grit, rust particles and dirt. 2. Apply primer only to a dry pipe surface. Whenever the ambient air temperatures are cold enough to cause gelling of the primer, the use of heaters will not be permitted to return the primer back to a fully liquid state. Use new primer at a minimum of 40°F. 3. Apply storage primer to the exposed steel pipe at tape cutbacks to prevent oxidation of the cleaned metal surface. Apply minimum of 1.5 mils and maximum of 2.5 mils of storage primer to exposed steel per the manufacturer’s recommendations. Do not place storage primer on the edge of the steel plate. - 3.3 Fittings Coated at the Plant A. L Coat fittings that cannot be machine coated in accordance with AWWA C209 using materials as specified herein. Weld bead preparation, surface preparation, blast cleaning and liquid adhesive shall be as specified for straight run pipe. Apply an inner layer tape of Polyken #932-50 with a l-inch minimum tape overlap on all plant coated fittings. Apply an outer layer of cold-applied polyethylene tape as specified herein with a 55 percent overlap on all plant- coated fittings. Provide a minimum thickness of I10 mils for the total tape coat system for plant-coated fittings. Test all completed tape coated fittings in the presence of the Engineer with an electrical flaw detector prior to the application of the cement mortar coating. Applied voltage shall be in the range of 11,000 to 15,000 volts. Repair any holidays found. - -. A B. ,- C. Repair cement mortar coating defects in accordance with the approved repair procedures. - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 09870 - Tape Wrap and Concrete Mortar Coating - 7 of 8 - D. Apply cement mortar coating in accordance with AWWA C205, over the tape- coated fittings after completion of tape coating, testing and inspections. - 3.4 Tape Application to Fittings. Specials and Pipe Joints (Field) - A. B. Filler tape shall be used to fill voids on fittings, specials, welds, and pipe joints. All bell and spigot joints, lap joints, and other locations where voids will othetwise exist shall be provided specially shaped filler tape applied after priming . + C. Field pipe joints shall be prepared as required by the paragraph entitled "Pipe with a storage primer or an epoxy coating may be power-tool cleaned instead of abrasive-blast cleaned. The power tool cleaning shall be done in accordance be abrasive blasted to SSPC-SP6. Surface Preparation," except that shop blasted surfaces that have been coated with SSPC-SP2: Pipe ends not effectively protected with a storage primer shall - - D. The tape system for pipe joints is shown in Section 2.6. I 3.5 Inspection of Tape Coating Perform all tape coating work in accordance with AWWA C209 Section 5. 3.6 Protecting Coated Pipe --- A. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all coated surfaces from damage prior to and during the pipe installation in accordance with these specifications. -- B. In transporting the coated pipe, it shall rest in saddles shaped to the outside the pipe along an arc of at least 60 degrees. Saddles shall be completely lined with adequate padding. No nails or any other fasteners that may damage the coating will be allowed in the installation of the padding of the saddles. diameter of the coated pipe. The saddles shall be in contact with the bottom of -. - C. While laying tape coated steel pipe, the pipe shall not be rolled or skidded when is lowered into the trench the CONTRACTOR shall provide a visual and holiday inspection of the coating on the entire pipe coating system. Coated pipe shall be lowered into the trench using saddled, not choked, belt slings. The use of chains, hooks, or other equipment which might damage the pipe coating will not be permitted. All other pipe handling equipment and methods shall be supported on padded skids, sand bags, or rock-free sand berms. it is in contact with the ground at any point. Immediately before the coated pipe - - approved by the ENGINEER. Pipe stored alongside of the trench shall be - END OF SECTION City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains -. 09870 - Tape Wrap and Concrete Mortar Coating - 8 of 8 SECTION 09900 PAINTING AND COATING - PART 1 - GENERAL 1 .I DescriPtion This section described the requirements for the preparation of surfaces and subsequent application of protective coatings. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment required for satisfactory completion of all items contained herein. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary safety equipment and protective clothing, as well as be responsible for proper instruction and supervision of their use. Requirements for steel storage reservoirs are specified elsewhere in the Specifications. -. _- - 1.2 Related Work Described Elsewhere The Contractor shall refer to the following Specification section(s) for additional requirements: - I A. Shop Drawings and Submittals: Section 2-5.3 1.3 Submittals Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 2-5.3, Shop Drawings and Submittals. The following submittals are required: A. Submit a chart of the manufacturer's available colors for color selection well in advance of painting operation. B. Submit manufacturer's data sheets showing the following information: - -*L - 1. Recommended surface preparation. c 2. Minimum and maximum recommended dry-film thicknesses per coat for prime, intermediate, and finish coats. *. 3. Percent solids by volume. - 4. Recommended thinners. 5. Statement verifying that the selected prime coat is recommended by the manufacturer for use with the selected intermediate and finish coats. 6. Application instructions including recommended application, equipment, humidity, and temperature limitations. 7. Curing requirements and instructions. - C. Submit certification that all coatings conform to applicable local Air Quality Management District rules and regulations for products and application. - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 09900 - Painting and Coating - 1 of 9 I 1.4 Pavment - Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid - amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. PART 2 - MATERIALS ... 2.1 General I All materials shall be those of current manufacture and shall meet all applicable regulations for the application and intended service. All coats of any particular coating system shall be of the event that a product specified herein is no longer manufactured or does not meet current regulations, the Contractor shall provide a substitute, currently manufactured product of at least additional cost. same manufacturer and shall be approved by the manufacturer for the intended service. In the equal performance which meets all applicable regulations subject to Engineer's approval, at no - .- All materials shall be delivered to the Project Site in their original, unopened containers bearing are equal in composition, durability, usefulness and convenience for the purpose intended. Paint - the manufacturer's name, brand, and batch number. Standard products of manufacturers other than those specified will be accepted when it is proved to the satisfaction of the Engineer they listed in the system refers to products of the following manufacturers and distributors: I -- Ameron Corrosion Control Division, Brea, CA I.C. Devoe, Louisvitle, KY Engard Coating Corporation, Long Beach, CA E. I. DuPont de Nemours & Company, LO~ Angeles, CA Tnemec Company, Inc., Kansas City, MO, 64141 - All surfaces to be coated or painted shall be in the proper condition to receive the material specified before any coating or painting is done. No more sandblasting or surface preparation than can be coated or painted in a normal working day will be permitted. All sharp edges, burrs, and weld spatter shall be removed. All concrete and masonry surfaces shall cure 30 days prior to coating or painting. Surface preparation, prime coatings, and finish coats for the various systems are specified It is the intent that the coating alternates specified herein serve as a general guide for the type of coating desired. herein. Unless otherwise noted, all intermediate and finish coats shall be of contrasting colors. - 2.2 Valves A. Exterior Coating: Coat metal valves located above ground, in vaults or in structures prime coat at the place of manufacture. Apply intermediate and finish coats in the field. Finish coat shall match the color of the adjacent piping. Coat handwheels and place of manufacture per this specification. - the same as the adjacent piping. If the adjacent piping is not coated, then coat valves per this Specification section unless otherwise noted. Apply the specified floor stands the same as the valves. Coat the exterior of buried metal valves at the - - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 3 09900 - Painting and Coating - 2 of 9 c t B. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Prime coat shall be BarRust 231 or Devran 200 applied at 2 to 3 mils dry-film thickness. Intermediate coat shall be Devran 224H Epoxy applied at 2 to 4 mils dry-film thickness. Finish coat shall be 379 Urethane applied at 2 to 3 mils dry-film thickness. C. Interior Lining: Valves 4-inches and larger shall be coated on their interior metal surfaces excluding seating areas and bronze and stainless-steel pieces. Sandblast surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP-10 (near white blast cleaning). Remove all protuberances which may produce pinholes in the lining. Round all sharp edges to be coated. Remove any contaminants which may prevent bonding of the lining. Coat the interior ferrous surfaces using one of the following methods: 1. Apply powdered thermosetting epoxy per the manufacturer's application recommendations to a thickness of 10 to 12 mils. 2. Apply two coats of polyamide epoxy to a dry-film thickness of IO to 12 mils total. Follow the manufacturer's application recommendations including minimum and maximum drying time between the required coats. 3. Apply two coats of Tnemec Series 140 (for potable water) or Series 69 (for non- potable water), or equal, to a dry film thickness of 10 to 12 mils total. Follow manufacturer's application recommendations including minimum and maximum drying time between required coats. 4. Apply two coats of Devoe Bar-Rust 233H Epoxy applied to a dry-film thickness of 6 to 8 mils, each. Total dry-film thickness shall be 10 to 12 mils minimum. All epoxy lining shall be applied at the factory by the manufacturer of the valve, and shall meet current Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) content regulations. Epoxy lining for potable water valves shall also be listed by National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) for contact with potable water. I Test the valve interior linings at the factory with a low-voltage holiday detector. The lining shall be holiday free. 7 2.3 Metal, Interior and Exterior, Normal Exposure c L c A. General: The Contractor shall paint all exposed steelwork, non-galvanized handrails, exposed pipework, fittings, all mechanical equipment, pumps, motors, doors, door frames and window sash with this coating system. All metalwork previously given a shop prime coat approved by the Owner's Representative shall be touched up as required in the field with Tnemec Series 4 Versare Primer or equal. B. Surface Preparation: All exterior metal surfaces which are to be painted shall be commercial blast cleaned per Specification SP-6 (commercial blast cleaning) except as otherwise specified, in locations where sand blasting would damage previously coated surfaces and installed equipment, and in locations where dry sandblasting is prohibited. The above locations in which SP-6 commercial sandblasting is not - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 09900 - Painting and Coating - 3 of 9 possible shall be given a SP-3 power tool cleaning. This sandblasting shall be done - not more than 8 hours ahead of the painting, subject to humidity and weather conditions between the time of sandblasting and painting operations. If any rusting or discoloration of sand blasted surfaces occurs before painting, such rusting or discoloration shall be removed by additional sandblasting. Sandblasted surfaces shall not be left overnight before painting. - + C. Coating (Tnemec Alternate): Prime coat or spot prime coat as required shall be Tnemec Series 4 Versare primer applied to a dry-film thickness of 2 to 3.5 mils. Two thickness of 1.5 to 3.5 mils. Total dry-film thickness of the complete system shall be 7 mils, minimum. or more finish coats of Tnemec Series 2H Tneme-Gloss enamel shall be applied to a "." - D. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Prime coat or spot prime as required shall be 4140 Q.D. Alkyd Primer. Two or more finish coats of Devshield 4328 Alkyd applied to a dry-film be 5 mils, minimum. thickness of 1.5 to 2 mils, each. Total dry-film thickness of the complete system shall I 2.4 Metal, Submerged or lntermittentlv Submerqed I A. General: All submerged metalwork, gates, equipment, valves, exposed pipework and hereinafter, shall be painted with this coating system. all other metalwork within areas which will be submerged, except as noted I B. Surface Preparation: All metal surfaces shall be field sandblasted according to - I SSPC-SP-10 (near white blast cleaning). C. Coating (Tnemec Alternate): Prime coat shall be Tnemec Series 69 Epoxoline II - applied to a dry-film thickness of 4 to 6 mils. Two finish coats of Tnemec Series 69 Epoxoline II shall be applied to a dry-film thickness of 4 to 6 mils each coat. Total try- film thickness of the complete system shall be a minimum of 12 mils. D. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Apply two coats of Bar-Rust 233H Epoxy applied to a dry- film thickness of 6 to 8 mils each coat. system shall be a minimum of 12 mils. Total dry-film thickness of the complete - 2.5 Metal, Severe Exposure to Moisture or Chemical Fumes L A. Surface Preparation: All metal surfaces shall be field sandblasted according to SSPC-SP-I 0 (near white blast cleaning). - B. Coating (Tnemec Alternate): Prime coat shall be Tnemec Series 104 H.S. Epoxy to a H.S. Epoxy topcoat shall be applied. Total dry-film thickness shall be a minimum of 12 mils. dry-film thickness of 6 to 10 mils. One or more finish coats of Tnemec Series 104 - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 09900 - Painting and Coating - 4 of 9 -. C. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Prime coat shall be Catha-Coat 304V Zinc, 2 to 3 mils dry-film thickness. Intermediate coat shall be Devran 224H Epoxy applied at 4 to 6 mils dry-film thickness. Finish coat shall be Devthane 379 Urethane applied at 2 to 3 mils dry-film thickness. Total dry-film thickness shall be 8 mils minimum. 2.6 Metal, Hiah-temperature Exposure - A. General: Engine mufflers, exhaust systems and other metal surfaces subjected to high temperatures shall be coated with this system. B. Surface Preparation: Surface shall be field sandblasted in accordance with SSPC- SP-I 0 (near white blast cleaning). C. Coating (Tnemec Alternate): One coat of Tnemec Series 90-96 Tneme-Zinc to a minimum total dry-film thickness of 2 to 3.5 mils. D. Coating (Devoe Alternate): One coat of Catha-Coat 304V Zinc to a dry-film thickness of 2 to 4 mils. L - 2.7 Metal, Galvanized, Aluminum, Copper, or Brass -_ A. Surface Preparation: Surfaces shall be solvent cleaned in accordance with SSPC- SP-1 (solvent cleaning) and SSPC-SP-2 (hand tool cleaning). - -- B. Coating: Pre-treatment prime coat shall be Tnemec Series 32-1 21 5 Tneme-Grip or Sinclair 7113 Wash Primer applied at 0 mil dry-film thickness. Next, apply recommended coating or paint for the particular surface to be coated. C. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Pre-treatment prime coat shall be Devoe BarRust 231 primer applied at 3 mil dry-film thickness. Next, apply recommended coating or paint for the particular surface to be coated. - - 2.8 Metal, Buried - A. General: The Contractor shall coat all buried metal which includes valves, bolts, nuts, structural steel and fittings. It does not include steel storage reservoirs. B. Surface Preparation: Sandblast to SSPC-SP-6 (commercial blast cleaning) I C. Coating (Tnemec Alternate): Prime none. Finish with two coats of Tnemec Series 46-465 H.B. Tnemecol or equal at IO to I2 mils dry-film thickness, each. Total dry- film thickness shall be 20 mils minimum. D. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Prime with Devtar 221 (5A) Epoxy applied at 8 mil dry- film thickness. Two coats of Devtar (5A) Epoxy applied at 8 mils dry-film thickness, each. Total dry-film thickness shall be 24 mils, minimum. I rc - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 09900 - Painting and Coating - 5 of 9 I PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 General - The Contractor shall arrange with the Owner's Representative so that all surface preparation may be inspected and approved prior to the application of any coatings. - The Contractor is hereby notified that the Engineer will inspect the Work prior to the expiration of the warranty period and all defects in workmanship and material shall be repaired by the Contractor, at his own expense. I 3.2 Workmanship It is the intent of the Specifications that finishes shall be provided which meet standards for best grades of painting. Drop cloths shall be placed where required to protect floors, surfaces and - equipment from spatter and dropping, not to receive paint or coatings. - The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect all adjacent Work and all and coating operation. surrounding property and improvements from any damage whatsoever as a result of the painting - Only good, clean brushes and equipment shall be used and all brushes, buckets, and spraying .- equipment shall be cleaned immediately at the end of each painting period. Each coat of paint shall be of the consistency as supplied by the manufacturer, or thinned, if necessary, and applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Each coat shall be well brushed, rolled or sprayed to obtain a uniform and evenly applied finish. Work shall be free from taken to obtain a uniform unbroken coating over all bolts, threads, nuts, welds, edges and corners. Paint shall not be applied in extreme heat, in dust or smoke laden air, or in damp or - - "runs", "bridges", "shiners", or other imperfections due to faulty intervals. Particular care shall be humid weather, unless written permission of the Engineer is obtained. -- - If paint is applied by spray, the air pressure used shall be within the ranges recommended by controlled conditions and the Contractor shall be fully responsible for any damage occurring from spray painting. Care shall be exercised not to damage adjacent Work during sandblasting operations. Stainless steel need not be sandblasted. Blasted surfaces shall not be left overnight before coating. All dust shall be removed from the surface following sandblasting. both the paint and spray equipment manufacturers. Spray painting shall be conducted under - - 3.3 Amlication Procedures A. Surfaces to be Coated: All surfaces of materials furnished and constructed are to be painted or coated per the Specifications except as indicated below. B. Surfaces Not To Be Coated: The following surfaces shall not be coated unless .. otherwise noted on the Plans and shall be fully protected when adjacent areas are painted. - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 09900 - Painting and Coating - 6 of 9 Aluminum grating Grease fittings Nameplates on machinery Aluminum surfaces Hardware Pipe interior* Bearings Lighting fixtures Machined surfaces Shafts Brass and copper tubing, submerged* Metal letters Stainless steel Buried pipe Mortar-coated pipe and fittings Switch plates Couplings * unless specifically required on the Plans or elsewhere in the Specifications C. Protection of Surfaces Not To Be Coated: Surfaces not intended to be painted shall be removed, masked, or othetwise protected. Drop cloths shall be provided to prevent paint materials from falling on or marring adjacent surfaces. Working parts of mechanical and electrical equipment shall be protected from damage during surface preparation and painting process. Openings in motors shall be safely masked to prevent paint and other materials from entering the motors. All masking materials shall be completely removed and surfaces cleaned at completion of painting operations. D. Weather Conditions: Paint shall not be applied in the rain, wind, snow, mist, and fog or when steel or metal surface temperatures are less than 5°F above the dew point. Paint shall not be applied when the relative humidity is above 80%, the air temperature is above 9O"F, or the temperature of metal to be painted is above 125°F. ,--- Alkyd, chlorinated rubber, inorganic zinc, silicone aluminum, or silicone acrylic paints shall not be applied if air or surface temperature is below 50°F or expected to be below 50°F within 24 hours. Epoxy, coal tar epoxy, acrylic latex, and polyurethane paints shall not be applied on an exterior or interior surface if air or surface temperature is below 50°F or expected to drop below 50°F within 24 hours. - - 3.4 Surface Preparation A. General: Sandblast or prepare only as much surface area as can be coated in one day. All sharp edges, burrs, and weld spatter shall be removed. Epoxy-coated pipe that has been factory coated shall not be sandblasted. - B. SSPC Specifications: Wherever the words "solvent cleaning", "hand tool cleaning", "wire brushing", or "blast cleaning" or similar words are used in the Specifications or in paint manufacturer's specifications, they shall be understood to refer to the applicable SSPC (Steel Structures Paint Council, Surfaces Preparation Specifications, ANSI AI 59.1) Specifications listed below: - SP-1 Solvent Cleaning SP-6 Commercial Blast Cleaning SP-2 Hand Tool Cleaning SP-7 Brush-off Blast Cleaning SP-3 Power Tool Cleaning SP-8 Pickling SP-5 White Metal Blast Cleaning , SP-10 Near White Blast Cleaning Oil and grease shall be removed from aluminum and copper surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP-'l using clean cloths and cleaning solvents. - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 09900 - Painting and Coating - 7 of 9 Weld spatter and weld slag shall be removed from metal surfaces. Rough welds, beads, peaked corners, and sharp edges including erection lugs shall be ground smoothly in accordance with SSPC SP-2 and SSPC SP-3. Welds shall be neutralized with a chemical solvent that is compatible with the specified coating materials using clean cloths and chemical solvent. C. Abrasive Blast Cleaning: Dry abrasive blast cleaning shall be used for metal surfaces. Do not recycle or reuse contaminated blast particles. Dry clean surfaces to be coated by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming to remove residue from blasting. Apply the specified primer or touch-up coating within the period of an 8-hour working day. Do not apply coating over damp or moist surfaces. Reclean prior to application of primer or touch-up coating any blast cleaned surface not coated within said 8-hour period. Prevent damage to adjacent coatings during blast cleaning. Schedule blast cleaning and coating such that dust, dirt, blast particles, old coatings, rust, mill scale, etc., will not damage or fall upon wet or newly coated surfaces. 3.5 Procedures for the Application of Coatinsls The recommendations of the coating manufacturer shall be followed, including the selection of spray equipment, brushes, rollers, cleaners, thinners, mixing, drying time, temperature and humidity of application, and safety precautions. Coating materials shall be kept at a uniform consistency during application. Each coating shall be applied evenly, free of brush marks, sags, runs, and other evidence of poorworkmanship. A different shade or tint shall be used on succeeding coating applications to indicate coverage where possible. Finished surfaces shall be free from defects or blemishes. ..- i Only thinners recommended by the coating manufacturer shall be used. If thinning is allowed, do not exceed the maximum allowable amount of thinner per gallon of coating material. Apply a brush coat of primer on welds, sharp edges, nuts, bolts, and irregular surfaces prior to the application of the primer and finish coat. The brush coat shall be done prior to and in conjunction with the spray coat application. Apply the spray coat over the brush coat. Apply primer immediately after blast cleaning and before any surface rusting occurs, or any dust, dirt, or any foreign matter has accumulated. Reclean surfaces by blast cleaning that have surface colored or become moist prior to coating application. A. Paint Mixing: Multiple-component coatings shall be prepared using all the contents of each component container as packaged by the paint manufacturer. Partial batches shall not be used. Multiple-component coatings that have been mixed beyond their pot life shall not be used. Small quantity kits for touch-up painting and for painting other small areas shall be provided. Only the components specified and furnished by the paint manufacturer shall be mixed. For reasons of color or otherwise, additional components shall not be intermixed, even within the same generic type of coating. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 09900 - Painting and Coating - 8 of 9 -. B. Field Touch Up of Shop-Applied Prime Coats: Organic Zinc Primer: Surfaces that are shop primed with inorganic zinc primers shall receive a field touch up of organic zinc primer to cover all scratches or abraded areas. Organic zinc coating system shall have a minimum volume solids of 54% and a minimum zinc content of 14 pounds per gallon. Coating shall be of the converted epoxy, epoxy phenolic, or urethane type and shall be manufactured by the prime coat and finish coat manufacturer. A. B. C. D. Other Primers: Surfaces that are shop primed with other than organic zinc primer shall receive a field touch up of the same primer used in the original prime coat. 3.6 Drv-Film Thickness Testinq and Repair Special Instructions to the Contractor: The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner at no charge for use during execution of the Work, necessary dry-film thickness gauge and electrical flaw detection equipment. The Contractor shall perform the holiday (pinholes) inspection in the presence of the Owner's Representative, and the Contractor shall monitor wet film measurements throughout the application of each coat of coating. Coating Thickness Testing: Coating thickness specified for steel surfaces shall be measured with a magnetic-type dry-film thickness gauge. Dry-film thickness gauge shall be provided as manufactured by Mikrotest or Elcometer. Each coat shall be checked for the correct dry-film thickness. Measurement shall not be made until a minimum of eight hours after application of the coating. Nonmagnetic surfaces shall be checked for coating thickness by micrometer measurement of cut and removed coupons. Contractor shall repair coating at all locations where coupons are removed. Holiday Testing: The finish coat (except zinc primer and galvanizing) shall be tested by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer for holidays and discontinuities with an electrical holiday detector of the low-voltage, wet-sponge type. Detector shall be provided as manufactured by Tinker, Rasor, K-D Bird Dog, or approved equal. Repair: If the item has an improper finish, color, insufficient film thickness, or holidays, the surface shall be cleaned and top-coated with the specified paint material to obtain the specified color and coverage. Visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint shall be hand or power-sanded, feathering the edges. The areas shall then be primed and finish coated in accordance with the Specifications. Work shall be free of runs, bridges, shiners, laps, or other imperfections. 3.7 CleanuD Upon completion of all painting and coating Work, the Contractor shall remove all surplus materials and rubbish. The Contractor shall repair all damage and shall leave the premises in a clean and orderly condition. END OF SECTION ..- City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 09900 - Painting and Coating - 9 of 9 SECTION 09902 PETROLATUM WAX TAPE COATING c PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 Scope This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install petrolatum wax tape coating on pipe, pipe flanges, fittings or other buried pipeline appurtenances, complete, as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. - I .2 Submittals Durinq Construction Submit manufacturer's technical product data, details, installation instructions and general product recommendations in accordance with the requirements of Supplemental Provisions Section 2-5.3. - c 1.3 Product Identification The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the Contract Documents. _. -rc- PART 2 - MATERIALS - 2.1 General Wrap all exposed surfaces of buried ferrous pipe, flanges, couplings and other pipeline appurtenances (including bolts, nuts, etc.) with petrolatum wax tape, unless another corrosion protection system (other than a factory-installed paint coating) is otherwise specified or indicated by the Contract Drawings. Exposed piping shall be wrapped only where specifically called out on the Drawings. Ductile iron pipe encased with polyethylene sheathing shall not be wrapped with this product. - 1 2.2 Primer Exposed surfaces shall be prime coated with a blend of petrolatum, plasticizer, and corrosion inhibitor having a paste-like consistency. The material shall have the following properties: - Pour Point 400-100" F Flash Point 350" F minimum Approximate Coverage Color Brown 1 gall1 00 square feet L - The primer shall be Trenton Wax-Tape Primer or equivalent. -- City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 09902 - Petrolatum Wax Tape Coating - 1 of 2 2.3 WaxTape Two types of petrolatum wax tape shall be available from the manufacturer: one type for + buried installations and another type for above-ground installations. -. 2.3.1 Buried Installations - The covering material shall be a plastic-fiber felt tape, saturated with a blend of petrolatum, plasticizers, and corrosion inhibitors that is easily formable over irregular surfaces. The tape shall have the following properties: - Color: Brown Thickness 70-90 mils Dielectric Strength 170 voltslmil Tape Width 6 inches Saturant Pour Point 115" - 125°F c Wax tape shall be Wax-Tape #I as manufactured by The Trenton Corporation (Ann Arbor, Michigan), or approved equal. 2.4 Outer Covering The primed and wax-tape wrapped surface shall be wrapped with a plastic tape covering consisting of three (3) layers of 50 gauge, clear, polyvinylidene chloride, high cling membranes wound together as a single sheet. The material shall have the following properties: L - - Width Thickness Dielectric Strength Water Absorption Color 6 inches 1.5 mils 2000 volts/mil Negligible Clear - The outer covering shall be Trenton Poly-Ply or approved equal. 2.5 Any components not listed above, but required for a complete petrolatum wax tape coating system as recommended for this application by the manufacturer shall be provided at no additional cost to Owner. Other Petrolatum Wax Tape System Components - - PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 General - The petrolatum wax tape system shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown or specified by these Contract Documents. - - END OF SECTION City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 09902 - Petrolatum Wax Tape Coating - 2 of 2 SECTION 13120 CATHODIC PROTECTION PART I - GENERAL 1 .I Scope Of Work This section describes materials and installation requirements to install cathodic protection and corrosion monitoring facilities on the Poinsettia Lane potable water and recycled water steel pipelines. The materials include sacrificial anodes, test stations, wiring, insulating flange kits can continuity bonds. The Work includes all personnel, equipment, labor and incidental materials necessary to install, activate and test these facilities. 1.2 References The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designations only. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DeC) ASTM B3-90 ASTM B8-86 ASTM C94-81 ASTM D1248 ASTM D2220 AWWA C217-90 MI L-C-18480A (Military Specs) NACE RPO169-96 NACE RP0286-97 NACE RP0375-94 UL 83-80 UL 486-76 Soft or Annealed Copper Wire Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors Ready-Mix Concrete Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials PVC Insulation for Wire and Cable, 75’ C Operation Cold-Applied Petrolatum Tape and Petroleum Wax Tape Coatings for the Exterior of Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Buried Steel Water Pipelines Coating Compound, Bituminous, Solvent, Coal Tar Base Recommended Practice “Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems”. Electrical Isolation of Cathodically Protected Pipelines Wax Coating Systems For Underground Piping Systems Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 131 20-Cathodic Protection - 1 of 13 I .3 I .4 1.5 Definitions A. CONTRACTOR: The licensed, qualified construction firm selected by the OWNER to have prime responsibility for the completion of the work. - B. OWNER: The City of Carlsbad or CMWD - C. ENGINEER: The OWNERS project engineer. D. INSPECTOR: The OWNERS representative who is assigned to be the direct contact between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR and designated to have project inspection responsibilities. - - E. CORROSION ENGINEER: The individual, retained by the OWNER, reporting to the INSPECTOR, who is trained, experienced and qualified in the design, operation and testing of cathodic protection systems for buried pipelines. - Related Work Described Elsewhere - A. Shop Drawings and Submittals: Section 2-5.3 B. Petrolatum Wax Tape Coating: 09902 C. Tape Wrap and Concrete Mortar Coating: 09870 Submittals The following information shall be submitted for approval of the ENGINEER in accordance with Section 2-5.3 of these specifications. A. Catalog Cuts (7 copies): 1. Pre-packaged magnesium anodes 2. At-grade test boxes 3. Shunts 4. Split-bolt connectors 5. Brass tags 6. Wire and cable 7. Insulating flange kits 8. Wax tape wrap 9. Alumino-thermic weld kit IO. Weld caps and primer 11. Bitumen coating 12. Warning tape City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DeC) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 131 20Pathodic Protection - 2 of 13 B. Qualifications: The CORROSION ENGINEER retained by the CONTRACTOR for cathodic protection installation supervision and testing purposes shall be experienced with pipeline cathodic protection and either be a registered professional corrosion engineer in the State of California or a NACE International certified Cathodic Protection Specialist. C. Test Results: -- I. Insulator tests 2. Continuity tests 3. Anode testing and cathodic protection performance D. As-built Drawings: The CONTRACTOR shall maintain as-built drawings showing the exact locations of all insulators, anodes, wire runs and corrosion monitoring test stations. Location changes from the design drawings shall be indicated in red. These drawings shall be submitted to the ENGINEER before the work is considered complete. PART 2 - MATERIALS Materials and equipment furnished under this section of the specifications shall be the standard product of manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacturing of such products and shall be the manufacturer's latest standard design that complies with specification requirements. All materials and equipment shall bear evidence of U.L. approval when U.L. standards exist. 2.1 Pre-Packaged Magnesium Anodes A. Anode Packaging: The anodes shall be completely encased and centered within a permeable cloth bag in a special low resistivity backfill mix. I B. Magnesium Output Capacity: All anodes shall be high potential magnesium ingots with a theoretical energy content of I000 ampere-hours per pound and a minimum useful output of 500 ampere-hours per pound. C. Chemical Composition (High Potential Magnesium): Aluminum Manganese Zinc Copper Nickel Iron Silicon Other Magnesium 0.01 percent (max) 0.5 to 1.3 percent 0.002 percent (max) 0.02 percent (max) 0.001 percent (max) 0.03 percent (max) 0.002 percent (max) 0.05 percent each (max) and 0.3 percent total (max) Balance D. Open Circuit Potential: The open circuit potential of all anodes shall be between 1.65 and 1.75 volts DC versus a copper-copper sulfate reference electrode. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DeC) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 131 204athodic Protection - 3 of 13 2.2 2.3 E. Ingot Size and Weight: Anodes shall be 48-pound magnesium ingots with a - trapezoidal cross section. Ingot size shall be 32 inches long. - F. Anode Construction: Anodes shall be cast magnesium with a galvanized steel core rod. Recess one end of the anode to provide access to the rod for connection of the lead wire. Silver braze the lead wire to the rod and make the connection mechanically secure before brazing. Insulate the connection to a 600-volt rating by filling the recess with epoxy and covering any exposed bare steel core or wire with heat shrinkable tubing. The insulating tubing shall extend over the lead wire insulation by not less than one-half inch. - - Special Backfill for Pre-Packaqed Anodes: - A. Composition: Low resistivity backfill mix for pre-packaged anodes shall be composed of the following materials: - Gypsum 75% Powdered Bentonite 20% Anhydrous Sodium Sulfate 5% 4 B. Backfill Requirements: Backfill grains shall be such that 100 percent is capable of passing through a screen of I00 mesh. Backfill shall be firmly packed around the anode such that the ingot is approximately in the center of the backfill and surrounded by at least two inches of backfill material. The resistivity of the backfill shall be no greater than 50 ohm-cm when tested wet in a soil box with no extraordinary means of compaction. - -- At-Grade Test Stations A. Test Box: At-grade test boxes shall be round, pre-cast concrete with dimensions of 14-1/4 inches O.D. by 9 inches I.D. by 12 inches high, similar to Christy G5 Utility Box with a cast iron supporting ring and lid, and shall have sufficient strength to support occasional vehicular traffic. The lid shall be cast with the legend "CP Test" using letters not less than I-112 inches high. Brass Tags: All test leads shall be identified in each test box with 1-1/2 inch diameter, 18 gage brass tags with a 1/8-inch diameter offset hole. C. Shunts: Anode test boxes shall have 0.01 ohm shunts rated at 6 amperes, Holloway Type RS or equal, and accurate to plus or minus one percent. D. Split Bolt Connector: Split bolt connectors shall be UL 486 copper or brass and sized to accommodate the lead wire and shunt being used. E. Concrete Pad: Test boxes mounted in un-paved areas shall have a 26-inch by 4-inch thick reinforced concrete pad constructed of ASTM C94 Ready-Mix concrete. - - - B. - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DeC) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 1312O-Cathodic Protection - 4 of 13 2.4 2.5 2.6 Wire And Cable A. Standard: All wire shall be single conductor, stranded copper of the gauge indicated. Wire sizes shall be based on American Wire Gauge (AWG). Copper wire shall be in conformance with ASTM Standards B3 or 88. Wire with high molecular weight polyethylene (HMWPE) insulation and shall conform with the requirements of ASTM D1248m Type 1, Class C, Grade 5. Wire with THWN insulation shall conform with the requirements of ASTM D2220. B. Wire Size: As shown in the drawings. Insulating Flange Kit A. Gasket: ANSI B-16.21, full faced, Type “E” phenolic material with rectangular nitrile or Viton O-ring seal for operation between 20°F and 150°F. Gaskets shall be suitable for the temperature and pressure rating of the piping system in which they are installed. B. Insulating Sleeves: 1/32-inch thick tube, full length, laminated glass material as per NEMA LI-I G10. For installation at threaded valve flanges, the sleeves shall be half-lengt h. C. Insulating Washers: 1/8-inch thick laminated glass sheet material as per NEMA LI- I G10. D. Steel Washers: 1/8-inch thick cadmium plated steel to be placed between the nut and the insulating washer. Wax Tape Wrap A. B. C. D. Intended Application: All buried metallic pipe and fitting surfaces such as valves, flanges, couplings, adapters, insulating flanges, etc., that are not tape and mortar coated or mortar coated (CML&C pipe) shall be wrapped with a petrolatum wax tape coating in accordance these specifications. Standard: Wax tape materials shall be per this specification section, AWWA C-217 and Specification Section 09902. Primer: All surfaces shall be prime coated with a blend of petrolatum, plasticizer, inert fillers, and corrosion inhibitor having a paste-like consistency. Use Trenton Wax Tape #I or Denso Densyl Tape systems. Wax Tape: Fitting covering material shall be a synthetic felt tape, saturated with a blend of petrolatum, plasticizers, and corrosion inhibitors that is easily formable over irregular surfaces. A compatible petrolatum filler should be used to smooth over irregular surfaces. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DeC) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 131 20-Cathodic Protection - 5 of 13 E. Plastic Wrap: The primed and wax-tape wrapped fitting shall have an outer plastic tape covering or wrap consisting of 1.5 mil polyvinylidene chloride or metallocene resin material. The tape shall have high dielectric strength, be stretchable and be able to conform well to irregular shapes. The outer covering shall be Trenton Poly-Ply, Denso Poly-wrap or equivalent. 2.7 Alumino-Thermic Welds A. B. C. D. E. Alloy and Size: Cable-to-metal connections shall be made by the alumino-thermic welding process as illustrated in the drawings. Weld charge size, alloy and. mold size are dependent upon the material to which the welds are attached and the size of the copper wire and shall be as specified by the manufacturer of the weld kit. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the correct charges are used. Weld Mold: Welds on horizontal surfaces are illustrated in the drawings. A special mold is required for attaching welds to vertical or sloped surfaces. Primer: Weld cap primer shall be an elastomer-resin based corrosion resistant primer for underground services such as Royston Roybond Primer 747 or equivalent. Weld Cap: Alumino-thermic welds shall be sealed with a pre-fabricated plastic cap filled with formable mastic compound on a base of elastomeric tape. Weld caps shall be Royston Handy Cap 2 or equivalent. Coating: Bitumastic coatings shall be cold-applied, black, thixotropic material containing plasticized coal tar pitch, solvents, and special fillers per MIL-C- 18480A such as Carboline Bitumastic 50, Tnemec 40-H-413, Tape-coat TC Mastic or 3M Scotch Clad 244. Apply to at least 20 mils thickness. 2.8 Plastic Warning Tape A. Tape: Plastic warning tape for buried test leads in cable trenches shall be a minimum of four (4) mils thick and six-inches (6") wide, inert plastic film designed for prolonged use underground. The tape shall have the words, "CAUTION: Cathodic Protection Cable Below" or similar, clearly visible in repeating patterns along its entire length. PART 3 - EXECUTION Corrosion protection installations shall conform to NACE Publication RPOl69-92 Recommended Practice, "Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems". The installation of the cathodic protection facilities shall be done by an experienced cathodic protection contractor, or subcontractor, and be supervised by a corrosion engineer who is either a registered professional corrosion engineer in the state of California or certified by NACE International and experienced in the installation, operation and testing of cathodic protection systems for buried pipelines. City of Carlsbad 07/02 (DeC) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 1312O-Cathodic Protection - 6 of 13 3.1 Sacrificial Anodes A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. Lead Wire Inspection: All lead wires shall be inspected to ensure that the wire is securely connected to the anode core and that the lead wire insulation has sustained no damage. Loose or broken anode lead wire-to-anode connections shall require complete replacement of the anode and lead wire assembly. Anode Package Inspection: Each pre-packaged anode shall be inspected to ensure that the backfill material completely surrounds the anode and that the cloth bag containing the anode and backfill material is intact. Anode ingots shall be centered within a permeable cloth bag. If the prepackaged anodes are supplied in a waterproof container or covering, that container or covering shall be removed before installation. Location: Anodes are to be installed in augured holes placed off of the pipe the distance shown in the drawings. Anode positions shall be as close to The pipe stations indicated in the drawings; however they can be adjusted to facilitate installation or to avoid interference with existing structures. Alternate anode positions greater than 20 feet from the station specified must be approved by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR must identify final locations of all anodes on the as-built drawings. Offset From Pipe: Anode holes shall be offset from pipeline by a minimum of 8 feet. Anodes must be placed within the City of Carlsbad easement or right-of- way. If the desired offset places the anode close to an existing metallic pipeline always place the anode between the protected pipe and the existing pipe but no closer than 2 feet off of the existing pipe. If the offset from the protected pipe is less than 8 feet consult the ENGINEER. Handling: Care shall be taken to ensure that anodes are never lifted, supported, transported, or handled by the lead wire. All anodes shall be lowered into the hole using a sling or a rope. Anode Depth: Anode\hole depth shall be 12 feet. If solid bedrock is encountered when auguring anode holes, the ENGINEER shall be consulted for direction. Pre-Soaking Requirements: All prepackaged anodes shall be completely submerged in water for 30 minutes before being placed in the hole. Once in the hole, I5 gallons of water shall be poured on top of the anodes such that they are completely covered with water. Allow the anodes to soak for a minimum of 30 minutes before any soil backfill is added. Anode Hole Backfill: After the anodes have soaked in the hole or covered with slurry, or hole is backfilled with native trench spoil (not sand) with all stones over 1/2-inch diameter removed. Backfill the trench or hole in 18-inch lifts and carefully tamp to compact the soil. No voids shall exist around the anode bags and the anode lead wire shall not be damaged. - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DeC) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 131 20-Cathodic Protection - 7 of 13 3.2 1. - Anode Connection in Test Box: Shunts shall be attached to the cathode (pipe) lead wires with split-bolt connectors as shown in the drawings; however, the anode lead shall be left unconnected in the test box. The split-bolt for connecting to the anode when the cathodic protection system is activated. - the anode lead to the shunt shall be securely attached to the shunt for connection - At-Grade Test Stations A. B. C. D. E. F. G. Locations: At-grade corrosion monitoring test boxes shall be located just behind the curb in the sidewalk pavement. Wire runs can be placed in blow-off or air-vac trenches, jetted under the pavement or trenched at the CONTRACTORS discretion with the ENGINEERS approval. CONTRACTOR must be careful not to damage existing utilities. Soil Access: Native soil shall be accessible inside all test boxes. The test boxes shall not be filled with sand, gravel, rocks, concrete or any other foreign material. Plastic risers which may be used to protect the test wires during construction shall be removed. - - I - Test Wire Connections: Test leads shall be attached to the pipe or casing using the alumino-thermic weld process as shown in the drawings. A single 18-inch slack wire coil shall be placed at each weld. Brass Tag Markings and Attachment: Brass tags shall be die stamped as indicated in the drawings with %-inch high characters. The tags shall be securely attached to the test leads with uninsulated No. 14 copper wire. - - -. Splice, Depth and Slack: All buried lead wires shall be installed without splices. All lead wires shall terminate in a test box and shall have 18 inches of slack coiled inside the test box. Wire Trench: The bottom of the finished trench shall be sand or stone-free earth. Lead wire shall be centered in the bottom of the trench, covered and tamped in 6 in these specifications. Do not stretch or kink the conductor. Care shall be taken when installing wire and backfilling trench so insulation is not broken, cut or bruised. If wire insulation is damaged during installation, it shall be rejected and replaced completely at the CONTRACTORS expense. All rejected wire shall be removed from the job site at the close of each workday. Do not place roots, wood scraps, organic matter or refuse in the backfill. Where a trench is required, it shall be a minimum depth of 24 inches. - - inch layers of stone free earth. Soil compaction shall be as specified elsewhere I - - Concrete Pad: A 26-inch square by 4-inch thick reinforced concrete pad with No. 4 bar reinforcement as shown in the drawings is required around each at-grade test station that is not located in a paved area. - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (OeC) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 131 2e-Cathodic Protection - 8 of 13 3.3 Insulating Flange Kit A A. B. C. D. E. F. G. Standard: Insulators shall be installed and tested in accordance with this specification and NACE RP0286-97 Electrical Isolation of Cathodically Protected Pipelines. Flange Kit Preparation: Insulating kits shall be installed as shown on drawings and as recommended by the manufacturer. Moisture, soil, or other foreign matter must be carefully prevented from contacting any portion of the mating surfaces prior to installing insulator gaskets. If moisture, soil, or other foreign matter contacts any portion of these surfaces, the entire joint shall be disassembled, cleaned with a suitable solvent, and dried prior to reassembly. Pre-Assembly: All insulating flange kits 20-inches or greater shall be pre-installed and tested in the pipe spool before the spool is installed in the ditch. If possible, smaller flanges shall be pre-installed and tested above grade. Component Compatibility: The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to provide insulating flange kits fit up properly. Specifically, the CONTRACTOR shall verify the following: the bolts or studs are the correct material and size; there are the correct number of bolts (studs), nuts, sleeves, insulating washers and steel washers; the gasket sealing surfaces match up properly on both flanges; there is enough clearance for the sleeves between the bolts or studs and the flange hole. Alignment: Alignment pins shall be used to properly align the flange and gasket. Bolt Tightening: The manufacturer's recommended bolt-tightening sequence shall be followed. Bolt insulating sleeves shall be centered within the insulation washers so that the insulating sleeve is not compressed and damaged. Testing: All insulating flanges must be tested as specified below. All buried insulating flanges must be tested before backfilling and before the wax tape primer and wrap are applied. 3.4 Wax Tape Wrap A. B. C. - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DeC) Critical Installation Requirements: Wax tape primer, filler or wrap shall completely fill all irregular surfaces and be applied as described below. Primer: Surfaces must be cleaned of all dirt, dust and loose rust or mill scale by wire brush and by wiping with a clean cloth. The surface shall be dry. Apply primer by hand or brush. A thin coating of primer shall be applied to all surfaces and worked into all crevices, including the gap between meeting flanges. The primer shall be applied generously around bolts, nuts, tie rods and in threads, and shall completely cover all exposed surfaces and fill all voids. The primer should overlap the pipe coating by a minimum of 3 inches. Filler: Additional primer or filler shall be applied to smooth out irregular surfaces so that the petrolatum saturated tape can be easily applied. Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 131 2Mathodic Protection - 9 of 13 D. Petrolatum Saturated Tape: The petrolatum can be applied immediately after molded around each individual bolt, nut, tie rod and stud-end. Coupling tire rods and odd surfaces must be individually wrapped to ensure complete coverage with tape directly against all surfaces. After all bolts and odd surfaces are covered, the tape shall be circumferentially wrapped over the item as appropriate with sufficient tension and pressure to provide continuous adhesion without stretching the tape. The tape shall be formed by hand into all voids and spaces. There shall be no gaps or air spaces under the tape. The tape shall be applied with at least a 55% overlap. The wax-tape system shall have a minimum thickness of 50 mils over smooth surfaces and 100 mils over sharp projections such as bolts, nuts and metal edges. primer and/or filler application. Short lengths of tape shall be cut and carefully - - E. Outer Covering: The clear plastic outer covering shall be applied by hand such that the material conforms and adheres to the petrolatum tape surface. Two layers of plastic outer wrapping shall be applied. - F. Protection From Backfill Damage: Wax tape is susceptible to damage when backfilling, especially when backfilling with gravel that is dropped from a height of several feet. CONTRACTOR shall carefully backfill all wax taped components making sure that the surface is protected and that there is no erosion or damage to the tape. - PART 4 - TESTING AND INSPECTION 4.1 Test Lead and Bond Wire Welds A. Responsibility: The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for testing all test leads and bond wire welds. The INSPECTOR shall observe testing at his or her discretion. I* B. Test Method: All completed wire connection welds shall be tested for strength by striking the weld with a sharp blow with a two-pound hammer while pulling firmly on the wire. Welds failing this test shall be re-welded and re-tested. Wire welds shall be spot tested by the INSPECTOR OR ENGINEER. After backfilling pipe, all test lead pairs shall be tested using a standard ohmmeter for broken welds. x C. Acceptance: Welds not loosened or broken by the hammer test can be - backfilled. The resistance of test leads shall not exceed 150% of the total wire resistance plus the meter wire resistance as determined from the length and published wire data. Bond wire acceptance shall be determined by the continuity test results. - 4.2 Test Lead Trenching And Backfill A. Responsibility: The depth, trench bottom padding, and backfill material shall be Method: The depth, trench bottom padding, and backfill material shall be visually inspected by the INSPECTOR at his or her discretion prior to backfilling. inspected prior to backfilling. I - & B. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DeC) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 131 2Wathodic Protection - 10 of 13 C. Jetted or Bored Wire Runs: The INSPECTOR shall verify that the bore hole does not interfere with existing utilities. - D. Acceptance: Conformance with these specifications. - 4.3 Pipeline Continuity A. Installations Requiring Testing: Pipe reaches along which all joints are welded do not require continuity testing. All reaches that contain one or more bonded joints or one or more mechanical joints, such as a valve, flanges or in-line appurtenances, shall be tested for continuity. B. Responsibility: The CORROSION ENGINEER shall measure the linear resistance of sections of pipe that require continuity testing. All testing shall be done by the CORROSION ENGINEER with assistance from the CONTRACTOR. C. Method: Resistance shall be measured by the linear resistance method. A direct current shall be impressed from one end of the test section to the other (test station to test station) using DC power supply (battery). A voltage drop is measured for several current levels. The resistance (R) is calculated using the equation R = dV/I, where dV is the voltage drop and I is the current. The resistance shall be calculated for three or four different current levels. D. Acceptance: Acceptance is reasonable comparison of the measured resistance with the calculated or theoretical resistance. The measured resistance shall not exceed the theoretical resistance by more than 130%. The CORROSION ENGINEER shall present calculations of the theoretical resistance and the measured value of resistance for each section of pipe tested for the review by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR may have one or more reaches re-tested by his own CORROSION ENGINEER at the CONTRACTOR’S discretion and expense. E. Deficiencies: If discontinuities or high resistance joints are found, it is the CONTRACTOR’S responsibility to locate, excavate, and repair all bonds that are found to be discontinuous and no extra payment shall be made therefor. Continuity tests shall be repeated after repairs are made. NOTE: Finding open or high resistance joints can be time consuming and expensive. F. Test Schedule: It is advantageous to test continuity as soon as possible after the pipeline and test leads are installed and before road paving work begins. It is not necessary for test boxes to be fully installed. 4.4 Anodes And Cathodic Protection Performance A. - Responsibility: The CONTRACTOR is responsible for providing the proper rated potential anode, sufficient anode lead wire length and the proper anode hole depth. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for insuring that the anode pre- packaged backfill sack is intact and that the wire leads are soundly attached. The CORROSION ENGINEER shall test each installed anode for wire connection integrity and for open-circuit potential after the anodes are installed and shall activate and test the cathodic protection system. - c - - -- City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DeC) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 13120-Cathodic Protection - 11 of 13 . 5. C. D. E. F. G. Notification for Testing: The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER at least five days in advance of anode installation and five days in advance of the date the system is ready for activation and testing by the CORROSION ENGINEER. At his or her discretion, the anode installations and\or the system activation shall be witnessed by the ENGINEER or INSPECTOR. Cathodic Protection Performance Test Method: The performance of the cathodic protection system will be tested by the CORROSION ENGINEER. The testing shall include measurement of: all open-circuit anode potentials; pipe-to-soil potentials at each test station and other locations as necessary before the anodes are connected; initial anode currents after connecting anode leads to the pipe leads; and the pipe-to-soil potential at each previously tested site with all anodes connected. Pre- and post cathodic protection potentials at points at least 100 feet away from the test station (anodes) to verify that the pipeline is fully protected. Adequate protection shall be as defined in NACE RPOI 69. Activation Test Report: The CORROSION ENGINEER shall immediately report: all system deficiencies to the INSPECTOR. Upon completion of the testing, the CORROSION ENGINEER shall submit a report to the INSPECTOR, for distribution to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR which includes all test results, conclusions regarding the performance of the system and recommendations for maintenance and monitoring. Post-Activation Inspection: After the test stations have been completely installed the entire cathodic protection installation shall be inspected by the CORROSION ENGINEER. Deficiencies shall be immediately reported, repaired and re- inspected. A final report stating full compliance with the project design documents shall be submitted by the CORROSION ENGINEER to the INSPECTOR. Repairs: The CONTRACTOR shall perform repairs due to system installation deficiencies reported by the CORROSION ENGINEER. These repairs shall be made at no additional cost to the OWNER. If re-testing requirements are excessive the CONTRACTOR will be back charged for the re-testing costs of the CORROSION ENGI N EER. Acceptance: The system will be accepted if all anodes, test stations, and supporting facilities are installed according to the drawings and these specifications and are in proper working order. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for the performance of the system if the proper materials are not used or installed incorrectly. 4.5 lnsulatina Flanqe Kits A. Responsibility: Insulators shall be tested and certified by the CORROSION - ENGINEER. Testing shall be done in the presence of the CONTRACTOR. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DeC) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 131204athodic Protection - 12 of 13 B. C. D. Test Method: The assembled flange shall be tested with an insulator testing device (i.e., Gas Electronics Model 601 Insulation Checker) specifically designed for this purpose. If possible, this testing shall be done after the insulator is assembled in the pipe spool but before the spool is installed in the trench. Additional testing, after the assembled insulator is installed in the trench, shall include re-testing with the Model 601 and measurement of pipe-to-soil potentials, using a copper-copper sulfate reference electrode, with contacts made to either side of the insulator. Notification for Inspection: The CONTRACTOR shall notify the INSPECTOR at least three days before each installed insulator is ready for testing. Acceptance: The installation shall be considered complete when the testing device indicates that no shorts or partial shorts are present and the potentials on either side of the insulator differ by at least 20 millivolts. If shorts are detected the CONTRACTOR shall assist the qualified CORROSION ENGINEER in finding partial shorts or shorted bolts. All disassembly and re-assembly necessary to gain the acceptance of the qualified CORROSION ENGINEER shall be done at the CONTRACTORS expense. 4.6 Wax Tape Coating A. B. C. D. E. Responsibility: All wax tape coating applications shall be inspected by the ENGINEER or INSPECTOR. Notification for Inspection: The CONTRACTOR shall notify the INSPECTOR at least five days in advance of completion of wax tape applications. Test Method: Each tape wrapped component shall be visually inspected. Backfilling shall not be done until this inspection is complete and the tape wrap application is approved by the INSPECTOR or ENGINEER. Backfill Protection: The ENGINEER or INSPECTOR shall also observe the backfill operation to ensure protection of the wax tape. Acceptance: Conformance with this specification section is required for acceptance. 4.7 Compliance With Specifications A. Deficiencies: Any deficiencies or omissions in materials or workmanship found by these tests shall be rectified by the CONTRACTOR at his expense. Deficiencies shall include but are not limited to: unconnected or broken anode or test leads; incorrect anode type; improper or un-clean wire trench backfill; lack of 18-inches slack wire on each test lead in each test box; shorted or partially shorted insulators; inadequate insulator coating; broken wires or wire connections; failure to notify the INSPECTOR in sufficient time to test buried insulators; high metallic pipeline resistance; and improperly mounted or located test boxes. END OF SECTION City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DeC) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 1312O-Cathodic Protection - 13 of 13 SECTION 15040 TESTING, FLUSHING AND DISINFECTION - PART I - GENERAL I 1 .I Description This section designates the requirements for field testing, flushing and disinfection of all water mains intended for the conveyance of potable water under pressure. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials (including water), tools, and equipment necessary to provide and complete field testing, flushing and disinfection as specified. All pipelines shall be tested for watertightness by subjecting each section to Hydrostatic Pressure and Leakage Tests in accordance with the applicable requirements of AWWA C600 and the Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Construction of Potable Water Mains, except as modified herein. It shall be the Contractor's sole responsibility to plan his construction activities to allow and facilitate testing, flushing and disinfection of all sections of potable water lines. It shall be the Contractor's sole responsibility to obtain any and all permits required to carry out the Work specified herein. - - - - c 1.2 Related Work Described Elsewhere The Contractor shall refer to the following Specification section(s) for additional requirements: -- A. Shop Drawings and Submittals: Section 2-5.3 1.3 Submittals I Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 2-5.3, Shop Drawings and Submittals. The following submittals are required: - A. The Contractor shall submit a detailed plan showing how the Contractor intends to test, flush and disinfect the pipeline and dechlorinate the water during flushing, prior to the submittal of Shop Drawings for the steel pipe. - 1.4 Payment Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15040 - Testing, Flushing and Disinfection - 1 of 5 PART 2 - MATERIALS - 2.1 General - The Contractor shall furnish all labor, water, chemicals, and equipment necessary for completing the disinfection process and for obtaining, transporting and testing samples as specified herein. be solely responsible for the safe and proper handling of the chlorine compounds or other hazardous chemicals utilized. Only chlorine from a hypochlorite solution or a gas-to-solution be pre-mixed and fed to tanks or piping and not placed dry. Containers and equipment used in sampling must be clean and free of contamination. Sampling bottles shall be furnished by the The use of chlorine solutions is anticipated as the active disinfecting agent. The Contractor shall injector will be allowed. Direct injection of chlorine gas is prohibited. Hypochlorite solutions must testing lab and the lab will collect samples. - - - PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 General Do not allow chlorinated water to remain in contact with the internal waterway ports of pumps, - valves, and sensor line assemblies for longer than is necessary. 3.2 Pressure Testing - A. Procedure: After the pipe and all appurtenances have been laid and sufficiently backfilled for required restraint, they shall be subjected to a four hour hydrostatic pressure test. This test shall consist of applying to the pipeline a pressure of 75 psi in excess of the designated working pressure specified by the class of pipe, unless system. For pipe sizes in excess of 16-inch diameter, they shall be tested at a pressure based on test hydraulic gradient elevation (H.G.L.) as shown on the drawings. If no test H.G.L. is shown, the pipeline at the low point in test section shall be pumped to a hydrostatic test pressure of 50 p.s.i. in excess of the working pressure. Pressure shall be maintained for an eight (8) hour duration and shall be re- pumped when it falls to an amount of 5 p.s.i. Pressure tests or a retest shall be conducted subsequent to any trench backfill compactive effort with heavy duty compacting equipment having an overall weight in excess of 100 pounds. Some hydraulic equipment such as butterfly valves have a maximum working water pressure less than the test pressure. The Contractor shall apply a minimum back pressure on these closed devices equal to the difference between the test pressure and the rated pressure of the device. - - otherwise specified on the Plans or in the Specifications, at the highest point of the - - - - - - The test shall be made prior to connecting the new line with existing pipe and mains. The test shall further be conducted with valves open, and the open ends of pipes, valves, and fittings suitably closed. Valves shall be operated and checked prior to the test period. No leakage shall be allowed when testing across any valves. - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 15040 - Testing, Flushing and Disinfection - 2 of 5 B. C. D. E. Maximum Length of Pipe: Maximum length of pipe to be included in any one test shall be no more than 2,500-feet or the distance between valves, whichever is greater. The Contractor shall provide suitable test bulkheads, blocking, and fittings to permit such sectionalizing. Preparation: The test shall be applied at an approved outlet or fitting located within an elevation of 5-feet of the lowest point of the pipe section to be tested. The Contractor shall provide and later securely plug such fittings. The line shall be filled slowly and maintained at operating pressure for a period of at least 24 hours prior to testing to satisfy any system water absorption. While filling and immediately prior to testing, all air shall be expelled from the pipeline. Where air valves or other suitable outlets are not available, approved taps and fittings shall be provided at all high points and later securely plugged. Pressure Testing: After the 24-hour soak period, the pressure in the pipeline shall be pumped up to the specified test pressure. When the test pressure has been reached, the pumping shall be discontinued until the pressure in the line has dropped 5-psi, at which time the pressure in the pipeline shall again be pumped up to the specified test pressure. This procedure shall be repeated until eight hours have elapsed from the time the specified test pressure was first applied. At the end of this period, the pressure shall be pumped up to the specified test pressure for the last time. Leakage: Leakage shall be considered as the total quantity of water pumped into the pipeline during the eight hour period, including the amount required in reaching the specified test pressure for the final time. Leakage shall not exceed the rate as specified for the type of pipe material being tested. If the leakage exceeds the rate, as specified elsewhere, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, locate and make all repairs as necessary until the leakage is within the specified allowance. Allowable leakage for piping having threaded, brazed, welded, flange or mechanical joint shall be zero. The test shall be repeated until the leakage does not exceed the specified leakage rate. All visible leaks shall be repaired regardless of the amount of leakage. 3.3 FLUSHING All potable water mains and services shall be flushed with potable water (or water as otherwise approved by the Owner and regulatory agencies) after completion of construction and prior to disinfection. The Contractor shall provide a sufficient number of suitable outlets at the end(s) of the line(s) being flushed in addition to those required by the Plans to permit the main to be flushed with water at a velocity of at least 2.5-feet per second over its entire length. The outlets provided shall meet the requirements for fittings as specified for the type of main constructed. The velocity through outlets and fittings shall not exceed 25 fps during the flushing operation. Drainage facilities shall be constructed such that the water lines cannot be contaminated through the flushing outlet. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for providing a source of water for flushing and the methods for discharge of the water, including all associated costs and permits. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15040 - Testing, Flushing and Disinfection - 3 of 5 3.4 DISINFECTION A. Procedure: After pressure testing and prior to acceptance of the Work, the entire pipeline, including all valves, fittings, hydrants, service laterals, and other accessories, shall be disinfected in accordance with AWWA C651 and Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Construction of Potable Water Mains. B. Disinfection - Potable Water Mains: After flushing, all mains and service connections shall be disinfected with chlorine (as provided in Subsection 2.1) solution, which shall be water mixed and introduced into the mains to produce a dosage of not less than 50 mg/l nor more than 100 mg/l in all sections of the pipeline and appurtenances. Treated water shall be retained with system for a minimum period of 24-hours and shall produce at the end of the retention period a chlorine residual of not less than 25 mg/l in all sections being disinfected. If the tests are not satisfactory, the Contractor shall provide additional disinfection at his expense as required until all tests are to the satisfaction of the Owner. During the disinfection process, all valves, hydrants, and other accessories shall be operated. After chlorination, the water shall be flushed from the line at its extremities until the replacement water tests are equal chemically and bacteriologically to those of the permanent source of supply. The placing of HTH capsules or powder in pipe sections during the laying process WILL NOT be considered adequate disinfection. The Contractor shall keep adequate chlorine residual testing and indicating apparatus available on the site during the entire disinfection period. After final flushing, the flushing fittings shall be plugged with devices intended for this purpose at the pressure class of the pipe. Where water main is coated, plugs and outlets shall be similarly coated. 4 -_ C. Discharge of Chlorinated Water 1. Disposal or discharge to sewer systems, storm drains, drainage courses or surface waters of chlorinated water is prohibited. All chlorinated water shall be de-chlorinated prior to discharge. 2. The reducing agent for neutralization shall be applied to the water as it exits the piping system. The Contractor shall monitor the chlorine residual during the discharge operations. Total residual chlorine limits in these locations, and for the discharge of de-chlorinated water from the testing of pipelines to surface waters of the San Diego Region are as follows: Total Residual Chlorine Effluent Limitations 30-Day Average - 0.902 mg/l Average Daily Maximum - 0.008 mg/l Instantaneous Maximum - 0.02 mg/l 3. The various methods of dechlorination available can remove residual chlorine to concentrations below standard analytical methods of detection, 0.02 mg/l, which will assure compliance with the effluent limit. The Contractor will perform all necessary tests to ensure that the total residual chlorine effluent limitations listed above are met. I City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15040 - Testing, Flushing and Disinfection - 4 of 5 I 4. If a suitable point of discharge can not be found for the de-chlorinated or the neutralized water, the Contractor shall haul the flushed water to a site suitable for discharge. The Contractor shall include all costs for the discharge of chlorinated water into his bid. c 5. In locations where no hazard to the environment is evident based on the joint examination describe above, the de-chlorinated water may be broadcast for dust control on the surface of the immediate site. Care shall be exercised in broadcasting the water to prevent runoff. c D. Bacteriologic Samples: I. One sample of water for the specified bacteriologic test shall be taken from each end of the disinfected main (located downstream of the point of introduction of chlorine disinfectant). For mains over 2,500-feet in length, additional samples shall be taken at intermediate points in such a manner that at least one additional sample is taken for each 2,500-feet of main. 2. An independent, State-certified laboratory will perform bacteriological sampling and testing of all new system installations. The testing methodology employed by the laboratory shall be as set forth in "Standards Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water" (current edition). Testing requirements are as set forth in the California Domestic Water Quality and Monitoring Regulations and commensurate with current requirements for surface water testing. The laboratory will analyze the samples for the presence of coliform bacteria and heterotrophic-type bacteria (heterotrophic plate count). Proper chain of custody procedures shall be followed in the handling of the water samples. The evaluation criteria employed by the District for a passing test sample is as follow: a. Coliform bacterial: no positive sample b. Heterotrophic plate count (HPC): 500 colony forming unitslml or less. E. Re-disinfection If the initial disinfection fails to produce satisfactory coliform bacteriological test results, the pipeline system shall be re-chlorinated, flushed and re-sampled. If the initial test result of the heterotrophic plate count is greater than 500 units/ml the system shall be re- flushed and re-sampled. If the second set of samples does not produce satisfactory results for the heterotrophic plate count, the pipeline system shall be re-chlorinated, flushed, and re-sampled. The chlorination, flushing and sampling procedure shall continue until satisfactory results are obtained. Re-disinfection and retesting shall be at the Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15040 - Testing, Flushing and Disinfection - 5 of 5 SECTION 15056 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS - PART 1 - GENERAL c 1 .I Description This section designates the requirements for the manufacture and installation of ductile iron pipe, abbreviated DIP, to be furnished and installed by the Contractor at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Plans as herein specified. - - I .2 Related Work Described Elsewhere The Contractor shall refer to the following Specification section(s) for additional requirements: - A. Shop Drawings and Submittals: Section 2-5.3 B. Trenching Earthwork: 02200 - C. Painting and Coating: 09900 D. Testing, Flushing, and Disinfection: 15040 1.3 Submittals The Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with Section 2-5.3, Shop Drawings and Submittals. Submittals are required for the following: -- A. Submit Shop Drawings, material lists, manufacturer's literature and catalog cuts of, but not limited to, the following: - Lay Diagrams and Schedule Protective Coatings and Linings Dimensional Checks Pressure Ratings Shop Drawings shall be submitted and approved prior to manufacture of pipe. The layout schedule shall indicate the order of installation, the length and location of each pipe section and special, the station and elevation of the pipe invert at all changes in grade, and all data on curves and bends for both horizontal and vertical alignment. - - B. Submit data used by the Contractor in manufacture and quality control. 1.4 Payment c A. Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. - B. Payment by the linear foot shall be for each diameter and for each pipe strength designation measured horizontally over the pipe centerline. I - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) - Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15056 - Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings - 1 of 6 - PART 2 - MATERIALS 4 2.1 Pipe - Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI 21.50, AWWA C150 and ANSI 21 51, AWWA C151, and shall be of the sizes and thickness classes shall be thickness Class 52, while size eight inch (8") and larger shall be thickness Class 50. shown on the Plans. Unless otherwise specified, size four inch (4") through six inch (6") DIP - Unless otherwise specified, pressure class pipe may be substituted for thickness class pipe - according to the following schedule: Pipe Diameter Under 16-inch 16 to 18-inch 20 to 24-inch 30 to 36-inch 42 to 60-inch Minimum Pressure Class Not Allowed 350 300 250 200 - 2.2 Coatinns All pipe fittings shall be shop coated with one prime coat of asphaltic coating approximately l-mil thick in accordance with ANSI A21 51, AWWA C151. All pipe and fittings above ground or in vaults shall be painted in accordance with Section 09900, Painting and Coatings. - - - 2.3 Linings Unless otherwise noted on the Plans or elsewhere in the Specifications, all pipe and fittings shall - be cement-mortar lined. A. Cement-Mortar Lining: All pipe and fittings shall be double thickness cement-mortar - lined in accordance with ANSI A21.4 or AWWA C104. All cement shall be type II unless otherwise specified. - 2.4 Joints And Accessories Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, all joints shall be the push-on type joint. Joints and accessories shall conform to the requirements and dimensions specified in ANSI A21 .I 1, AWWA Cl I I. - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15056 - Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings - 2 of 6 - - 2.5 Concrete Thrust Blocks I Concrete thrust blocks shall be placed as shown on the Plans and shall consist of Class B portland cement concrete conforming to the requirements of Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Construction of Public Potable Water Mains. Concrete blocks shall be placed between the undisturbed ground and the fittings to be anchored. Quantity of concrete and the bearing area of the pipe and undisturbed soil shall be as shown on the Plans, unless otherwise determined by the Owner's Representative. The concrete shall be placed, unless specifically shown otherwise on the Plans, so that the pipe joints and fittings will be accessible to repairs. - - 2.6 Restrained Joints - The restrained joints shall be a special push-on type joint unless otherwise specified that is designed to provide longitudinal restraint in lieu of a concrete thrust block. The length of the restrained joints shown on the Plans is the minimum required length. The Contractor shall select an approved restrained joint and then use it exclusively for all of the Work. Restrained joints for push-on joint pipe installation shall be U.S. Pipe "TR-FLEX" pipe or approved equal. - - Restraint of field cut pipe shall be kept to a minimum. But when necessary, unless otherwise specified, restraint of field cut pipe shall be provided by the use of U.S. Pipe's "TR-FLEX" pipe field weldments, or approved equal. 2.7 Fittinqs - -- Fittings for ductile iron pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.10, AWWA Cl IO or C153. They shall be made of ductile iron and the letters "DI" or "DUCTILE shall be cast on them, unless otherwise specified. Fitting joints shall be in accordance with ANSI A21 .I 1, AWWA C1 I I , and shall be of the push-on type. Mechanical joint fittings will not be permitted unless otherwise specified on the Plans. - 2.8 Pipe Lengths 7 Pipe lengths shall be as specified in ANSI A21 31, AWWA C151, except where shorter lengths are required to fit horizontal and vertical alignment. Combined horizontal and vertical deflections at any rubber gasket or flexible coupling joints shall not exceed eighty percent (80%) of the maximum deflection recommended by the manufacturer. - - 2.9 Flanaes - Flanges shall be ductile iron, Class 125, unless otherwise shown on the Plans, screwed-on type in accordance with ANSI A21 .I 5, AWWA C115, for pipe, and integrally cast for fittings in accordance with ANSI A21 .IO, AWWA Cl 10 and shall be flat face. Gaskets shall be l/&inch thick minimum in accordance with AWWA C115 and shall have a minimum rated working pressure equal to 350 psi at 180°F. Drop-in type gaskets with holes prepunched shall be used where both flanges are flat face. Where adjoining flange is steel, the steel flange shall be flat face. - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) - Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15056 - Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings - 3 of 6 2.10 Bolts and Nuts Bolts and nuts shall be cadmium plated and shall conform to ASTM A307, Grade B. Washers shall be provided for each nut and shall be the same material as each nut. All buried flanges, bolts, and nuts shall be encased in wax tape per Section 09902. All bolt threads shall be lubricated with non-oxide grease. Flange faces shall be wire brushed and cleaned prior to joining each flange. 2.1 1 Warning Tape Use marking tape consisting of one layer of aluminum foil laminated between two colored layers of inert plastic film. The lamination bond should be strong enough that the layers cannot be separated by hand. Tape shall be a minimum of 5 mils thick and 6 inches wide. Elongation shall be a minimum of 600 percent. Tape shall bear a continuous, printed message every 16 to 36 inches warning of the installation buried below. Tape shall be selected from the District's Approved Materials List. -.. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 General Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be assembled in accordance with the applicable sections of AWWA C600, "Installation of Gray and Ductile Cast-Iron Water Mains and Appurtenances" and as specified herein. 3.2 Transportation Transportation shall be by competent haulers and accomplished in a manner that will avoid damage to the pipe, its lining, or coating. The Contractor shall unload by mechanical means, such as a crane or backhoe, or by rope and skids, as recommended by the manufacturer. In using skids, pipes must be prevented from striking other pipe. No dropping of pipe from trucks will be allowed. 3.3 Earthwork Excavation and backfill, including the pipe bedding, shall conform to the provisions of Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Construction of Public Potable Water Mains and Section 02200, Trenching Earthwork. 3.4 General Installation Procedures and Workmanship Prior to laying the pipe, the bottom of the trench shall be graded and prepared to provide uniform bearing throughout the entire length of each joint of pipe. Bell holes of ample dimension shall be dug in the bottom of the trench at the location of each joint to facilitate the joining. The trench shall have a flat or semi-circular bottom conforming to the grade to which the pipe is to be laid. The pipe shall be accurately placed in the trench to within 3 inches horizontally and 1 inch vertically of the lines and grades on the Plans. Fittings shall be supported independently of the pipe. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15056 - Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings - 4 of 6 - Cutting and machining of the pipe shall be accomplished in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's standard procedures for this operation and in accordance with AWWA C600. Pipe shall not be cut with a cold chisel, standard iron pipe cutter, nor any other method that may fracture the pipe or will produce ragged, uneven edges. - - Pipe shall be carefully handled to prevent damage to the lining and coating. Cable, rope, or other devices used for lowering fittings into the trench shall be attached around the exterior of the fitting for handling. Under no circumstances shall the cable, rope, or other device be attached through the fitting's interior for handling. I c No joint shall be backfilled until it has been observed by the Owner's Representative. Sufficient trench space shall be left open in the vicinity of each joint to permit visual observation around the entire periphery of the joint. - 3.5 Plastic Film Wrap To protect the pipe from corrosion, ductile-iron pipe and fittings buried underground shall be protected with two plastic film wraps in accordance with ANSI A21.5 and AWWA C105. Each wrap shall be a loose 8-mil thick polyethylene tube. All joints between plastic tubes shall be wrapped with 2-inch wide polyethylene adhesive tape, Polyken 900, Scotchrap 50, or approved equal. Installation of plastic film shall conform to AWWA C105. Unless othetwise specified, plastic film wraps shall not be installed on sections of pipe which are to be concrete encased, installed within casings, or through concrete slope anchors. - - - -- 3.6 Preventinn Foreign Matter from Enterinn the Pipe At all times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open end of the pipe shall be closed with a tight-fitting cap or plug to prevent the entrance of foreign matter into the pipe. These provisions shall apply during the noon hour as well as overnight. In no event shall the pipeline be used as a drain for removing water which has infiltrated into the trench. The Contractor shall maintain the inside of the pipe free from foreign materials and in a clean and sanitary condition until its acceptance by the Owner's Representative. - - 3.7 Damaged Pipe or Fittings - Damaged pipe or fittings shall be removed upon discovery and without delay from the Project Site. - 3.8 Warning Tape After the pipe zone and the first 12 inches in the trench zone have been backfilled and compacted, place the marking tape on the compacted backfill and center over the pipe. Run tape continuously along the trench an tie ends of tape together. Wrap marking tape around valve box extension pipes and continue along pipe. - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) - Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15056 - Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings - 5 of 6 3.9 Leakacre Test A. General All pipelines shall be tested in accordance with Section 15040, Testing, Flushing and Disinfection, and the applicable provisions of AWWA C600, except as modified herein. B. Allowable Leakage No pipe installation will be accepted if the leakage is greater than that determined by the following formula: L = (S D )/133,200 In words: L equals S times D, times the square root of P, divided by 133,200. in which L = S = D = P = the allowable leakage, in gallons per hour length of pipe tested, in feet nominal diameter of the pipe, in inches average observed test pressure of the pipe being tested, in pounds per square inch gauge, based on the elevation of the lowest point in the line or section under test and corrected to the elevation of the test gauge. The test pressure shall be 50 psi in excess of the designated working pressure specified for the class of pipe unless the test pressure is shown on the Plans or specified elsewhere in the Specifications. -- I 3.1 0 Disinfection Disinfection shall be in accordance with Section 1 5040, Testing, Flushing and Disinfection. END OF SECTION City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15056 - Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings - 6 of 6 - SECTION 15064 - POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PRESSURE PIPE AND FITTINGS (AWA CSOO) - PART I - GENERAL - 1 .I Description This section designates the requirements for the manufacture and installation of polyvinyl chloride, abbreviated PVC, pressure pipe, to be furnished and installed by the Contractor, at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Plans as herein specified. - - Specifications for related Work are as follows: AWWA C900 PVC Pressure Pipe - ANSI A21 .IO Ductile Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings AWWA C110 Ductile Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings AWWA C153 Ductile Iron Compact Fittings - AWWA Manual M23 Pipe Design and Installation 1.2 Related Work Described Elsewhere The Contractor shall refer to the following Specification section(s) for additional requirements: A. Shop Drawings and Submittals: Section 2-5.3 B. Trenching Earthwork: 02200 - - _- - C. Testing, Flushing and Disinfection: 15040 I .3 Submittals The Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with Section 2-5.3, Shop Drawings and Submittals. Submittals are required for the following: - - A. Submit Shop Drawings, material lists, manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts and other information. B. Submit an affidavit from the pipe manufacturer that all delivered materials comply with the requirements of AWWA C900, the Plans and Specifications. - - 1.4 Payment - A. Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. - B. Payment by the linear foot shall be for each diameter and for each pipe strength designation measured horizontally over the pipe centerline. - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15064 - PVC Pressure Pipe and Fittings (AWWA C900) - 1 of 5 PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 General Material used to produce the pipe shall be made from Class 12454-A or B rigid polyvinyl chloride compounds in accordance with AWWA C900 Section 2.1 (Basic Materials), with an established hydrostatic design basis (HDB) equal to or greater than 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F (23 C). Elastomeric gaskets shall comply with the requirements of AWWA C900 Sections 2.1.5 and 2.1 5.1 (Gaskets and Lubricants). 2.2 Pipe PVC pressure pipe, 4-inch through 12-inch, shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C900, and shall be of the sizes and pressure classes shown on the Plans. The pipe shall have integral bell and spigot joints with elastomeric gaskets in accordance with AWWAC900 Section 2.2 (Pipe Requirements). The pipe shall conform with the outside diameter of cast-iron pipe unless otherwise specified and shall conform with the wall thickness of DR series 14, 18, or 25. The pipe shall be manufactured by J.M. Manufacturing Company, Certainteed Corporation, Pacific Western Extruded Plastics Company or approved equal. 2.3 Fittings All fittings for PVC pressure pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.10, AWWA C110 or C153. All fittings shall be made of ductile iron and the letters "DI" or "DUCTILE" shall be cast on them, unless otherwise specified. Bell size shall be for Class 150 and Class 200 cast-iron equivalent PVC pressure pipe, including the rubber-ring retaining groove. 2.4 Service Saddles Service saddles for PVC pressure pipe shall be made of silicone bronze or brass and shall be double banded or wide single band style. The band(s) and nuts shall be type 304 stainless steel and designed specifically for use with AWWA C900 PVC pipe. Each saddle shall accurately fit the contour of the pipe O.D. without causing distortion of the pipe. The saddle shall be securely held in place with stainless steel bolts and nuts. The service saddle shall have a published working pressure at least equal to the pressure class of the pipe on which it is installed. All saddles shall be provided with torque information and installation instructions. Saddles shall be in accordance with Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for the Construction of Potable Water Mains. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15064 - PVC Pressure PiDe and Fittinas (AWWA C9001- 2 of 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION - c 3.1 PiDe Lenaths c_ Laying lengths shall be 20-feet with the manufacturer's option to supply up to 15% random (minimum length I O-feet) sections. No deflections at bells, fittings or of the pipe will be allowed. The use of deflection collars shall be required. c - 3.2 Marking - Each pipe length shall be marked showing the nominal pipe size, O.D. base, the AWWA pressure class, and AWWA specification designation in accordance with AWWA C900 Section 2.6 (Marking Requirements). For potable water application, the pipe shall be white or blue in color and the seal of the testing agency that verified the suitability of the material for such service shall be included. 3.3 Earthwork - c Excavation and backfill, including the pipe bedding, shall conform to the provisions of Section 02200, Trenching Earthwork and Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Construction of Public Potable Water Mains. 3.4 7- General Installations Procedures and Workmanship - PVC pressure pipe and fittings shall be installed per AWWA Manual M23 "PVC Pipe-Design and Installation", and as herein specified. I Proper care shall be used to prevent damage in handling, moving, and placing the pipe. Hoist pipe with fork lift or other handling equipment to prevent major damage or shorten its service life. A cloth belt sling or a continuous fiber rope shall be used to prevent scratching the pipe. The pipe shall be lowered and not dropped from the truck. Dropped pipe will be rejected. - Prior to laying the pipe, the bottom of the trench shall be graded and prepared to provide uniform bearing throughout the entire length of each joint of pipe. Bell holes of ample dimension shall be dug in the bottom of the trench at the locations of each joint to facilitate the joining. The trench shall have a flat or semi-circular bottom conforming to the grade to which the pipe is to be laid. - - The pipe shall be accurately placed in the trench to the lines and grades on the Plans. Fittings shall be supported independently of the pipe. - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15064 - PVC Pressure Pipe and Fittings (AWWA C900) - 3 of 5 3.5 Loncritudinal Bending No longitudinal bending shall be allowed in the installation of PVC pressure pipe. All deflections shall be accomplished by the use of deflection collars or couplings specifically designed for use with PVC C900 pipe and the deflections as installed shall not exceed the manufacturers written recommendations. 3.6 Pipe Joint Assembly The spigot and bell shall slide together without displacement of the rubber gasket. The joint shall be dirt free. The best laying practice is with the bell facing in the direction of laying. Insert the rubber ring into the groove making sure the ring is completely seated. Lubrication of the spigot and instruction of use shall be supplied by the pipe manufacturer. The spigot shall be inserted into the bell and forced slowly into position by use of a large bar lever and a wood block across the pipe end. For large pipe, a come-along (with padding that will not scratch the pipe) may be used. 3.7 Concrete Thrust Blocks Concrete thrust blocks shall be placed as shown on the Plans and shall consist of Class B portland cement concrete conforming to the requirements of Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Construction of Public Potable Water Mains. Concrete blocks shall be placed between the undisturbed ground and the fittings to be anchored. Quantity of concrete and the bearing area of the pipe and undisturbed soil shall be as shown on the Plans, unless otherwise determined by the Owner's Representative. 'The concrete shall be placed, unless specifically shown otherwise on the Plans, so that the pipe joints and fittings will be accessible to repairs. -- 3.8 Mechanical Thrust Restraint I No mechanical thrust restraint devices which transfer forces from fittings to the PVC pipe wall shall be permitted. - 3.9 Preventing Foreign Matter from Enterinq the Pipe - At all times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open end of the pipe shall be closed with a tight-fitting cap or plug to prevent the entrance of foreign matter into the pipe. These provisions shall apply during the noon hour as well as overnight. In no event shall the pipeline be used as a drain for removing water which has infiltrated into the trench. The Contractor shall maintain the inside of the pipe free from foreign materials and in a clean and sanitary condition until its acceptance by the Owner's Representative. 3.10 Leakage Test - - - A. General: All pipelines shall be tested in accordance with Section 15040, Testing, Flushing and Disinfection, except as modified herein. - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 15064 - PVC Pressure Pipe and Fittings (AWWA C900) - 4 of 5 - L B. Allowable Leakage: The following table shall be used for allowable leakage for C900 PVC Pressure Pipe: Pipe size Allowable leakage (inches) gals/4hrs/l000’ of pipe 6” 8” 1 0” 12” 0.50 0.66 0.83 0.99 Unless otherwise specified on the Plans or in Section 01410, Testing and Inspection, the test pressure shall be 75 psi in excess of the designated working pressure specified for the class of pipe being tested. - 3.1 1 Disinfection Disinfection shall be in accordance with Section 15040, Testing, Flushing and Disinfection. + END OF SECTION c I City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DEE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15064 - PVC Pressure Pipe and Fittings (AWWA C900) - 5 of 5 SECTION 15066 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE WATER TRANSMISSION PIPE AND FITTINGS (AWA C905) - - PART 1 - GENERAL 7 I .I Description - This section designates the requirements for the manufacture and installation of polyvinyl chloride, abbreviated PVC, water transmission pipe to be furnished and installed by the Contractor at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Plans as herein specified. Specifications for related Work are as follows: - - AWWA C905 PVC Water Transmission Pipe ANSI 21.1 0 AWWA C110 AWWA Manual M23 Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings PVC Pipe Design and Installation - AWWA C153 Ductile Iron Compact Fittings - I .2 Related Work Described Elsewhere The Contractor shall refer to the following Specification section(s) for additional requirements: -- A. Shop Drawings and Submittals: Section 2-5.3 B. Trenching Earthwork: 02200 C. Testing, Flushing and Disinfection: 15040 - 1.3 Submittals The Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with Section 2-5.3, Shop Drawings and Submittals. Submittals are required for the following: A. Submit Shop Drawings, material lists, manufacturer's literature and catalog cuts and other information. - c - B. Submit an affidavit from the pipe manufacturer that all delivered materials comply with the requirements of AWWA C905, the Plans and Specifications. L- 1.4 Payment - A. Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. - B. Payment by the linear foot shall be for each diameter and for each pipe strength designation measured horizontally over the pipe centerline. - - - City of Carlsbad 01-02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15066 - PVC Pressure Pipe and Fittings (AWWA C905) - 1 of 5 PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 General Material used to produce the pipe shall be made from Class 12454-A or B rigid polyvinyl chloride compounds in accordance with AWWA C905 Section 2.1 (Basic Materials), with an established hydrostatic design basis (HDB) equal to or greater than 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F (23'C). Elastomeric gaskets shall comply with the requirements of AWWA C905 Sections 2.1.3 (Elastomeric Gaskets) and 2.1.4 (Gaskets and Lubricants). 2.2 PiDe PVC water transmission pipe, 14-inch through 30-inch, shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C905, and shall be of the sizes and dimension ratios (DR) shown on the Plans. If a pressure class is called for on the Plans, it shall mean the pressure rating (PR) as defined in AWWA C905. The pipe shall have integral bell and spigot joints with elastomeric gaskets in accordance with AWWA C905 Section 3 (Pipe Requirements). The pipe shall conform with the outside diameter of cast-iron pipe unless otherwise specified and shall conform with the wall thickness of DR series 18 or 25. The pipe shall be manufactured by J.M. Manufacturing Company, Certainteed Corporation, Pacific Western Extruded Plastics Company or approved equal. 2.3 Fittinas All fittings for PVC water transmission pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21 .I 0, AWWA Cl 10 or C153. All fittings shall be made of ductile iron and the letters "DI" or "DUCTILE" shall be cast on them, unless otherwise specified. Bell size shall be for Class 165 and Class 235 cast-iron equivalent PVC water transmission pipe, including the rubber-ring retaining groove. 2.4 Service Saddles Service saddles for AWWA C905 PVC water transmission pipe shall not be allowed unless specifically called for on the Plans. 2.5 Warnina Tape Use marking tape consisting of one layer of aluminum foil laminated between two colored layers of inert plastic film. The lamination bond should be strong enough that the layers cannot be separated by hand. Tape shall be a minimum of 5 mils thick and 6 inches wide. Elongation shall be a minimum of 600 percent. Tape shall bear a continuous, printed message every 16 to 36 inches warning of the installation buried below. Tape shall be selected from the District's Approved Materials List. City of Carlsbad 01-02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15066 - PVC Pressure Pipe and Fittings (AWWA C905) - 2 of 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Pipe Lengths Laying lengths shall be 20-feet with the manufacturer's option to supply up to 15% random (minimum length 1 0-feet) sections. 3.2 Marking Each pipe length shall be marked showing the nominal pipe size, O.D. base, the AWWA pressure class, and AWWA specification designation in accordance with AWWA C905 Section 4.7 (Marking Requirements). The pipe shall be white or blue in color and the seal of the testing agency that verified the suitability of the material for potable water service shall be included. 3.3 Earthwork Excavation and backfill, including the pipe bedding, shall conform to the provisions of Section 02200, Trenching Earthwork, Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Construction of Public Potable Water Mains, and AWWA C905 Section A6 installation. 3.4 General Installations Procedures and Workmanship PVC water transmission pipe and fittings shall be installed per AWWA Manual M23 "PVC Pipe-Design and Installation", and as herein specified. Proper care shall be used to prevent damage in handling, moving, and placing the pipe. Hoist pipe with fork lift or other handling equipment to prevent major damage or shorten its service life. A cloth belt sling or a continuous fiber rope shall be used to prevent scratching the pipe. The pipe shall be lowered and not dropped from the truck. Dropped pipe will be rejected. Prior to laying the pipe, the bottom of the trench shall be graded and prepared to provide uniform bearing throughout the entire length of each joint of pipe. Bell holes of ample dimension shall be dug in the bottom of the trench at the locations of each joint to facilitate the joining. The trench shall have a flat or semi-circular bottom conforming to the grade to which the pipe is to be laid. The pipe shall be accurately placed in the trench to the lines and grades on the Plans. Fittings shall be supported independently of the pipe. 3.5 Longitudinal Bending No longitudinal bending shall be allowed in the installation of PVC water transmission pipe. All deflections shall be accomplished by the use of joints and fittings specifically designed for use with PVC C905 pipe and the deflections as installed shall not exceed the manufacturers written recommendations. City of Carlsbad 01-02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15066 - PVC Pressure Pipe and Fittings (AWWA C905) - 3 of 5 - 3.6 Pipe Joint Assemblv The spigot and bell shall slide together without displacement of the rubber gasket. The joint 4 shall be dirt free. The best laying practice is with the bell facing in the direction of laying. -- Insert the rubber ring into the groove making sure the ring is completely seated. Lubrication of the spigot and instruction of use shall be supplied by the pipe manufacturer. - The spigot shall be inserted into the bell and forced slowly into position by use of a large bar not scratch the pipe) may be used. lever and a wood block across the pipe end. For large pipe, a come-along (with padding that will - Combined horizontal and vertical deflections at PVC pipe joints shall not exceed that recommended by AWWA Manual M23 or published recommendations of the manufacturer (the maximum total deflection allowed shall be one and one-half degrees). - 3.7 Concrete Thrust Blocks Concrete thrust blocks shall be placed as shown on the Plans and shall consist of Class B undisturbed ground and the fittings to be anchored. Quantity of concrete and the bearing area of on the Plans, so that the pipe joints and fittings will be accessible to repairs. - portland cement concrete conforming to the requirements of Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Construction of Public Potable Water Mains. Concrete blocks shall be placed between the the pipe and undisturbed soil shall be as shown on the Plans, unless otherwise determined by the Owner's Representative. The concrete shall be placed, unless specifically shown otherwise ~~ --- 3.8 Mechanical Thrust Restraint No mechanical thrust restraint devices which transfer forces from fittings to the PVC pipe wall shall be permitted. - 3.9 Warninq Tape After the pipe zone and the first 12 inches in the trench zone have been backfilled and I compacted, place the marking tape on the compacted backfill and center over the pipe. Run tape continuously along the trench an tie ends of tape together. Wrap marking tape around valve box extension pipes and continue along pipe. - 3.10 Preventing Foreign Matter From Entering The Pipe At all times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open end of the pipe shall be closed with a tight-fitting cap or plug to prevent the entrance of foreign matter into the pipe. These provisions shall apply during the noon hour as well as overnight. In no event shall the pipeline be used as a drain for removing water which has infiltrated into the trench. The Contractor shall maintain the inside of the pipe free from ,foreign materials and in a clean and sanitary condition until its acceptance by the Owner. - - - - City of Carlsbad 01-02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 15066 - PVC Pressure Pipe and Fittings (AWWA C905) - 4 of 5 3.1 1 Leakage Test A. General: All pipelines shall be tested in accordance with the Section 15040, Testing, Flushing and Disinfection, except as modified herein. B. Allowable Leakage: No pipe installation will be accepted if the leakage is greater than that determined by the following formula: L = (S D Po.’ )/148,000 In words: L equals S times D, times the square root of P, divided by 148,000. in which L = the allowable leakage, in gallons per hour S = length of pipe tested, in feet D = nominal diameter of the pipe, in inches P = average observed test pressure of the pipe being tested as shown on the Plans or specified in Section 01410, Testing and Inspection, in pounds per square inch gauge, based on the elevation of the lowest point in the line or section under test and correction to the elevation of the test gauge. Unless othetwise specified on the Plans or in Section 01410, Testing and Inspection, the test pressure shall be 75 psi in excess of the designated working pressure specified for the class of pipe being tested. 3.12 Disinfection Disinfection shall be City of Carlsbad 01-02 (DBE) in accordance with Section 15040, Testing, Flushing and Disinfection. END OF SECTION Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15066 - PVC Pressure Pipe and Fittings (AWWA C905) - 5 of 5 SECTION 15076 CEMENT-MORTAR LINED AND COATED STEEL PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1 ,I Description This section designates the requirements for steel pipe fabrication, test in shop, installation of steel pipe, fabrication of steel sheet or plate, mill-manufactured steel pipe, bends, special pipes with outlets, pass holes, flanges and all other fittings. The cement mortar lined steel pipe shall be furnished with tape wrapped coating and a concrete mortar over coating. Steel pipe shall conform to the following except as modified by this Specification: AWWA C200 AWWA C205 AWWA C206 AWWA C207 AWWA C208 AWWA C209 AWWA C210 AWWA C213 AWS ASME AWWA C214 Steel Water Pipe 6-inches and larger Cement-mortar protective lining and coating Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe Steel Pipe Flanges Dimensions for Fabricated Fittings Cold Applied Tape Coating for the Exterior of Special Sections, Connection and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines Coal-tar epoxy coating system for interior and exterior of steel water pipelines Fusion-Bonded epoxy coating for the interior and exterior of steel water pipelines Standard Qualification Procedure for Manual Welding Operators Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Tape Coatings Systems for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipeline I .2 Related Work Described Elsewhere The Contractor shall refer to the following Specification section(s) for additional requirements: A. B. C. D. E. F. Shop Drawings and Submittals: Section 2-5.3 Trenching Earthwork: 02200 Painting and Coating: 09900 Tape Wrap and Concrete Mortar Coating: 09870 Petrolatum Wax Tape Coating: 09902 Testing, Flushing and Disinfection: 15040 City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15076 - Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe - 1 of 9 - 1.3 Submittals The Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with Section 2-5.3, Shop Drawings and - Submittals. Submittals are required for the following: - A. Submit Shop Drawings, material lists, manufacturer's literature and catalog cuts of, but not limited to, the following: Shop Drawings Fabrication Details Manufacturer's tests Protective Coatings Mill Reports or Plant Test Reports Layout Schedule Dimensional Checks - Welding Rods for Field Welding - Shop Drawings shall be submitted and approved prior to manufacture of pipe. The layout schedule shall indicate the order of installation, the length and location changes in grade, and all data on curves and bends for both horizontal and vertical alignment. B. Submit data used by the Contractor in manufacture and quality control. of each pipe section and special, the station and elevation of the pipe invert at all - - C. Test reports showing the physical properties of the rubber used in the gaskets - shall be submitted. 1.4 Pavment --- A. Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. -- B. Payment by the linear foot shall be for each diameter and for each pipe strength designation measured horizontally over the pipe centerline. - PART 2 - MATERIALS I 2.1 Pipe Desian Requirements Pipe lining and coating shall be the product of one company in the business of designing and manufacturing cement-mortar lined, tape wrapped and mortar coated steel pipe. Use of subcontractors or subcontracts to apply the lining and coating of the steel pipe is not allowed. - - The pipe shall consist of the following components: i A welded steel cylinder with joints formed integrally with the steel cylinder or with steel joint rings welded to the ends; A centrifugally-cast cement-mortar lining; A self- centering bell and spigot joint with a circular preformed elastomeric gasket, so designed that the joint will be watertight under all conditions of service; Tape wrapping of the cylinder over a dielectric coating; A dense, concentric, steel reinforced exterior cement-mortar coating. - - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 15076 - Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe - 2 of 9 c - - e c L I The Plans indicate the elevations and alignment of the pipeline, the nominal inside diameter of the lined pipe, and the minimum steel cylinder thickness or design pressure (adjusted to satisfy transient conditions). Design soil cover shall be as stated on the Plans or Specifications or, if none is stated, the amount of cover shall be scaled from the Plans. Minimum thickness of the steel cylinder shall be as shown on the Plans or, if not shown on the Plans, as determined by the following formula, except that steel thickness shall not be less than 10 gauge (0.1345-inch). t= &i P = Design pressure, in psi plus 50 psi minimum 2s S = Steel stress at design pressure, Le., 16,500 psi t = Steel cylinder thickness, in inches d = OD of steel cylinder, in inches 2.2 Steel Cylinders Materials used in fabricating steel cylinders shall be hot rolled carbon steel sheets conforming to the requirements of ASTM A53, Grade B, ASTM A570 Grade 36 or Grade 33, or steel plates conforming to the requirements of ASTM A36. The method of testing shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A570. Full penetration welds will be required. Welds may be straight or spiral seam. circumferential stress in the steel shall not exceed 16,500 psi at the design pressure. The 2.3 Cement Cement for mortar lining and coating shall be Portland Cement Type II and conform to ASTM C150, unless otherwise specified. Admixtures containing chlorides shall not be used. 2.4 Steel Bar or Wire Reinforcement Circumferential steel bar or wire reinforcement shall conform to ASTM A615, Grade 40, "Specifications for Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement". Wire fabric reinforcing for cement-mortar coatings and linings of fittings shall conform to ASTM AI 85, "Specifications for Welded Steel Wire Fabric," or ASTM A497, "Specifications for Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric." Spiral-wire reinforcement for cement-mortar coatings shall conform to ASTM A82. 2.5 Steel for Joint Rinqs Steel for bell rings shall conform to ASTM A575, "Specification for Merchant Quality Hot Rolled Carbon Steel Bars." Steel for spigot rings shall conform to ASTM A576, "Specification for Special Quality Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Bars." 2.6 Dimensions The steel pipe sizes shown on the Plans or otherwise referred to shall be'the nominal inside diameter. Unless otherwise specified, the nominal diameter shown on the Plans shall be considered to be the inside diameter after lining. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15076 - Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe - 3 of 9 - 2.7 Manufacturer's Tests - Each steel cylinder with joint rings attached and cylinders for specials shall be hydrostatically tested to a circumferential stress of at least 22,000 psi, but not more than 25,000 psi. If leaks develop during testing, the cylinder shall be repaired by welding and retested until all leaks are eliminated. - - The seams in short radius bends and special fittings shall be tested by the air-soap method fabricated from cylinders which have been previously hydrostatically tested, no further test will be required on seams so tested. Hydrostatic testing of fittings to 150% of the design pressure may replace the tests described above. Any defects revealed by any of the alternate test methods shall be repaired by using air at a pressure of 5 psi or by the dye-check method. However, if the fitting is - welding and the fitting retested until all defects have been eliminated. - 2.8 Fabrication Details Each special and each length of straight pipe shall be plainly marked at the bell end to identify the design pressure and the proper location of the pipe or special by reference to layout schedule. I Exposed portion of joint rings shall be protected from corrosion by the manufacturer's standard coating. -- The pipe shall be fitted with devices shown on the Plans to permit continuous electrical bonding of the various joints following field installation. - 2.9 Protective Coatings and Lininns All exposed metal surfaces shall be painted or coated as specified in Section 09900, Painting and Coating, except where other coatings are specified elsewhere and in this section. All steel pipe and fittings shall be cement-mortar lined in accordance with AWWA C205 and C602. Linings shall be in accordance with table below. All steel pipe and fittings for underground service shall be cement-mortar lined, taped wrapped and cement-mortar coated in accordance with AWWA C205, C214 and C602 and Section 09870 unless otherwise specified on the Plans. - - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 15076 - Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe - 4 of 9 - c For the following nominal inside diameters, the lining thickness and minimum cement-mortar coating thickness shall be as follows: Nominal Pipe Size (inches) - 4-10 12 - 18 20 -44 45 - 58 60 and over I LINING COATING Thickness Tolerance Thickness Tolerance (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) 1 14 -1 /32+1 I32 1 12 +118 1 12 -1 I1 6+118 314 +118 314 -1116+118 1 +118 318 -1 /16+1/8 518 +118 314 -l116+118 1 114 +118 2.10 Cement-Mortar Curing The pipe shall be cured by water curing, steam curing or a combination of both. Water curing and steam curing may be used interchangeably on a time ratio basis of four hours water curing to one hour of steam curing. Where steam curing is used, the pipe shall be kept in steam maintained at a temperature of 100 F to 150 F for the specified period and, where water curing is used, the pipe shall be kept continually moist by spraying or other means for the specified periods. The pipe shall not be allowed to dry either on the inside or outside surfaces during the curing period. Where water curing is used, the pipe shall be kept continuously moist for seven days at a temperature of not less than 40 F before being moved to the trench site. c c e -- Cement-mortar lining and coating of special pipe and fittings may be cured in accordance with the above provisions or by prompt application of a white-pigmented sealing compound conforming to ASTM C309. Sealing compound shall not be applied at joint ends where compound will interfere with the bond of joint mortar. c. 2.11 Special Pipe and Fittinas c The manufacturer shall furnish all fittings and special pieces required for closures, curves, bends, branches, manholes, outlets, connections for mainline valves, and other appurtenances required by the Plans. Special fittings shall be fabricated of welded steel sheet or plate, lined and coated with cement-mortar of the same type as the adjoining pipe and applied as specified for lining and coating of specials in AWWA C205 and as modified herein. Butt welding shall be used, unless othewise indicated on the Plans. - - c- Minimum centerline radius of an elbow or bend shall be as follows. The maximum deflection at a mitered girth seam shall be 22-1/2 degrees. - PiDe Size (Inches) Minimum Centerline Radius 30 - 48 51 -60 Over 60 2-112 times ID 1 O-feet 2 times ID - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15076 - Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe - 5 of 9 The circumferential stress in the sheet or plate shall not exceed 13,500 psi at the design pressure. The minimum thickness of sheet or plate shall be as follows: Fittina Diameter Ranne (Inches) Minimum Thickness of Sheet or Plate 18 and under 20 - 24 26 - 36 38 - 45 48-54 57 - 60 63 - 72 75 - 84 10 gauge 3/16" or 7 gauge 1 14" 511 6" 318" 711 6" 112" 5/8" Outlets at special fittings shall be reinforced with collars or crotch plates. If collar reinforcement is used, the outlet diameter shall not exceed 69% of the ID of the fitting. The diameter of outlets reinforced with crotch plates may equal the fitting diameter. The effective shoulder width 'W" of collars from the inside surface of the steel outlet to the outside edge of the collar measured on the surface of the cylinder shall be not less than one- third or more than one-half the ID of steel outlet. The thickness of the collar shall be not less than "T" as determined by: Pw x ID cvl. x ID outlet T= 36,000 x W where Pw is the design pressure in pounds per square inch, and all other dimensions are in inches. Collars may be oval in shape or rectangular with well-rounded corners. Outlets 3-inches in diameter and smaller may be installed without collars. The design of crotch plates shall be based upon the paper by Swanson, Chapton, Wilkinson, King, and Nelson, originally published in June 1955 issue of the Journal of the American Water Works Association and in conformance with AWWA M-I I. 2.12 Tape WraD and Mortar Coatincl (Shield) Tape wrap and mortar coating (shield) for concrete mortar lined steel pipe shall be in accordance with Section 09870. 2.13 Handlina and Shipment - Pipe and special fittings shall be handled carefully, and blocking and holddowns used during shipment shall prevent movement or shifting. Both ends of pipe and fittings on trucks or rail cars shall be bulkheaded or covered in order to prevent excessive drying of the interior lining. ._ City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 15076 - Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe - 6 of 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION c I 3.1 Installation - A. B. C. Trench Preparation: Trenching earthwork shall be carried out in accordance with Section 02200, Trenching Earthwork. Pipe laying shall be scheduled so that the bell end of the pipe faces in the direction of laying. Pipe installation on slopes steeper than 20% shall be laid in an uphill direction. Prior to laying the pipe, the bottom of the trench shall be graded and prepared to provide uniform bearing throughout the entire length of each joint of pipe. Suitable bell holes shall be excavated at each joint and a shallow lateral depression shall be scooped out half a pipe length from the last pipe laid to allow for easy removal of the belt pipe sling and thus avoid any movement of the pipe after it is placed on proper line and grade. Rubber-Ring Joints: Shall not be used. Butt-Strap Closure Joints: Butt-strap closure joints shall be completed in the trench after the pipe has been laid to the alignment and grade shown on the Plans. They should be field welded by full-circumferential fillet welds or one of the edges may be shop welded and the other field welded. Welding shall be done in the same manner as specified for welded joints. The interior of the joints shall be filled with stiff plastic mortar and finished off smoothly with the inside of the pipe. Clean the inside steel surfaces by wire brushing or power brushing. Wire mesh, 2" x 4" x No. 13 gauge, clean, and free from rust, shall be applied to the interior of the joints so that the wires on the 2- inch spacing run circumferentially around the pipe. The wires on the 4-inch spacing shall be crimped in such a manner that the mesh will be held 3/8-inch from the metal joint surface. The mesh shall be lapped a minimum of 8-inches and shall be securely wired in position. Pack the cement mortar into the recess of the joint and steel trowel finish to match the adjoining pipes. - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Cement mortar coat the exterior of closure assemblies. Clean the outside steel surfaces of the butt strap and adjoining pipes by wire brushing or power brushing. Apply the field joint tape system as specified in Section 09870 and the butt-strap detail shown on the plans. Wrap wire mesh, 2" x 4" x No.13, around the tape wrapped steel pipe, similar to mesh placement fro interior joints, and secure in place. Crimp the metal wires of the fabric or the metal lath at 4-inch spacing around the pipe to support the wire mesh 3/8-inch from the tape wrapped surface. Trowel cement mortar over the tape wrapped surface in a two coat application. Apply the scratch coat and four hours later the finish coat. The finish coat may be applied sooner if the scratch coat is hard and self supporting. The cement mortar coating shall be equal in thickness to the adjacent coatings and have no voids, cracks, or blisters. Keep the coating moist by sprinkling or spraying with water to retard drying while curing. Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15076 - Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe - 7 of 9 D. Welded Joints: Double pass welded joints shall be completed after the pipe is in final position. Welded joints shall be a lap-welded slip joint as shown on the Plans. Any recess between the bell and spigot shall be caulked with a rod to facilitate the welding. Welders assigned to the Work shall be qualified under the AWS standard qualification procedure. Joints to be welded shall be cleaned, preferably prior to placing the pipe in the trench, of all loose scale, heavy rust, paint, cement, and grease. At least a 1 /2-inch recess shall be provided between adjacent mortar-covered surfaces to place the weld. In all hand welding, the metal shall be deposited in successive layers and the minimum number of passes shall be 2. All joints shall be visually inspected and, excepting closing sections, shall undergo dye testing and hydrostatic testing, closing section shall be subjected to a dye test, or by soap solution method of testing, in accordance with AWWA C-206. After the joints have been welded, the interior joint shall be grouted with cement mortar in the same manner as specified in paragraphs E and F below. E. Interior Mortar Joints: For pipe sizes smaller than 24-inches, the bell end shall be buttered with cement mortar in a manner and quantity that will completely fill the recess between the respective linings of the two joined sections of pipe. The spigot end shall then be entered into the bell end of the adjacent pipe section the distance shown on the Shop Drawings. Immediately after joining, the pipe interior shall be swabbed to remove all excess mortar by drawing a swab or squeegee through the pipe. The pipe interior shall be inspected by a closed circuit television camera, to assure quality of internal mortar. If the quality of the internal mortar placement is unsatisfactory, as determined by the City’s representative, the pipe joint shall be cut out and replaced with a section of plain end pipe with butt straps and hand holes. Proper mortar placement shall then be performed through the hand holes. The mortar shall be allowed to harden prior to the welding of the joints. For pipe sizes 24-inches and larger, the joint recess shall be pointed from the inside with cement mortar after the backfill has been placed and compacted and the pipe permitted to take any normal settlement. The mortar shall be mixed of one part cement to one and one-half parts of sand and pointing accomplished in two or more lifts and finished off flush by steel trowel. Pipe shall be inspected visually by work persons within the pipe, to assure internal mortar quality. Each pipe joint shall be bonded to provide electrical continuity along the entire pipeline. The bond shall be made by the proper welding of pipe joints together as indicated on the Plans. F. Exterior Mortar Joints: The outside joint recess shall be grouted with cement mortar after a diaper has first been placed around the joint and tightened securely to prevent leakage while the mortar is being poured. The diaper shall be made of moisture resisting paper or heavy duty sail cloth of sufficiently close weave to prevent cement loss from the mortar. The diapers shall be hemmed on each edge -- A City of Carkbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15076 - Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe - 8 of 9 and shall contain a metal strap within each hem sufficiently longer than the circumference of the pipe to allow a secure attachment of the diaper to the pipe. The diaper width will depend upon pipe size and design and shall be the width recommended by the manufacturer. Following installation of the diapers, the joints shall be poured and rodded from one side only until the mortar comes up to the top of the diaper on the opposite side. Approximately one hour subsequent to the pouring of the joint, the joint shall be rechecked and, if any settlement, leakage or shrinkage has taken place, the joint shall be refilled with mortar. Outside joints may be grouted before or after the placement of bedding and backfill materials if those materials are to be mechanically compacted. If bedding and backfill materials are to be hydraulically densified, grout shall be poured and allowed to set before applying water. In any case, joints shall be grouted before backfill is placed over the top of the pipe. 3.2 Preventincl Foreign Matter from Entering the Pipe At all times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open end of the pipe shall be closed with a tight-fitting cap or plug to prevent the entrance of foreign matter into the pipe. These provisions shall apply during the noon hour as well as overnight. In no event shall the pipeline be used as a drain for removing water which has infiltrated into the trench. The Contractor shall maintain the inside of the pipe free from foreign materials and in a clean and sanitary condition until its acceptance by the Owner's Representative. 3.3 Handlinn of Pipe Refer to Section 09870 regarding handling of the concrete mortar lined and tape wrapped and mortar coated steel pipe. 3.4 Leakacle Test A. General: All pipelines shall be tested in accordance with Section 15040, Testing, Flushing and Disinfection, and the applicable provisions of AWWA C600, except as modified herein. B. No leakage will be allowed for welded joints. The length of pipe with welded joints will be deducted from the total length in computing the allowable leakage. All visible leaks must be repaired regardless of the results of the leakage allowance measurements. 3.5 Disinfection Disinfection shall be in accordance with Section 15040, Testing, Flushing and Disinfection. END OF SECTION - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15076 - Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe - 9 of 9 City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) SECTION 15092 MISCELLANEOUS COUPLINGS, PIPE AND APPURTENANCES PART 1 - GENERAL I .I Description All valves, couplings, and appurtenances shall conform to requirements of the standard dimensions and pressure classification of the immediately adjacent pipe, valve or appurtenance as specified. 1.2 Related Work Described Elsewhere The Contractor shall refer to the following Specification section(s) for additional requirements: A. Shop Drawings and Submittals: Section 2-5.3 B. Painting and Coating: 09900 C. Petrolatum Wax Tape Coating: 09902 1.3 Submittals Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 2-5.3, Shop Drawings and Submittals. The following submittals are required: A. Submit Shop Drawings for all miscellaneous couplings, pipe and appurtenances. Shop Drawings shall include listing of materials of construction, with ASTM reference and grade, including lining and paint coating intended for use, with lining and coating manufacturers' and paint numbers listed. 1.4 Payment Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant to and no extra payment will be made. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 Gaskets, Nuts, and Bolts Gaskets for flanged joints shall be fullface, asbestos composition sheet packing, graphited on both sides, "drop-in" type, boltholes prepunched, conforming to the requirements of ANSI B16.21 and shall be as manufactured by Crane Co., Garlock, or approved equal. Bolts and studs shall be cadmium plated and shall conform to ASTM A307, Grade B, "Steel Machine Bolts and Nuts and Tap Holes," when a ring gasket is used and shall conform to either ASTM A261, "Heat-Treated Carbon Steel Bolting Material" or ASTM AI 93, "Alloy-Steel Bolting Material for High Temperature Service," when a drop-in gasket is used. Bolts and nuts shall be heavy hexagon series. Nuts shall conform to ASTM A194, "Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure and High Temperature Service" either in Grade 1,2 or 2H. The fit shall Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15092 - Miscellaneous Couplings, Pipe and Appurtenances - 1 of 2 be ANSI 81 .I, "Unified Screw Threads," Class 2, except that Class 3 fit shall be used in holes tapped for studs. Threads may be made by either cutting or cold forming. Between 1/4-inch and 3/8-inch shall project through the nut when drawn tight. Washers shall be provided for each nut and shall be the same material as each nut. All buried flanges, including bolts, nuts and washers, shall be encased in wax tape per Section 09902. All bolt threads shall be lubricated with non-oxide grease. Flanged faces shall be wire brushed and cleaned prior to joining each flange. 2.2 Wax Tape Encasement Unless otherwise specified on the Plans, all couplings and appurtenances for underground installation shall be encased in wax tape per Section 09902. -. -, 2.3 Painting and Coating All miscellaneous couplings, pipe and appurtenances referenced in this section shall be painted and coated, interior and exterior, in accordance with Section 09900, Painting and Coating. 2.4 Flexible Couplinns Joints for which flexible couplings are required, shall be made with Baker, Smith-Blair, or approved equal, flexible couplings. Gaskets shall be plain rubber gaskets. Threads on bolts or compression collars shall be lubricated with non-oxide grease before assembling the coupling. -- For cast-iron, ductile-iron or asbestos cement pipe sizes 2-inches through 16-inches, use Baker Series 228, Smith-Blair Series 41 3, or approved equal. Transition couplings shall be Baker Series 212, Smith-Blair Series 413, or approved equal. Flanged coupling adapters for cast iron or ductile iron pipe sizes 3-inches through 12-inches shall be Baker Series 601, Smith-Blair Series 912, or approved equal. Flanged coupling adaptors for cast or ductile iron pipe greater than 12-inches shall be Baker Series 602 or Smith- Blair Series 91 3. Flanged coupling adapters for steel pipe sizes 3-inches through 24-inches shall be Baker Series 602, Smith-Blair Series 913, or approved equal. 2.5 Pipe Unions Screw unions may be employed on pipelines 2-1/2-inches in diameter and smaller. Pipes and fittings made of non-ferrous metals shall be isolated from ferrous metals by nylon insulating pipe bushings, unions or couplings manufactured by Smith-Blair, Pipe Seal and Insulator Co. or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) END OF SECTION Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15092 - Miscellaneous Couplings, Pipe and Appurtenances - 2 of 2 SECTION 151 00 VALVES -- PART I - GENERAL c 1.1 Description This section includes materials, testing, and installation of manually operated valves, check valves, air and vacuum valves, air-release valves, and combination air-release valves. - 1.2 Related Work Described Elsewhere The Contractor shall refer to the following Specification section@) for additional requirements: A. Shop Drawings and Submittals: Section 2-5.3 B. Painting and Coating: 09900 C. Petrolatum Wax Tape Coating: 09902 D. Testing, Flushing and Disinfection: 15040 1.3 Submittals Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 2-5.3, Shop Drawings and Submittals. The following submittals are required: I__- - A. Submit Shop Drawings, manufacturer's catalog data and detail construction sheets showing all valve parts and describing material of construction by material and specification (such as AISI, ASTM, SAE, or CDA). Submittal shall include valve dimensions including laying lengths, dimensions and orientation of valve operators, as installed on the valves. Submittals shall also indicate valve linings and coatings with manufacturer's and paint numbers listed. B. For valves requiring certified tests, submit certified test results. 1.4 Pavment Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 General All valves shall be new and of current manufacture. Valves shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor at the location and in accordance with the type of ends as shown on the Plans and as herein specified. All valves shall conform to Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Construction of Water Mains and these specifications. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15100-Valves-1 of6 - Valves shall be provided with stem extension if depth of valve nut exceeds 5-feet. Valve extensions shall be pinned to the valve operating nut. -. The manufacturer shall have manufactured tight-closing valves of the valve type intended for use .- for a period of at least five years. The Contractor shall furnish and install each specific type of valve from a single manufacturer I and use it throughout the Work. All valves shall have a rated working pressure of at least 150 psi. All valves shall be certified to - meet the test pressure as specified and shall have a rated working pressure that exceeds the full working pressure specified. - A. Connections: Valves shall have flanged, hub, screwed, or special connector ends as shown on the Plans. Where not indicated, the valves shall have the same type of connection as the pipeline in which valves are to be installed and conform to the Specifications. - B. Bolts, Nuts and Washers: Bolts, nuts and washers for aboveground and below - ground installations shall be cadmium plated and shall conform to ASTM A307, Grade B, "Steel Machine Bolts and Nuts and Tap Holes," when a ring gasket is used Material". Bolts and nuts shall be heavy hexagon series. Nuts shall conform to ASTM AI94, "Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure and High Temperature Service" either in Grade 1,2, or 2H. The fit shall be ANSI B1 .I, "Unified Screw Threads," Class 2, except that Class 3 fit shall be used in holes tapped for studs. Threads may be made by either cutting or cold forming. Between 1/4-inch and shall conform to either ASTM A261, "Heat-Treated Carbon Steel Bolting - - - and 3/8-inch shall project through the nut when drawn tight. I All buried bolts shall be completely coated with a wax tape coating in accordance with Section 09902. I All aboveground bolt threads shall be lubricated with graphite and oil. Flanged faces shall be wire brushed and cleaned prior to joining each flange. I C. Polyethylene Encasement: Unless othewise specified on the Plans, polyethylene encasement shall only be used for ductile iron pipe. All buried valves shall be coated - with wax tape per Section 09902 of these specifications. D. Painting and Coating: All valves referenced in this section shall be painted and - coated, interior and exterior, in accordance with Section 09900, Painting and Coating. - 2.2 Combination Air Valves Air and vacuum release valves shall be of the combination type. The combination unit shall serve the function of allowing air to enter or exit the pipe to alleviate air or vacuum conditions in the pipe. The tap for the valve shall be made in a level section of pipe no closer than 18-inches to a bell, coupling, joint, or fitting. No tap shall be permitted in any machined section of A.C.P. - -. - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 15100 -Valves - 2 of 6 -- I c _- The Buna-N seat must be fastened to the valve cover, without distortion, for drip-tight shutoff. The floats shall be heavy stainless steel, hermetically sealed; designed to withstand 1,000 psi. The top plug or float shall be center guided through hex bushings for positive shutoff. All materials of construction shall be in writing to conform to ASTM Specifications as follows: Body & Cover Cast Iron ASTM A126 GR.B Float Stainless Steel ASTM A240 Needle & Seat Buna-N Plug Bronze ASTM B124 Leverage Frame Delrin/Cast Iron ASTM D21331ASTM AI 26 G R.B A. Approved Manufacturer and Model: Combination air valves shall be APCO Models 143C, 145C, 147C, 149C, 150C, 151 C, or approved equal. 2.3 Butterflv Valves All butterfly valves shall be of the tight-closing, rubber-seat type, with rubber seats which are recess mounted and securely fastened to the valve body and in full compliance with AWWA C504. Valves shall be bubble tight at rated pressures and shall be satisfactory for applications involving valve operation after long periods of inactivity. Valve discs shall rotate 90 degrees from the full open position to the tight shut position. Valves shall meet the full structural requirements of the applicable classes of AWWA C504. Valve bodies shall be constructed of cast-iron ASTM A126, Class B unless otherwise specified on the Plans. Flange drilling shall be in accordance with ANSI B 16.1 standard for cast-iron flanges. Two trunnions for shaft bearings shall be integral with each valve body. Body thickness shall be strictly in accordance with AWWA C504. All valve discs shall be constructed of Ni-Resist Type I or high-strength cast iron in accordance with ASTM A48, Class 40. All disc seating edges shall be smooth and polished. Shafts of all valves shall be turned, ground, and polished. Valve shafts shall be constructed of 18-8, Type 304 stainless steel. Valve seats shall be of a continuous natural rubber or a synthetic rubber compound mounted on the body and a stainless steel seat mounted on the disc. Bonded-in seats must be simultaneously molded-in, vulcanized, and bonded to the body and the seat bond must withstand 75-pound pull under test pressure in accordance with ASTM D429, Method B, or seats may be mechanically retained on the disc by 18-8 Type 304 fasteners. Valve seats on valves 24-inches and larger shall be field adjustable and replaceable without dismantling operator, disc, or shaft and without removing the valve from the line. Valves employing a complete rubber liner will not be acceptable in any size. Each valve shall be provided with one or more thrust bearings in accordance with AWWA C504. Thrust bearings which utilize a ferrous metal bearing surface in direct rubbing contact with an opposing ferrous metal surface will not be acceptable. City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15100 -Valves - 3 of 6 - Valves shall be fitted with sleeve-type bearings. Bearings shall be corrosion resistant and self-lubricating. Bearing load shall not exceed 2,500 psi. - The use of a stop or lug cast integrally with or mechanically secured to the body for the purpose - of limiting disc travel by means of direct contact or interference with the valve disc in either the open or closed position will not be acceptable. - Valve operators shall be designed to hold the valve in any intermediate position between fully opened and fully closed without creeping or fluttering. - For buried service operation, valve operators shall be of the enclosed gear or screwed rod type. For non-buried service, operator shall be enclosed gear type with handwheel and valve position - indicator. Valve shall open with a counterclockwise rotation of the operator. I A. Approved Manufacturer and Model: Butterfly valves shall be Henry Pratt Company Series 650 or approved equal. Manual operator shall be Pratt MDT or approved equal. Ductile iron body butterfly valves shall be DeZurik BAW with M-Series handwheel actuator or approved equal. Gate Valves and Tappinq Valves Model 2Fll for non-buried service and Groundhog for buried service, Kennedy, BIF - - - -- 2.4 The flanges of valves may be raised or plain faced. Flanges of valves designed for a working be faced and drilled to 250-pound American Standard dimensions. I pressure of 200 psi or less shall be faced and drilled to a 125-pound American Standard dimension. Flanges of all valves designed for a working pressure of greater than 200 psi shall - Each valve body shall be tested under a test pressure equal to twice its design water working pressure, in accordance with AWWA C500. II All interior parts of valves manufactured of bronze or brass, except valve stems, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B62. Gate valve stems shall be Everdur 1012, NiVee, or Silnic, having a minimum tensile strength of 70,000 psi, a yield strength of 40,000 psi, and elongation of at least 15 percent in 2-inches. The stem is to be visibly marked so that it meets this requirement. - - All valves connecting to mains shall be flanged on the main side, unless otherwise specified. - A. Gate Valves: Gate valves shall conform to AWWA C500. Gate Valves shall be designed for a water working pressure of 150 psi and shall be iron bodied, bottom wedging, ABlP double disc with parallel seats, non-rising stem opening to the left, and provided with O-ring stem seal, and a 2-inch square operating nut for buried service and handwheel for above ground service. All interior parts of gate valves, including discs, but not including valve stems, shall be constructed of bronze - - - City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains - 15100 -Valves - 4 of 6 conforming to the requirements of ASTM B62. After the valves are assembled and tested, the manufacturer's name or symbol, the size of the valve, the year of manufacture, and the working water pressure shall be cast in the bonnet or body of the valve. Gate valves shall be furnished with ends as specified on the Plans or by the Owner's Representative. B. Approved Manufacturer and Model: Gate valves shall be Mueller Series A-2380, Clow Series 5000, or approved equal. C. Tapping Valves and Sleeves: Tapping valves shall conform to and be tested in accordance with AWWA C500 with the exception of the ends and the seat rings. The valves shall be designed for 150 psi water working pressure, and shall be iron bodied, bottom wedging, ABlP double-disc with parallel seats, opening to the left, provided with a 2-inch square operating nut, non-rising stem, and O-ring stem seal. The ends shall be flanged. The flange on one end shall have slotted bolt holes to fit all standard tapping machines. Seat rings shall be oversized to permit the use of full- size cutters. The cast-iron tapping sleeves shall be provided with mechanical joints. - D. Approved Manufacturer and Model: The tapping valve and sleeve shall be Mueller H- 600 Series and H-700 Series, or approved equal. 2.5 Miscellaneous Valves A. Corporation Stops: Corporation stops shall be manufactured of bronze conforming to ASTM 862. The inlet fitting shall be a male iron pipe thread when used with a saddle and the outlet connection shall be a flare type unless otherwise specified. Corporation stops and angle meter stops shall be in accordance with the Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Public Potable Water Mains. B. Globe Valves: Globe and angle valves shall be all brass valves of the sizes shown on the Plans and shall be in accordance with the Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for Public Potable Water Mains. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Installation - A. Flanges shall be cleaned by wire brushing before installing flanged valves. Flange bolts and nuts shall be cleaned by wire brushing, and threads lubricated with oil and graphite for above ground service, and non-oxide grease for below ground installations. Nuts shall be tightened uniformly and progressively. If flanges leak under pressure testing, nuts and bolts shall be loosened or removed, the gasket reseated or replaced, the bolts and nuts reinstalled or retightened, and joints retested. Joints shall be watertight. c City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DBE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15100 -Valves - 5 of 6 B. Threaded joints shall be cleaned by wire brushing or swabbing. Teflon joint I compound or Teflon tape shall be applied to pipe threads before installing threaded valves. Joints shall be watertight. - - C. All valve bodies, flanges and bolts shall be encased in wax tape per Section 09902. D. All valves installed shall include a valve box assembly per Carlsbad Rules and - Regulations for Construction of Water Mains. Valve boxes shall be set so that the cover is flush with the finished pavement surface. -. 3.2. Valve Pressure Testinq Valves shall be tested at the same time that the connecting pipelines are pressure tested and in accordance with Section 15040, Testing, Flushing and Disinfection. Any parts of valves, pressure shall be isolated and protected. - operators, or control and instrumentation systems whose pressure rating is less than the test - END OF SECTION City of Carlsbad 01/02 (DEE) Poinsettia Lane Domestic And Recycled Water Mains 15100 -Valves - 6 of 6 - APPENDIX A MODIFICATIONS TO SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWINGS In addtion to the City of Carlsbad Standards, the following modifications to the San Diego Regional Standard Drawings are included as part of this specification. Concrete within public right-of-way shall be 560-C-3250 minimum for all improvements. D-2 D-75 G-6 s-1 Enlarge curb inlet top to width of sidewalk (not-to-exceed 5' 6") by length of inlet including wings. Existing reinforcing steel shall be extended across enlarged top to clear distances shown. Delete "Type-A" Add: 6" x 6" x #10 x #10 welded wire mesh, instead of stucco netting. Type B-1 and B-2 curb heights shall be 8-inches with 2: 1 batter. Provide water stops (starter rings) on PVC pipe penetrations in access hole. Contractor shall spark test T-Loc liner in the presence of the inspector. Contractor to provide the test voltage required. b-Curb Line By IRlClNAl I I Length shown on plons I 4 1 IT c_lorrords outlet Determined by pip size---d'min., 8'mox. RECOUYENDEO BY ME ShN mc Approved Oote SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING S1-m -ml Kerched 12/7$ 3B Choirpdwn R.C.E, 19246 001. ORAMNG 0-2 NUMBER CURB INLET - TYPE 6 SECTION C-C NOTES SECTION A-A ..-_ 3 11405' both 7 I--B Revision By Date SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWJNG DRK;HAL KWche~ol 12/75 CATCH BASIN - TYPE F Monhole frame and cover. See drowing M-2 Elm. shown on dons REoouuoIDu) BY mE su( UEC REOWM sv*I*Im C~JW~ Ch6irp.h R.C.E. 19246 DotE OflAWlNG 0-7 NUMBER -1 1' unless shown otherwise on plons SECTION A-A SECTION 8-8 A I- L 4' J I- I PIAN ihown Ions NOTE 1. See Stondord Drowing D-1 1 for odditionol notes and details. 2. . When V exceeds 4' steps sholl be installed. See Stondord Drowing D-11 for details. 3. Exposed edges of concrete sholl be rounded with o radius of 1/2'. 4. Construct openings on both sides unlcsJ othmise shorn on plons. 5. Mointoin 1 l/Z* clear spacing beturn reinforcing and surface. LEGEND ON PUNS 1 =a= Ad PIAN diogonolly Monhok frame ond cover s~e Sld. hg. Y-3 Rounded pipe ends SECTION A-A LEGEND ON =* PLANS NOTES 1.Sce Stondord Drawing D-11 for 2.M joints sholl be st in &!is C additional notes ond detoils. mortor. 3,UI preeart camponants shall be reinforced with 1/4' diameter stad wound spirally on 4. centers. 4.Mointoin 1 1/2=c'clcar spacing betww reinforcing ond surface. 5.Concreta box shdl be 560-C-3250. 6.Exposed edges of concrete sholl be rounded with o radius of 1/2". 7.Monhde cwer to be designated 'Storm Droin'. towords outlet .- X -iT7 I BOX SECTION REINFORCEMENT -1 I 1/2" Cleomnce, Typ. 0- 0 70 2' Typicol t MPICAL BOX SECTION s t 14' 10' (Y I> I I I I / 5 .?I STEP DETAIL NOTES 1. Concrete sholl be 560-C-52% unless otherwise noted. UcxiMUU SF" MPTH THCKNESS HOR. h FLR. X or Y V T REM. 2. Reinforcing steel loll comply with this drawing unless otherwise specified. 3. Reinforcing steel shall be intermedote grade deformed bon conforming to latest AsfM specifications. 4. Bends sholl be in accordance with latest ACI code. 5. Minimum splice length for reinforcing sholl be 50 diameters. 6. Floor sholl have a wood trowel finish and, except where used os junction boxes, sholl hove o minimum 7. Depth V is measured from the top of the structure to the flowline of the box. 8. Woll thickness ond reinforcing steel required may be decrcosed in occordonce with tabla obove. 9. Wall thickness sholl be stepped on the outside of the box. 10. When the structure depth V exceeds 4 feet, steps shall be cost into the woll ot 15 inch intemls from 15 inches obove floor to within 12 inches of top of structure. Where possible ploce steps in woll without pipe opening, otherwise Over opening of smollest diometer. 11. Alternote step moy be on opproved steel reinforced polypropylene step. 12. Upon opprowl of the Agency ond the Engineer, os defined by Section 6703 of the Business ond Professions Code, the use of precost storm structures is acceptoble os on oltcrnate to cost-in-place. Precast unib sholl conform to ASTM standards and be monufoctured in o permonent facility designed for thot purpose. slope of 1 inch per foot toword the outlet. a€covuEwoEo rn Tu€ w OEM REawa SWDARDS couum By Approved Date SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING INLETS AND CLEANOUTS 3Am Kqchaval 12/75 . ,- I w--nmvwwmu Data I Choirpdron R.C.E. 19216 II 1 1 DRAMNG ~-11 NUMBER NOTES AND DETAILS I SAN DIEGO REGlONAL STANDARD DRAWING Wish By Approved Dote IRICINAL Karcheval 12/75 CURB INLET OPENING 3' Radius-, 1/K RECQMNDEO BY ME UII ea@^ STAND- CQlMlmE mirpdson s R.C.E. 19246 3& Dote DRAWING ~42 NUMBER 1 /2' Radius - 1' 0 Support Bolt NOTES 1. face angle shall be cast into structure continuous for the full lenght 'L". 2. UI exposed metal parts shall be hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication. 3. When curb inlet opening height (H) exceeds 6' install 1% steel protection bor. 4. Install additional bars at 3 1/2' clear spacing obwe first bar when opening exceeds 13". 5. When curb inlet opening length exceeds 8' install 1' I Steel suppod bdts. Vced at not more than 5' O.C. c By Approved DRlGlNAL Kerchevall2/75 - _- RECOMMENDED 6Y WE SM MEC SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWNG WING AND U TYPE HEADWALLS RE-& STNQWS C~JNM~ * Ch&rpataon R.C.E. 19246 Dale FOR 18" TO 36" PlPES DRAY"C NUMBER 0.34 3' L-8 ELRIATION NOTES: SECTION 6-8 ALT. DETAIL C 1. Concrete doll be 560-C-3250 2. Exposed corners to be chomlcred 3/4". 3. Multiple pipes to be set o distonn of 0/2, with o 1' minimum between outside diomatsrs of p'm 4. Top of heodrrdl shall be ploced approximately parollel to pmfh gmde when the grade is 3% or more. 5. Skewed pipes: Dimension W to be mcreosed in width or length due to skew or mullipk pipes. 6. For pipe dl thick= qreater than 5' use oltemote Detoil-C. LEGEND ON ==c PLANS ==E Pipe CoUor (see note 5) TI lb 1. 1 PUN I L? Note: Riprop not shown. 2-14 rebon horizontol ond verticol around fence 8- 10’ 12’ r 9 112’ 10 1f2- 7- 9 1/2- 10 1/2‘ Chonnei invert LLbL thidmar Fooslp aoa 1 LipM:aon 3’ bregote subbqse bottom ond sides 6 thick for locmng closs 9’ thick for light cbss. Filter doth NOTES 1. Mgn 2. Concrete sholl be 560-C-3250 3. Reinfacing shofl conform to fiTM Equivolent Fluid Pressure = 60 p.c.f. Maximum Outkt Vel0c;ty = 35 p.c.fs nolion A615 ond moy be grode 40 or 60. Reinforcing shall k7oced with 2’ ckor concrete cover unless noted otherwise. Splices shpll not be permitted except as indicated on the pbns. 4. For pipe grades not exceeding 20%, inlet box moybe omitted. 5. If inlet box is omitted, construct pipe cdlar os shown. 6. Unless noted otherwise. all reinforcing bor bends sholl be fobricoted with stondord hooks. 7. he foot high choin link fencing, embed post 18’ deep in woHs ond mose wi!h doss B mwtor. 6. in Sone ond Silty sad: a) Riprop ond qgregote bose cutoff won raquircd a! the end of rock apron. b) Filter cloth (Polyflltn X or equivalent) sholl be instdW on notinn soil bose. minimum of 1 11. overlops at joints. 9. Rip rop ond subbose closificotion shdl be as shown on plons. I 0 I REWUVENDED ey THE SAW mcu Revision ley SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING REQwa STAN- -ITfEE IRIGINAL Kerchevol+2/7 CONCRETE ENERGY DlSStPATOR DRAMNG 0-41 NUMBER igj 0-41 - _- . 4- I stt %c. D-D 4-14 5-14 4-14 i4 (note 3-15 J END SILL ELEVATION Symmelricol aboul c r centerline terline 1408' 1407- (note 1) HMWU ELEVATION See End Sill Ekv. I, Note 1 SECTION A-A SECTION C-C NOES __ 1. Ploce reinforcing. os noted, at center wall (or slob). 2. Molch locotii of reinforcing with that in heodwoll, 3. All reinforcing sholl be ploced with 2' concrete end sill and foundation slob. amr. unless noted otherwise. 2-18 (full ht.) SECnON D-D "n.. -.-I- ..I-*-..- I NliURFR U" -- .. . )4 L 0 C N 0 -0 C .- 'E) 'E) 0 n iT m Invert Elevation (min.) 3/4" Crushed Rock SECTION NOTES 1. For trenching on improved streets see Standard Drawing G-24 or C-25 for- resurfacing details. 2. (*) indicotes minimum relative compaction. BEU END Rwisim By Approved Dote bRlGlNAL Kerchwal 12/75 I SPIGOT END CUT' END REeaaMoD 6Y ME SAN OlEC REaf~a sT~~s WTILI SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING ROUNDED PIPE ENDS ORAIMNG D-61 IN DRAINAGE STRUCTURES NUMBER R = Thickness of pipe Foce of droinogc structure 7 Corrugated CUT' END NOTE The rounded oreos rnoy be built up of cement mortar or poured in ploce with the drainoge structure. R P lnsida diomatur Of pipe 10 r + Oate SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWfNG ORIGINAL Karchsvol 12/75 DRAINAGE DlTCHE S .- c 50' min REcQlUEMDEO BY WE UJI DE< m&mmn -m 3 L,\n..ll." NUMBER D173 I.: /- N Cut Slope 1 3" 470-C-2OOO 3' 2500 psi, air with 1 1\2' x stucco netling. rounded at the option Y Bottom may be of the controctor. 01 c .- U SI WE A WE B BROW DITCH 5' min 3' min c- TYPE D L3* 470-C-2000 concrete of Bottom may be rounded at the option of the contractor. 3' 2500 psi. air ploced concrete with 1 1\2" x 1 1/2' 17 qoge stucco netting. WE C TERRACE DITCH NOTES 1. Longitudinal slope of lined ditch shall be 2% minimum. 2. Over slope down ditches shall employ 6" thickened edge section . at both sides of ditch. LEGEND ON PLANS I 1 \ \ .- -. 4 ..A 0. i . t e TI Approved PRIGINAL Kerchcwl 12/75 4 h I RECOUYMMO BY THE UN W:cO SAN DlEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING CURB AND GUTTER - COMBINED JT*NDARDScOUYlTTEE DRAMNG ~-2 NUUER \= - -3+,( 'I\ I * with 6" Curb Face NOTES 1. Concrete shall be 520-C-2500. 2. See Stondord Drawing G-10 for joint detoils. 3. Slope top of curb l/4- per foot toword street. LEGEND ON PLANS -I 4" H 4' t 'WE A WE B Height 6", 8", or 9" as indicoted on plans TYPE C TYPE D TYPE E - Slope end of dike 1:1 when not joining other improvements ALL MeES - SIDE VIEW NOTES 1. Dike is to be placed on a 2" of A.C. road surfacing, extending throughout th width of the dike. N TYPE F APPROX. DIKE QUANTITIES TYPE I TONS/UN. FT. A B C-6" C- 8" c-9" D E F 0.02 50 0.0375 0.0375 0.0583 0.0702 0.0062 0.0407 0.0623 2. AR-8000 grade asphalt to be used for all dikes. 3. A.C. dikes moy be shaped and compacted with on extrusion mochine or other equipment capable of shopinq and cornpocting the material to the required cross section. 8- 1 kao=0.79 Sq.Ft. Revision ORIGINAL 1 ~rcwum BY ME UN ma AEGI:CIONU SfAwo- WUImE By Approved Dote SAN DlEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING Karcheval 12/75 * ChbirpUhl R.C.E. 19246 Dale W&HNG G-6 CURBS AND GUTTER - MEDIANS I NUMBER dia. Continuous Steel 8-2 ka(rx1.29 sq.n . . Dowels 0 4' C.C. min. length 8' (see note 3) Top of Pavement - '-I 'L 2' Weakened Plane Joint 8-3 ka(r=o.29 q.n NOTES 1. Concrete sholl be 520-C-2500. 2. See Stondord Drawing G-10 for joint details. 3. Extruded type E-3 curb sholl be anchored to existing pavement by placing steel dowds and reinforcing steel as shown OT using on approved adhesive. e-4 kc(rcO.35 Sq.R LEGEND ON PLANS Trpc E-2 cwb d Gutta T~ B-~,B-J, e-4 cub _- Width os shown on plan Vories - c 1/2' R r- I Weakened Pkna Joint I--- ---J I I NON-CONTIGUOUS r- i I Weakened Plone Joint f------_J 1 CONTIGUOUS NOTES 1. Concrete shall be 520-C-2500. 2. See SLandard Dtwing C-9 and C-10 for joint &toils. ;..+ - . . .. .. PUN-TYPE& /&y\ 5% maximum gutter opron slope at ramp opening See Type 8 NOTE See Standard bowing C-52 for general notes. SECTION A-A kee Detail B Std. Dwg, G-32 Slope = X:Y Remove L reconstruct Where X is level plane povement as shown on plans to provide 5% mox. Line of Curb DETAIL A DfWL B NOTES 1. The removol of existing concrete curb, gutter, sidewalk and pavement for 2. Areos shown thus: shall have o heovy broom "ripple" texture finish, 3. Areas shown thus: 1-1 ore the minimum required for a complete romp pedestrian ramp instollotion shall comply with Standard Drawing G- 1 1. transverse to oxis of ramp controsting visually with adjoining surfoces. instollation and shall be concrete class 520-C-2500. encountered, the ramp locations may be adjusted upon the opprovol of the Resident Engineer. 4. If obstructions such os inlets. utility poles, fire hydronts. etc., ore 5. Romp slope shall be o minimum grodc of 15:l. 6. The romp slopes will be measured relative to the sidewolk slope, see Detail A below. Adjoining slope beyond romp sholl not exceed 20:l (5%). I .-. L 5' CURB INLET __ 5' ~ 5' -- L. \ti. IAPPROVED I PLAN \MEET EXISTING PAVEMENT OR STREET GRADE DATE CITY OF CARLSBAD CONTINUOUS GRADE CURB FACE TRANSITIONS AND WARP AREAS SHALL NOT EXTEND INTO CURB RETURNS, DRIVEWAYS, ALLEY ENTRANCES, OR ANY OTHER CURB OPENING. DEPRESSION SHALL BE 4". SUMP CONDITION 1-1 LOCAL DEPRESSION 1- CITY ~~GINEER SUPPLEMENTAL STANDARD NO. DS-1 TEXTURED CONCRETE OR 2 INTERLOCK I NG PAVERS J z- LL - 60 ' I I a 40 40 ' 40 ' t- * w, c3 120' MIN. m I- z* 7- -- -- a z cw - ,REV. I APPROVED DATE I * NOTE: FOR STREETS REQUIRING LONGER TAPERS THE DIMENSIONS MAY BE EXTENDED IN A PROPORTIONATE MANNER CITY OF CARLSBAD MEDIAN TAPER AND DETAIL 120' TAPER W cz a J LL CURB z LINE\ 3 I 1% 'CURB 2 L I NE - I 45' FLARE CENTERLINE TEXTURED CONCRETE OR INfERLOCKlNG PAVERS U z W DETAIL NOSE FLARE NOSE FLARE GS-I1 SUPPLEMENTAL I STANDARD NO. I- - SECTION C-C ALLCASTINPUXECONCRETE WALL BE TYPE !564-0-3Ooo. Au, PIPE IN ACCESSHOCE SW BE W.C.ORVlTRIFlED a4Y PIPE AND SHALL BE JNCLUED AS PART Of ACCESSHOLE. ~SSHOLE SWE CONSTRUCTEO IN ACOORIWVCE WITH ASlMC-478. STUB OUTS SHAU WE A MfNJMUM LENGM Of 2 FEET. MAW FRAME AND x>INTS TOBESETtNCLASS'C'MORTAR. ACCESSHOLE . PIAN FRAME8rCWER INNER COI/ER TOP SloE HALF SECTION FRAME 81 WER NUES 1 .WEIGHTS: INNEROOVER = 155LBS. OUTERcmER =moLBs. FRAM€ = 3x)LBs. ‘2.MI.TTERJAL : CAST IRON; “.. 4.FlUT RAMI To BE 121: 5.IMPORTED COVERS AND FRAMES SHAU. HAVE a”TRY OF ORIGIN MARKING IN COMWANCE WITH FEDERCY, R€EUATOJS. 3. miNE SEA~S m PREVENT NOISE. SECTION A-A ’- 1- TYPICAL TRENCH SECTION WITH DIMENSK>NS AND VCP PIPE ROCK To SPRINGLINE COMPACTION ZONES. PVC. PIPE ROCK ENVELOPE W’ROCK. c I. APPENDIX B m Wl I n/ -6 c) c3 z n I - W L .. =m 0 I-z w-r +q W n 3 0 I- z 0 0 8 0 uo 0 z V \ APPENDK C Sample SWPPP . STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN for Prepared for: City of Carlsbad Public Works 1635 Faraday Avenue Carlsbad, CA 92008 Submitted by: Project Site Address: Contractor's Water Pollution Control Manager: SWPP Prepared by: S WPPP Preparation Date: ,. Contents Pane Section 100 100.1 100.2 100.3 Section 200 200.1 200.2 Section 300 300.1 300.2 300.3 300.4 300.5 Section 400 Section 500 500.1 500.2 500.3 . 500.4 500.5 500.6 500.7 500.8 500.9 Section 600 600.1 600.2 600.3 SWPPP Certifications and Approval ............................................................... 1 Initial SWPPP Certification ................................................................................. 1 SWPPP Approval ............................................................................................... 2 Annual Compliance Certification ........................................................................ 3 SWPPP Amendments ...................................................................................... 4 SWPPP Amendment Certification and Approval ................................................ 4 Amendment Log ................................................................................................. 6 Introduction and Project Description ............................................................. 7 Introduction and Project Description ................................................................... 7 Unique Site Features ......................................................................................... 7 Construction Site Estimates ............................................................................... 7 Project ScheduleMlater Pollution Control Schedule ........................................... 7 Contact Information/List of Responsible Parties ................................................. 7 References ........................................................................................................ 9 Body of SWPPP .... ......................................................................................... IO Objectives ........................................................................................................ 10 Vicinity Map ...................................................................................................... 10 Pollutant Source Identification and BMP Selection ........................................... 11 500.3.1 Inventory of Materials and Activities that May Pollute Storm Water ......................................................................... 11 500.3.2 Existing (pre-construction) Control Measures ................................... 11 500.3.3 Nature of Fill Material and Existing Data Describing the Soil ............ 12 500.3.4. Soil Stabilization (Erosion Control) ................................................... 12 500.3.5 Sediment Control ............................................................................. 13 500.3.6 Tracking Control ............................................................................... 14 500.3.7 Wind Erosion Control ....................................................................... 14 500.3.8 Non-Storm Water Control ................................................................. 14 500.3.9 Waste Management and Materials Pollution Control ........................ 15 Water Pollution Control Drawings VPCDs) ..................................................... 15 Construction BMP Maintenance, Inspection and Repair ................................... 15 Post-Construction Storm Water Management .................................................. 15 Post-Construction Control Practices ................................................. 15 Operation/Maintenance after Project Completion ............................. 16 Training ........................................................................................................... -16 List of Subcontractors ...................................................................................... 16 Other PlanslPermits ......................................................................................... 16 Monitoring Program and Reports ................................................................. 17 Site Inspections ................................................................................................ 17 Discharge Reporting ........................................................................................ 17 Record Keeping and Reports ........................................................................... 17 500.6.1 500.6.2 .I SWPPP Attachments Attachment A .................................................................................................. Vicinity Map Attachment C ....................................................................... BMP Consideration Checklist Attachment D ............................... Computation Sheet for Determining Runoff Coefficients Attachment E .......................................................... Calculations for Storm Water Run-on Attachment F... ............................................................. Notification of Construction (NOC) Attachment G . Program for Maintenance, Inspection, & Repair of Construction Site BMPs Attachment H ......................... Storm Water Quality Construction Site Inspection Checklist Attachment I .................................................................. Trained Contractor Personnel Log Attachment J ...................................................... Subcontractor Notification Letter and Log Attachment K ................................................ Notice of Discharge, Written Notice or Order Attachment L ................................................... SWPPP and Monitoring Program Checklist Attachment M ..................................................... Annual Certification of Compliance Form Attachment N ..................................................................................... Other Plans/Permits Attachment 0 ........................................................... Notice of Completion of Construction Attachment B ................................................................. Water Pollution Control Drawings _.- Section 100 SWPPP Certifications and Approval 100.1 Initial SWPPP Certification Project Name: City of Carlsbad Contract No. "1 certify under a penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to ensure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the information submitted is true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations". Contractor's Signature Date c Contractor's Name and Title Telephone Number Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) + 100.2 SWPPP Approval For City of Carlsbad Use Only City Approval and Certification of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan Project Name: City of Carlsbad Contract No. "I certify under a ,penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to ensure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the information submitted is true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations". - Engineer's Signature Date Engineer's Name Engineer's Telephone Number Page 2 -c 100.3 Annual Compliance Certification By June 15 of each year, the contractor shall submit an Annual Certification of Compliance to the Engineer stating compliance with the terms and conditions of the Permits and the SWPPP. The Annual Certification of Compliance Form and Engineer Approval form are included in Attachment M. Completed Annual Certifications of Compliance and Approvals can be found in the following pages. c Section 200 SWPPP Amendments 200.1 SWPPP Amendment Certification and Approval This SWPPP shall be amended: 0 Whenever there is a change in construction or operations which may affect the discharge of pollutants to surface waters, groundwater@), or a municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4); or 0 If any condition of the Permits is violated or the general objective of reducing or eliminating pollutants in storm water discharges has not been achieved. If the RWQCB determines that a Permit violation has occurred, the SWPPP shall be amended and implemented within 14 calendar days after notification by the RWQCB; 0 Annually, prior to the defined rainy season, when required by the project's Special Provisions; and 0 When deemed necessary by the Engineer. The amendments for this SWPPP, along with the Contractor's Certification and the Engineer's approval, can be found in the following pages. Amendments are listed in the Amendment Log in section 200.2 rz- Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Contract No. SWPPP Amendment No. Project Name: City of Carlsbad Contract No. To be Completed by Contractor "I certify under a penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to ensure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the information submitted is true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations". Contractor's Signature Date Contractor's Name and Title Telephone Number For City of Carlsbad Use On/y Engineer's Approval and Certification of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan Amendment - "I certify under a penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to ensure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the information submitted is true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations". Engineer's Signature Date Engineer's Name Engineer's Telephone Number Page 5 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPPI Contract No. c 200.2 Amendment Log Project Name: City of Carlsbad Contract No. I I I I Page 6 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Section 300 Introduction and Project Description c 300.1 Introduction and Project Description 300.2 Unique Site Features 300.3 Construction Site Estimates The following are estimates of the construction site: Construction Site Area f? Percentage impervious area before construction Percentage impervious area after construction % % Runoff coefficient before construction ('I Runoff coefficient after construction ('I Anticipated storm water flow onto the construction site (2) 300.4 Project ScheduleMlater Pollution Control Schedule .--. 300.5 Contact InformationlList of Responsible Parties The Water Pollution Control Manager (WPCM) assigned to this project is: Page 7 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Contract No. - The WPCM shall have primary responsibility and significant authority for the implementation, maintenance, inspection and amendments to the approved SWPPP. Duties of the Contractor's WPCM include, but are not limited to: 0 Ensuring full compliance with the SWPPP and the Permit 0 Implementing all elements of the SWPPP including, but not limited to: - Implementation of prompt and effective erosion and sediment control measures - Implementing all non-storm water management, and materials and waste management activities such as: monitoring discharges (dewatering, diversion devices), general site cleanup, vehicle and equipment cleaning, fueling and maintenance, spill control, ensuring that no materials other than storm water are discharged in quantities which will have an adverse effect on receiving waters or storm drain systems, etc. 0 0 0 0 ,--- 0 0 0 Pre-storm inspections Post-storm inspections Storm event inspections Preparing annual compliance certification Ensuring elimination of all unauthorized discharges The Contractor's WPCM shall be assigned authority by the Contractor to mobilize crews in order to make immediate repairs to the control measures Coordinate with the Engineer to assure all of the necessary correctionslrepairs are made immediately, and that the project complies with the SWPPP, the Permit and approved plans at all times Page 8 Storm Water Pollution Contract No. Section 400 References The following documents are made a part of this SWPPP by reference: 0 , dated 0 California Regional Water Quality Control Board Order No. 2001 -01, NPDES No. CAS01 08758, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit. 0 Caltrans Storm Water Quality Handbooks, Construction Site Best Management Practices Manual, dated November 2000. 0 Caltrans Storm Water Quality Handbooks, SWPPPNVPCP Preparation Manual, dated November 2000. 0 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Contract No. Section 500 Body of SWPPP c 500.1 Objectives This Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) has four main objectives: 0 Identify all pollutant sources, including sources of sediment that may affect the quality of storm water discharges associated with construction activity (storm water .discharges) from the construction site, and 0 Identify non-storm water discharges, and 0 Identify, construct, implement in accordance with a time schedule, and maintain Best Management Practices (BMPs) to reduce or eliminate pollutants in storm water discharges and authorized non-storm water discharges from the construction site during construction, and 0 Develop a maintenance schedule for BMPs installed during construction designed to reduce or eliminate pollutants after construction is completed (post-construction BMPs). This SWPPP conforms with the required elements of Permit No. CAS0108758 issued by the State of California, State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB). This SWPPP will be modified and amended to reflect any changes in construction or operations that may affect the discharge of pollutants from the construction site to surface waters, groundwaters, or the municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4). The SWPPP will also be amended if it is in violation of any condition of the Permit or has not achieved the general objective of reducing pollutants in storm water discharges. The SWPPP shall be readily available on-site for the duration of the project. - 500.2 Vicinity Map The construction project vicinity map showing the project location, surface water boundaries, geographic features, construction site perimeter, and general topography, is located in Attachment A. The project's Title Sheet provides more detail regarding the project location and is also included in Attachment A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan fSWPPPl Contract No. 500.3 Pollutant Source Identification and BMP Selection r 500.3.1 Inventory of Materials and Activities that May Pollute Storm Water The following is a list of construction materials that will be used and activities that will be performed that will have the potential to contribute pollutants, other than sediment, to storm water runoff (control practices for each activity are identified in the Water Pollution Control Drawings (WPCDs) and/or in sections 500.3.4 through 500.3.9: Construction activities that have the potential to contribute sediment to storm water discharges include: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 rc Attachment C lists all Best Management Practices (BMPs) that are either minimum requirements or special contract requirements, and all BMPs selected by the Contractor for this project. Implementation and location of BMPs are shown on the WPCDs in Attachment B. Narrative descriptions of BMPs to be used during the project are listed by category in each of the following SWPPP sections. 500.3.2 Existing (Pre-Construction) Control Measures The following are existing (pre-construction) control measures encountered within the project site: 0 0 0 0 0 0 Page 11 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPP) Contract No. .- 500.3.3 Nature of Fill Material and Existing Data Describing the Soil Existing site features that, as a result of past usage, may contribute pollutants to storm water (e.g., toxic materials that are known to have been treated, stored, disposed, spilled, or leaked onto the construction site) include: 500.3.4 Soil Stabilization (Erosion Control) Soil stabilization, also referred to as erosion control, consists of source control measures that are designed to prevent soil particles from detaching and becoming suspended in storm water runoff. Soil stabilization BMPs protect the soil surface by covering andlor binding soil particles. This project will incorporate minimum temporary soil stabilization requirements, temporary soil stabilization measures required by the contract documents, and other measures selected by the contractor. This project will utilize and implement the following principles for effective temporary and final soil stabilization during construction: - 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Preserve existing vegetation where required and when feasible. Apply temporary soil stabilization (erosion control) to remaining active and non-active areas as required by the Construction Site BMPs Manual and the Special Provisions. Reapply as necessary to maintain effectiveness. Implement temporary soil stabilization measures at regular intervals throughout the defined rainy season to achieve and maintain the contract's disturbed soil area requirements. When the project's Special Provisions require it, temporary soil stabilization will be implemented 20 days prior to the defined rainy season. Stabilize non-active areas within 14 days of cessation of construction activities. Control erosion in concentrated flow paths by applying erosion control blankets, erosion control seeding, and lining swales as required in the Special Provisions. Seeding will be applied either during the defined seeding window, andlor to areas deemed substantially complete by the RE during the defined rainy season. At completion of construction, apply permanent erosion control to al remaining disturbed soil areas. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Contract No. Sufficient quantities of temporary soil stabilization materials will be maintained on-site to allow implementation in conformance with Caltrans requirements and described in this SWPPP. This includes implementation requirements for active areas, non-active areas, and areas that require deployment before the onset of rain. Implementation and locations of temporary soil stabilization BMPs are shown on the Water Pollution Control Drawings (WPCDs) in Attachment B and/or described in this section. The BMP Consideration Checklist in Attachment C indicates the BMPs that will be implemented to control erosion on the construction site; these are: 0 SS-1, Scheduling 0 0 0 0 0 SS-2, Preservation of Existing Vegetation 500.3.5 Sediment Control Sediment controls are structural measures that are intended to complement and enhance the selected soil stabilization (erosion control) measures. Sediment controls are designed to intercept and settle out soil particles that have been detached and transported by the force of water. This project will incorporate minimum temporary sediment control requirements, temporary sediment control measures required by the contract documents, and other measures selected by the contractor. The temporary sediment control BMPs selected are adequate to prevent a net increase of sediment in storm water discharge relative to pre-construction levels. Sufficient quantities of temporary sediment control materials will be maintained on-site throughout the duration of the project, to allow implementation of temporary sediment controls in the event of predicted rain, and for rapid response to failures or emergencies, in conformance with other Caltrans requirements and as described in this SWPPP. This includes implementation requirements for active areas and non-active areas before the onset of rain. Implementation and locations of temporary sediment control BMPs are shown on the Water Pollution Control Drawings (WPCDs) in Attachment B. The BMP Consideration Checklist in Attachment C indicates all the BMPs that will be implemented to control sediment on the construction site, these are: 0 SC-I, Silt Fence 0 0 0 0 0 0 SC-7, Street Sweeping and Vacuuming SC-10, Storm Drain Inlet Protection 500.3.6 Tracking Control 1 The following BMPs have been selected to reduce sediment tracking from the construction site onto private or public roads: 0 SC-7, Street Sweeping and Vacuuming 0 0 500.3.7 Wind Erosion Control The following BMPs .have been selected to control dust from the construction site: 0 0 0 WE-I , Wind Erosion Control 500.3.8 Non-Storm Water Control - An inventory of construction activities and potential non-storm water discharges is provided in Section 5.3.1. The BMP Consideration Checklist in Attachment C and the following list indicates the BMPs that have been selected to control non-storm water pollution on the construction site. Implementation and locations of some non-storm water control BMPs are shown on the Water Pollution Control Drawings (WPCDs) in Attachment B. A narrative description of each BMP follows: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NS-6, illicit Connection/lllegal Discharge Detection and Reporting NS-8, Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning NS-9, Vehicle and Equipment Fueling NS-I 0, Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) - 500.3.9 Waste Management and Materials Pollution Control An inventory of construction activities, materials, and wastes is provided in Section 5.3.1. The BMP Consideration Checklist in Attachment C and the following list indicates the BMPs that have been selected to handle materials and control construction site waste. A narrative description of each BMP follows. 0 WM-1, Material Delivery and Storage 0 WM-2, Material Use 0 WM-4, Spill Prevention and Control 0 WM-5, Solid Waste Management 0 WM-9, Sanitary/Septic Waste Management 0 0 0 0 500.4 The Water Pollution Control Drawings can be found in Attachment B of the SWPPP. Water Pollution Control Drawings (WPCDs) c 500.5 Construction BMP Maintenance, Inspection and Repair A program for Maintenance, Inspection and Repair of BMPs is shown in Attachment G. 500.6 Post-Construction Storm Water Management 500.6.1 Post-Construction Control Practices The following are the post-construction BMPs that are to be used at this construction site after all construction is complete: 0 0 0 0 0 0 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Pian (SWPPP) 500.6.2 OperationlMaintenance after Project Completion - The post-construction BMPs that are described above will be funded and maintained as follows: Short term funding: Long term funding: 500.7 Training Section 300.5 shows the name of the Contractor's Water Pollution Control Manager (WPCM). This person has received the following training: The training log showing formal and informal training of various personnel is shown in Attachment I. This SWPPP was DreDared bv 500.8 List of Subcontractors All contractors and subcontractors will be notified of the requirement for storm water management measures during the project. a list of contractors will be maintained and included in the SWPPP. If subcontractors change during the project, the list will be updated accordingly. The subcontractor notification letter and log is included in the SWPPP as Attachment J. 500.9 Other PlanslPermits Attachment N includes copies of other local, state, and federal plans and permits. Following is a list of the plans and permits included in Attachment N: 0 California Regional Water Quality Control Board Order No. 2000-01, NPDES No. CAS01 08758, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit. 0 0 0 - Page 16 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Contract No. Section 600 Monitoring Program and Reports c 600.1 Site Inspections The Contractor will inspect the site prior to a forecast storm, after a rain event that causes runoff from the construction site, at 24-hour intervals during extended rain events, and as specified in the project Special Provisions. The results of all inspections and assessments will be documented and cop8ies of the completed inspection checklists will be maintained with the SWPPP. Site inspections conducted for monitoring purposes will be performed using the inspection checklist shown in Attachment H. The name(s) and contact number@) of the assigned inspection personnel are listed below: 600.2 Discharge Reporting If a discharge occurs or if the project receives a written notice or order from any regulatory agency, the Contractor will immediately notify the Engineer and will file a written report to,the Engineer within 7 days of the discharge event, notice, or order. Corrective measures will be implemented immediately following the discharge, notice or order. A sample discharge form is provided in Attachment K. The report to the Engineer will contain the following items: c 0 The date, time, location, nature of operation, and type of unauthorized discharge, including the cause or nature of the notice or order; 0 The control measures (BMPs) deployed before the discharge event, or prior to receiving notice or order: 0 The date of deployment and type of control measures (BMPs) deployed after the discharge event, or after receiving the notice or order, including additional measures installed or planned to reduce or prevent re-occurrence; and 0 An implementation and maintenance schedule for any affected BMPs. 600.3 Record Keeping and Reports Records shall be retained for a minimum of three years for the following items: 0 Site inspections 0 Compliance certifications 0 Discharge reports 0 Approved SWPPP document and amendments Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment A Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 7 (Clearing) Contract No 3190 c ATTACHMENT A VICINITY MAP 'CT SIT E ViCINiTY MAP NO SCALE Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment A Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No 3790 VICINITY MAP "A" .... . - .- ._ ....... -_ - - ....... ... . ......... ....... ............... Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWff)-Attachment 8 Rancho Santa fe Road North, Phase 7 (Clearing) Contract No 3790 rc ATTACHMENT B WATER POLLUTION CONTROL DRAWINGS Attachment B c Modifications to the Caltrans Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual The contract documents for the South Agua Hedionda Interceptor Phase Ill Reach II shall be comprised of the current edition of the Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual published by Caltrans and as modified by the additions and substitutions listed below: Modifications to the Construction Site Best Manaqement Practices: Delete all references to Resident Engineer (RE) and replace with Engineer (E). Replace all references to Section 7-1.13 of the Standard Specifications and replace with Section 7-10.2 and 300-1.3 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC). Replace all references to Section 7-10 of the Standard Specifications and replace with Section 7-8.1 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC). Replace all references to Section 15-1.02 of the Standard Specifications and replace with Section 7-9 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC). Replace all references to Section 15-3.02 of the Standard Specifications and replace with Section 300-1.3 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC). - Delete all references to highway. ss-1: sc-5: sc-I 0: ss-2: NS-2: WM-8: I -- Delete any reference to seeding and revegetation. The work associated with this project shall occur entirely within the paved portion of the right-of-way. Add the following to Appropriate Applications May be used for inlet protection Replace the following under Removal Fiber rolls will not be left in place Delete "If fiber rolls removed" and replace with "After fiber roll removal" Delete all references to sandbags and replace with gravel bags. Delete reference to Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESAs) and replace with Environmentally Sensitive Habitat Areas (ESHAs). Reporting: Replace District Storm Water Coordinator with Environmental Programs Manager. Temporary Concrete Washout Facility (Type Above Grade). Delete reference to Section 12-3.04 "Portable delineators and replace with Flexible base glue down delineators and shall meet the following specifications: Post: Page B-1 I WM-1 0: Appropriate applications: Add the following: Flushing of pipelines All pipeline flushing shall be into a desiltation basin. Contractor shall supply method to remove HDPE shaving that may be in the pipe prior to discharge from the basin and provide a method to remove shavings from the basin. Page 8-2 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (S WPPP)-Attachment C Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No. 3190 ATTACHMENT C BMP CONSIDERATION CHECKLIST ERRECA’S INC. H:Ukrign Divirion\SWPPP\SWPPP_ATTACHMWTI doc0 1/08/03 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPP PI-Attachment C Rancho Sanra Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No. 3190 -~ SS-7 SS-8 c- Geotextile, Plastic Control BlanketslMats (1) Covers, & Erosion .I Wood Mulching 4 (1) CONSTRUCTION SITE BMPS CONSIDERATION CHECKLIST The Contractor shall consider using all BMPs listed hereon. Those BMPs that are not included in the SWPPP shall be checked as “Not Used” with a brief statement describing why it is not being used. All selected BMPs shall be included in the Schedule of Values, except for those items shown on the plans and paid for as a separate item or work 4 . - - . . - . - . . . (1 I SS-5 I Soil Binders stabilizing measur& will be implemented as parts of project complete Alternate temporary soil SS-9 SS-IO SS-I 1 Earth Dikeddrainage Swales & Lined Ditches Outlet Protection/ Velocity Dissipation Devices Slope Drains The Contractor shall select one of the five measures I ~~ CHECK IC I ~~~~$ [ IF NOT USED, STATE II REASON 11- IYU I USED I USED ,,/ Clearing Contract will remove all existing vegetation from project site. Provisions have been included in project plans 8 specifications for application of BFM to disturbed areas within 10 days .I Alternate temporaysoil stabilizing measures will be implemented as parts of project complete. Alternate temporary soil stabilizing measures will be implemented as parts of project complete. Alternate temporary soil Stabilizing measures will be implemented as parts of I I project complete. 1 Alternate temoorarv soil stabilizing measures will be Natural drainage water courses will be preserved, concentrated flows will be checked at exit points from project site. Alternate temporary 4 concentrated flow control measures will be implemented as parts of project complete. ited or a combination thereof to achieve and maintain the contract’s rainy season disturbed soil area (DSA) requirements. Not all minimum requirements may be applicable to every project. Applicability to a specific project shall be verified by the Contractor or determined by Construction Manager. ERRECA’S INC. H:U)uign Divirion\SWPPP\SWePP-A~AC~E~s.~ 1/08/03 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWffP)-Attachment C Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase I (Clearing1 ~~ ~ ~~ ~~~ ~ CONSTRUCTION SITE BMPS CONSIDERATION CHECKLIST The Contractor shall consider using all BMPs listed hereon. Those BMPs that are not included in the SWPPP shall be checked as “Not Used” with a brief statement describing why it is not being used. All selected BMPs shall be included in the Schedule of Values, except for those items shown on the plans and paid for as a separate item or work measures will be permanent sediment control measures will be Storm Drain Inlet Prntectian I Stabilized Construction V V Entrance/ Exit Stabilized Construction Roadway Wash , TC-l TC-2 TC-3 Continued maintenance, monitoring of BMPs TC-1, Entrance/Outlet Tire .I TC-2 & SC-7. (*) Not all minimum requirements may be applicabg to every project. Applicability to a specific project shall be verified by the Contractor or determined by Construction Manager. ~ ERRECA’S INC. HWign Divirion\SWPPP\SWPPF-ATTACHMEKTl.dod)llUB Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPP)-Amchment C Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No. 3790 NS-3 NS-4 CONSTRUCTION SITE BMPS Paving and Grinding 4 No paving operations for Temporary Stream .I No stream crossing Operations this project. Crossing required for this project. CONSIDERATION CHECKLIST The Contractor shall consider using all BMPs listed hereon. Those BMPs that are not included in the SWPPP shall be checked as "Not Used" with a brief statement describing why it is not being used. All selected BMPs shall be included in the Schedule of Values, except for those items shown on the plans and paid for as a separate item or work 4 NS-5 Clear Water Diversion NS-2 1 Dewatering Operations 1 No diversion required for this proiect. No dewatering operations for this project. NS-6 NS-7 .. Illicit Connectionllllegal .I .I Discharge Detection And Reporting Potable Water/lrrigatioi .I NS-8 No vehiclc cleaning t Vehicle and Equipment 4 Cleaning on the pr~,,~~. NS-10 Vehicle and Equipment d .I 4 4 Fueling Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance (2) Not all minimum requirements may be applicable to every project. Applicability to a specific project shall be verified by the Contractor or determined by Construction Manager. Storm Water Pollution Prevention PIan (SWPPP)-Attachment C Rancho Santa Fe RoadNorth, Phase 7 (Crearing) Contract No. 3790 CONSTRUCTION SITE BMPS I BMr No. CONSIDERATION CHECKLIST The Contractor shall consider using all BMPs listed hereon. Those BMPs that are not included in the SWPPP shall BMP REQUIREMENT CONTRACT (2) REQUIREMENT I be checked as "Not Used" with a brief statement describing why it is not being used. All selected BMPs shall be included in the Schedule of Values, except for those items shown on the plans and paid for as a separate item or work WM-5 Solid Waste Manaaement I Material Delivery and Storane WM-1 I WM-6 wM-7 W'-8 WM-9 Y WM-2 I Material Use I I Hazardous Waste Management Contaminated Soil Management Concrete Waste Management SanitaryISeptic Waste Manaaement 4 I Asphalt Concrete WM-3 1 Stockpiles I Spill Prevention and Control WM-4 I Liquid Waste WM-lo I Management . I ultLn 'I- IF NOT USED, STATE cglF 1 USED 1 REASON I I ,/ 1 Amendmeaddedif material to be stored on- site .I No AC will be stockpile will be required for this 4 No concrete will be will be required for this prom. (2) Not all minimum requirements may be applicable to every project. Applicability to a specific project shall be verified by the Contractor or determined by Construction Manager. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment D Rancho Santa Fe Road horul, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No. 3190 L ATTACHMENT D COMPUTATION SHEET FOR DETERMINING RUNOFF COEFFICIENTS ~ ERRECA’S INC. HU)+rign Divirion\SWPPP\SWPPP_ATrAC”Tl.dod)l/O3 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment D Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No. 3190 c Total Site Area = 61.5 acres (A) Existing Site Conditions Impervious Site Area ' = 3 7 mes (B) Impervious Site Area Runoff Coefficient 2s4 = 0.95 (C) Pervious Site Area = 58.3 acres (D) Pervious Site Area Runoff Coefficient = 0.45 (E) Existing Site Area Runoff Coefficient lB c, + (D X El = 0.48 (F) (A) Proposed Site Conditions (after construction) Impervious Site Area ' = 3.2 acres (GI Impervious Site Area Runoff Coefficient 204 = 0.95 (HI (1) Pervious Site Area Runoff Coefficient = 0.55 (J) Pervious Site Area = 58.3 acres Existing Site Area Runoff Coefficient lG + (I '1 = 0.57 (K) (A) 1. Includes paved areas, areas covered by buildings, and other impervious surfaces. 2. Use 0.95 unless lower or higher runoff coefficient can be verified. 3. Includes areas of vegetation, most unpaved or uncovered soil surfaces, and other pervious areas. 4. See the table on the following page for typical C values. ERRECA'S INC. H.\Duign Divirion\SWPPP\SWPPP_ATTAC~E~s.dod) 1/08/03 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment D Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 7 (Clearing) RUNOFF COEFFICIENTS IitdTlONAL METHOD1 Single fsmilv .40 e45 .50 *55 MulfiUnits ;45 so .60 .70 Mcbk Homes .45 .50 .Ii5 -65 Rursl [lots area.tw tiwn 112 acre) ,312 .3S -40 .48 Commercial JZ' 80% Impervtous .70 .75 a80 e85 industrial 'zl 90% hperviorx NOW: ni PI St$ Group maps ate awaitable ar the of6css ~f the Oemfrment of Public Works, Where actual conditions deuiate significsndy horn tho rabulsted imperviolrsness values of 80% or 90%. the Values&en for GoeFticienr C, may be revised by mulriplying 30% or 90% by the ratio of actual impervbumss to the xsbwlatad imperviousness. HowEver, inm case shall the final Poefficient be less than 0.50. Fat exempte: Candder cornrnorai& property on D soil group. Amud imperviousness = 50% fsbulated iaperviausness = 8W Rauised C = Ux 0.85 = h53 80 APPENDIX IX Updated 4/93 ERRECA'S INC. H:Xk$ign Divirioo\SWPPP\SWPPP_A1TAC"Tl.dodllK) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (S WPPP)-Attachment E Rancho Santa Fe RoadNorth, Phase 1 (Clearing) c ATTACHMENT E ?-- COMPUTATIONAL SHEET FOR DETERMINING RUN-ON DISCHARGES ERRECA'S INC. HUkrign Divi*on\sWppp\sWPP-A7TAC"Ts.doUl IMW03 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPP)-Attachment E Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No. 3190 #-- Existing Site Conditions Area Runoff Coefficient = 0.45 (A) Area Rainfall Intensity = 1.96 inches/hr (B) Drainage Area = 138 acres (C) Site Area Run-on Discharge 1.008x(A)x(B)x(C) = 121.72cfs (D) Q = 1.008 CIA Tc = (1 1.9 x L3 / H)0.385 Use average Tc for largest and smallest offsite areas: Area 1: 92.3 acres L= 0.89 mi. H= 6Oft. Tc =( 1 1.9 x (0.89)3 I 60)0.385 = 0.469 hrs. Area 2: 0.75 acres L= 0.05 mi. H= 12’ Tc =( 11.9 x (0.0q3 / I 2)0.385 = 0.031 hrs. Ave. = (0.469+0.031)/2 = .250 hrs. + (10min. for natural watersheds) 0.167hrs. = 0.417 hrs. P2 = 2.1 incheslhr. (from County of San Diego 2-year 24 hour Precipitation Chart I = 7.44 (2.1)(0.417~60) -0.645 = 1.96 inchedhr. Q.= 1.008~(0.45)~(1.96)~(138) = 121.72 cfs Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (S WPPP)-Attachment E Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) COUNTY OF SAN DIECO DEPARMENT OF SAlYITAfION & FLOOD CONTROL 40- ISOPIUVIALS OF 2-YEAR 24-HOUR ERRECA'S INC. H:\Daign Divition\SWPPP\S~PP-A~ACPPP_ATTAC"T,.dom 1 MS/OI . Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPP)-Attachment E Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Crearing) Contract No. 31 90 /-- I 3. HYDROLOGY 3.J DESIGN Cm Q = 1.008 C I A, whut Q =;discharge, in cubic feet pr second. C= caefficient af nmoff, whcce C = 1.0 fdr pwcmcnt & 0.90 for find cot slopes (come C vatu& w~re calculated For mwt bf%site or cwnposite watcrshzdr). 4 i ERRECA’S INC. HUhign Diwrion\sWppRsWPPP-AlT~C”Ts doso1x18/03 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPP)-Attachment E Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No. 3190 L a- .C c 7 E _I R a W E E - u +J V c 0 rn W LL c. L W VI a4 0 u -r- n I &Hour Precipitation (inches) 0 II U V al W In b- m N '0 v) 0 0 m 0 N tc, .- 0 c I. m L 3 0 I , ERRECA'S INC. H:\Dwign Divirion\SWPPRSWPPP-A~A~~s.~1/0&r)3 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment f Rancho Santa fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No. 3190 <- ATTACHMENT F NOTICE OF INTENT (NOI) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPP)-Attachment G Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No. 3790 ATTACHMENT G - PROGRAM FOR MAINTENANCE, INSPECTION, AND REPAIR OF CONSTRUCTION SITE BMPs ERRECA’S INC. Hbign Divi,ion\SWPPP\SWC~~.~lm~3 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPP)-Attachment G Rancho Santa Fe RoadNorth, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No. 3190 The contractor shall use the followina cruidelines for maintenance, inspection. and repair of BMPs BEST MANAGEMENT SS-4 Hydraulic Mulch SS-10 Outlet Protection 1 Velocity Dissipation Devices ideitked in the S WPPP/V INSPECTION FREQUENCY (all controls) Weekly Prior to forecast storm As planned slope areas are substantially complete or prior to 21 days of exposure. Bi-Weekly Prior to forecast storm After a rain event -. ’CP MA1 NTENANC E/REPAI R PROGRAM 0 Construction schedule will reflect a plan to avoid any area from remaining exposed for longer than 21 days. If a grading or excavation operation is scheduled and there is an anticipated storm event, adjustments will be made so that the operation can finish before, or it will be postponed. All major grading operations area planned to complete prior to rainy season 2001-2002. Areas that are not adequately covered may require additional applications as deemed necessary. Rock slope protection which is proposed for this project will be inspected for damage or accumulation of silts and cleared as necessary. ERRECA’S INC. Hbign Divirion\SWPPP\SWPPP_ATTAC”Tr.dod) 1/08/03 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachrnent G Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 7 (Clearing) Contract No. 3790 _-- The contractor shall use the following guidelines for maintenance, inspection, and repair of BMPs BEST MANAGEMENT 32-4 CheckDam 32-8 Sandbag Barrier 32-6 Sandbag Berm 32-10 Storm Drain Inlet Protection SC-7 Street Sweeping and Vacuuming WE-I Wind Erosion Control ident8ed in the SWPPPM INSPECTION FREQUENCY (all controls) Bi-Week1 y Prior to forecast storm After a rain event that causes runoff From the construction site At 24-hour intervals during extended rain events Weekly Mer a rain event that causes runoff from construction site onto adjacent streets As necessary Daily 'CP MA1 NTENANCElREPAl R PROGRAM Remove, dispose, and replace damaged, ~ deteriorated, or otherwise unsuitable BMPs 0 Repair any slope damage as soon as weather conditions permit. Replace tom sand bags as required. 0 Replace tom sections of silt fences. Re-key bottom of fences as needed. 0 Remove retained sediments before they reach 1/3 of the barrier height or % of the sediment holding capacity 0 Clean and dispose of accumulated sediment deposited in sediment traps around drainage inlets; re-secure silt fence as needed Remove BMPs when no longer needed, as directed by Engineer, Repair slopes/surfaces damaged by BMP removal. Inspect site access points daily. Sweep tracked sediment. Maintain water trucks and water distribution equipment in good order and fix leaks immediately Increase frequency of application of water should weather conditions become dry and hot. ERRECA'S INC. H:\Doien Divirion\SWPPP\SWPPP-A~AC"Tl.docOl/OB3 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPP)-Attachment G Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase i (Clearing) Contract No. 3190 The contractor shall use the following guidelines for maintenance, inspection, and repair of BMPs BEST MANAGEMENT SC-7 Street Sweeping and Vacuuming TC-1 Stabilized Construction EntrancelExit TC-2 Stabilized Construction Roadway Discharge Detectionand Reporting NS-9 Vehicle and Equipment Fueling NS-10 Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance NS-1 Water Conservation Practices identified in the S WPPPM INSPECTION FREQUENCY Weekly Prior to forecast storm After a rain event that causes runoff from the construction site At 24-hour intervals during extended rain events As necessary Weekly 'CP MAINTENANCEIREPAIR PROGRAM Replace Gravel as Necessary. Remove excessive soil accumulation. Sweep surrounding areas. Inspect site access points daily. Sweep tracked sediment. Inspect areas of stablized roadway, replace and restore stabilizing material. Maintain material in designated areas, prevent dispersment by collecting material before. Inspect stabilizing material for accumulation of sediment, replace if depth of sediment renders present material ineffective. Inspect site during project execution for evidence of illicit discharges or illegal dumping. Observe site perimeter for evidence or potential of illicitly discharged or illegally dumped material, which may enter the job site. Notify the Resident Engineer of any illicit discharges or illegal dumping incidents at the time of discovery. Remove, dispose and replace damaged, deteriorated, or otherwise unsuitable BMPs Remove vehicles and/or equipment that leak. Replace drip pans or absorbent materials as needed. Restock spill materials. Remove BMPs when no longer needed, as directed by the Engineer. Repair slopes/surfaces damaged by BMP removal ...- ERRECA'S INC. H:W!gn Divirion\SWPPP\SWPPP-A~ACHMEKTl.dod) 1/08/03 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment G Rancho Santa Fe Road Nom, Phase 7 (Clearing) contract NO. 3190 The contractor shall use the following guidelines for maintenance, inspection, and repair of BMPs identified in the SWPPPM BEST MANAGEMENT I INSPECTION FREQUENCY WM-1 Material Delivery and Weekly WM-2 Material Use WM-4 Spill Prevention and WM-5 Solid Waste Management WM-6 Hazardous Waste Management WM-7 Contaminated Soil Management WM-9 SanitaryEeptic Waste Prior to forecast storm After a rain event that causes runoff from the construction site At 24-hour intervals during extended rain events Storage Control 'CP MA1 NTENANCEIREPAI R PROGRAM Keep storage areas clean, well organized, and equipped with ample clean-up supplies as appropriate for the materials stored Repair or replace perimeter controls, containment structures, covers and liners as needed to maintain proper function and protection Properly remove and dispose accumulated rainwater from containment facilities Covers any stockpiles with appropriate mats or covers. Maintain waste fluid containers in leak proof condition. Repair or replace dumpsters that leak Provide timely service and removal to prevent dumpsters and sanitary facilities from overflowing. Schedule Refuse Contractor to pick up waste containers weekly. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPfP)-Attachment H Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase I (Clearing) Contact No. 3190 - ATTACHMENT H STORM WATER QUALITY CONSTRUCTION SITE INSPECTION CHECKLIST Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment H Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No. 3190 - Contractor Inspector's Name GENERAL INFORMATION Project Name I Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase I (Clearing) I ERRECAS INC. City of Carlsbad 13190 Contract No Inspector's Title Signature Date of Inspection Inspection Type (Check Applicable) 0 Prior to forecast rain 0 24-hr intervals during extended rain 0 Other 0 After a rain event ~~ Season (Check Applicable) 0 Rainy 0 Non-Rainy Storm Data PROJECT AREA SUMMARY AND DISTURBED SOIL AREA (DSA) SIZE LIMITS FROM SPECIAL PROVISIONS Total Project Area Hectares Acres Stom Start Date 8 Time: Time elapsed since last storm (Circle Applicable Units) Min. Hr. Days Amount(mm) Storm Duration (hrs): Approximate Rainfall Rainy Season DSA Limit Hectares Acres -~ Acres Field Estimate of Active DSAs Hectares .. I OTHER REQUIREMENTS I Preservation of Existing Vegetation I I I Is temDorarv fencing provided to preserve vegetation in areas I I where'no &nstructhn activity is planned? ~ I 1 I ! I Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment H Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No. 3190 A visible erosion? I OTHER REQUIREMENTS 1 Location: Temporary Soil Stabilization Does the applied temporary soil stabilization provide 100% Coverage for the required areas? Are any non-vegetation areas that may require temporary soil stabilization? Is the area where temporary soil stabilization required free from Location: Location: Location: Location: Temporary Linear Sediment Barriers Are temporary linear sediment barriers properly installed in accordance with the details, functional and maintained? Are temporary linear sediment barriers free of accumulated Location: Location: Location: Desilting Basins Are basins maintained to provide the required retentionldetention? Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (S WPPP)-Attachment H Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No. 3190 - OTHER REQUIREMENTS I I 4re basin controls (inlets, outlets, diversions, weir, spillways, and .ads) in working order? II -0cation: I I I I I ncation: Location: Location: ,ocation: ~ ~~~~~ Stockpiles \re all locations of temporary stockpiles, including soil, qazardous waste, and construction materials in approved areas? Gstockpiles protected from run-on, run-off from adjacent areas and from winds? 4re stockpiles located at least 15 m from concentrated flows, downstream drainage courses and storm drain inlets? 4re required covers andlor perimeter controls in place? Location: Location: I 1-1- 71 ~ ~~ ~ Location: Location: Concentrated Flows Are concentrated flow paths free of visible erosion? Location: Location: Location: Location: I I I I Tracking Control I I I I I ~~ Are points of ingresslegress to publidprivate roads inspected and swept and vacuumed daily? Are all paved areas free of visible sediment tracking or other particulate matter? Location: Location: Location: ~ ~- I I I I- Location: Wind Erosion Control Is dust control implemented in conformance with Section of the Standard Specifications? Location: Location: ERRECA’S INC. H:Wp Divirion\SWPP\SWPPP-AlTAC”Tr.doc01103 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPP)-Attachment H Rancho Santa fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No. 3790 Location: Location: I - Dewatering Operations Is dewatering handled in conformance with the dewatering permit issued by the RWQCB? Is required treatment provided for dewatering effluent? Location: Location: __ Location: Location: Vehicle & Equipment Fueling, Cleaning, and Maintenance Are vehicle and equipment fueling, cleaning and maintenance areas reasonably clean and free of spills, leaks, or any other deleterious material? Are vehicle and equipment fueling, cleaning and maintenance activities performed on an impermeable surface in dedicated areas? If no, are drip pans used? ~~ Are dedicated fueling, cleaning, and maintenance areas located at least 15 m away from downstream drainage facilities and water courses and protected from run-on and run-off? I ll ~~ Is wash water contained for infiltration/evaporation and disposed of outside the highway right of way? Is on-site cleaning limited to washing with water (no soap, soaps substitutes. solvents, or stream)? On each day of use, are vehicles and equipment inspected for leaks and if necessary, repaired? Location: I 1 I I I Location: I I Location: Location: Waste Management & Materials Pollution Control Are material storage areas and washout areas protected from run-on and run-off, and located at least 15 m from concentrated flows and downstream drainage facilities? Are all material handling and storage areas clean; organized; 1 free of spills, leaks, or any other deleterious material; and 1 stocked with appropriate clean-up supplies? Are liquid materials, hazardous materials, and hazardous wastes stored in temporary containment facilities? 1 Are bagged and boxed materials stored on pallets? 1 Are hazardous materials and wastes stored in appropriate, I labeled containers? ERRECA'S INC. Hbip Division\SWPPP\SWPPP-A~ACATTAC"TI.Qd) 1/08/03 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPP)-Attachment H Rancho Santa fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No. 3190 OTHER REQUIREMENTS I I Are proper storage, clean-up, and spill-reporting procedures for hazardous materials and waste posted in open, conspicuous and accessible locations adjacent to storage areas? Are temporary containment facilities and baggedlboxed materials I Are temporary containment facilities free of spills and rainwater? I covered? I Are temporary concrete washout facilities designated and being used? Are temporary concrete washout facilities functional for receiving and containing concrete waste and are concrete residues prevented from entering the drainage system? Do temporary concrete washout facilities provide sufficient volume and freeboard for planned concrete operations? Are concrete waste, including residues from cutting and grinding, facilities Are splits from mobile equipment fueling and maintenance properly contained and cleaned up? Is the site free of liter? Are trash receptacles provided in the Contractor's yard field trailer areas, and at locations where workers congregate for lunch and break periods? Is litter from work areas within the construction limits of the project site collected and placed in watertight dumpster? Are waste management receptacles free of leaks? Are the contents of Waste management receptacles properly protected from contact with storm water or from being dislodged by winds? Are waste management receptacles filled at or beyond capacity? Location: Location: Location: Location: Temporary Water Body Crossing or Encroachment Are temporary water body crossing and encroachments constructed as shown on the plans or as approved by the engineer? Does the project conform to the requirements of the 404 permit andlor 1601 agreement? Location: Location: Location: Location: Illicit Connectionllllegal Discharge Detection and Reporting I I 1 I I contained and disposed Of off-site or in concrete washout I I ERRECA'S INC. H\Daign Dividon\SWPPP\SWPPP-A~AC"Tr.dod) 1/08/03 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (S WPPP)-Attachment H Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 7 (Clearing) Contract No. 3190 Are discharge points and discharge flows free noticeable pollutants? Are discharge points free of any significant erosion or sediment transport? Location: Location: Location: WPCPlSWPPP Update Does the WPCPISWPPP, Project Schedule/ Water Pollution Control Schedule and WPCDs adequately reflect the current site conditions and contractor operations? Are all BMP's shown location@) and according to the details for the plan? Location: OTHER REQUIREMENTS on;---- Is there any evidence of illicit discharges or illegal dumping on the project site? If yes, has the Engineer been notified? Location: Location: Location: Location: Location: Location: - I Discharge Points I I I I I ERRECA'S INC. HUkrign Divi~ion\SWPPP\SWPPAC~E~s.~ I108103 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (S WPPPJ-Attachment I Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 7 (Clearing) Contract No. 3190 - ATTACHMENT i TRAINED CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL LOG Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment I Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 7 (Clearing) Contract No. 3190 John Bartlett Erreca’s Inc. Duff Joseph Erreca’s Inc. George Spriz Erreca’s Inc. Ken Pilkington Erreca’s Inc. Tye Moodi Erreca’s Inc. Storm Water Management Training Log 61 9-390-6400 61 9-390-6400 61 9-390-6400 61 9-390-6400 61 9-390-6400 Project Name: City of Carsbad Number: Storm Water Management Topic: (check as appropriate) Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase I (Clearin& 31 90 Temporary Soil Stabilization Temporary Sediment Control Wind Erosion Control Tracking Control Ix) Non-storm water management Waste Management and Materials Pollution Control Specific Training Objective: Location: AGC Office. San Dieao Date: BMP’s, Erosion Control Instructor: AGC (Caltrans. Countv of San Dieao Telephone: (61 9)-558-7444 Comments: ERRECA’S INC. HUgn Divirion\SWPPP\SWPPP-A~A~~s.~l~~3 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment J Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No. 3190 I ATTACHMENT J SUBCONTRACTOR NOTIFICATION LETTER (SAMPLE) AND NOTIFICATION LOG Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPJ-Attachment J Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No. 3190 - SUBCONTRACTOR NOTIFICATION LOG Project Name: City of Carlsbad Contract Number: Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase I (Clearina) 3190 USE ADDITIONAL PAGES AS NECESSARY ERRECA'S INC. "ksiign Divilion\SWPPP\SWPPP_ATTAC~~~.~l~R~3 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment K Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 7 (Clearing) - Contract No. 3790 -. ATTACHMENT K NOTICE OF DISCHARGE, WRITTEN NOTICE, OR ORDER ERRECA’S INC. H:\Daign Diwrion\SWPPSWPPP_ATTACHMEKfr.docO 1/08/03 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment K Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No. 3190 To: Name of Construction Manaqer Subject: Notice of Discharae Project Name: Date: Insert Date Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase I (Clearina) Contract Number: In accordance with the NPDES Statewide Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity, The following instance of discharge is noted: DATE, TIME, AND LOCATION OF DISCHARGE NATURE OF THE OPERATION THAT CAUSED THE DISCHARGE INITIAL ASSESSMENT OF ANY IMPACT CAUSE BY THE DISCHARGE c-- EXISTING BMP(S) IN PLACE PRIOR TO DISCHARGE EVENT DATE OF DEPLOYMENT AND TYPE OF BMPS DEPLOYED AnER THE DISCHARGE STEPS TAKEN OR PLANNED TO REDUCE, ELIMINATE AND / OR PREVENT RECURRENCE OF THE DISCHARGE IMPLEMENTATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE FOR ANY AFFECTED BMPs If further information or a modification to the above schedule is required, notify the contact person below. Name of Contact Person Title ”- Company Telephone Number ~- Signature Date Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment L Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No.3190 ATTACHMENT L STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) AND MONITORING PROGRAM CHECKLIST \ ERRECA’S INC. H:\Doign Divirion\SWPPP\SWPPP_ATTACHMEMl.daOllDM)l Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (S WPPP)-Attachment L Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No.3190 SECTION A: STORM WATER POLLUTION CHECK IF ADDRESSED swppp ITEM n/a if not Section applicable 100 SWPPP Certification and Review d 100.1 SWPPP Certification 100.2 SWPPP Approval 200 SWPPP Amendments 200.1 200.2 Amendment Certification and Approval Amendment number and date entered into SWPPP - Amendment Log .I 300 IntrodudionProjed Description .I 300.1 Project Description and Location (narrative) J 300.2 . Unique Site Features (narrative) d Project Schedule/Water Pollution Control Schedule (narrative 8 graphic) 300.4 400 References J 500.2 Vicinity Map (narrative or graphic) d Site perimeter 500.2 .I 500.2 Geographic Features .I 500.2 General Topography d Water Pollution Control Drawings (WPCDs) 500.4 (graphic or narrative) d 500.4 Site perimeter d d Existing and proposed buildings, lots and roadways Storm water collection and discharge points 500.4 500.4 .I 500.4 General topography before and after construction 4 500.4 Anticipated discharge location(s) Drainage patterns including the entire relevant drainage areas 500.4 500.4 500.3 ' .I .I Temporary on-site drainage@) Pollutant Source and BMP Identification (namtdor indicate on site map) J J Drainage t PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) GENERAL REF. c.10 c.10 c.10 A.4.a, A.16 A.4.a, A.16 A.4.a, A.16 PERMIT COMMENTS A.5.a.l A.5.a.l A.5.c.5 A.14 A.5.a.l A.5.a.l A.5.a.l A.5.a.l A.5.a.2 A.5.a.2 A.5.a.2 A.5.a.2 A. 5. a. 2 A.5.a.2 A.5.a.2 A.5.a.2 A.5.b A. 5.b. 1 Construction Project: Rancho Santa Fe Road North. Phase I (Clearina) Contract No: ERRECA'S INC. H:Wign Divirian\SWPPP\SWPPP_A1TAC"Tl.doc01103 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment L Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No.3190 CHECK IF ADDRESSED n/a if not ~~ I SECTION A: STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) Mfppp Section Location of Areas Designated for: Vehicle storage 8 service Equipment Storage, cleaning, maintenance A.5.b.4 A.5.b.4 A.5.b.4 BMP Locations or Descriptions for: A.5.b.5 On-site storage and disposal of construction materials and waste Minimum exposure of storm water to construction materials, equipment, vehicles, waste Post Construction BMPs Listing or Description of Postanstruction BMPs A.5.b.5 A.5.b.5 A.5.b.6 A.5.b.6 500.3.9 8 I I 500.4 Additional lnfomation Description of other pollutant sources and BMPs A.5.c A.5.c.l No unusual pollutants antiapated. Pre-construction control practices Project area is undeveloped, native vegetation. A.5.c.l GENERAL PERMIT REF. COMMENTS applicable 500.4 500.4 Attach. E ~~ Drainage Patterns after major grading Slopes after major grading Calculations for storm water run-on BMPs that divert off-site drainage from passing through site A.5.b.l A.5.b.l A.5.b.l A.5.b.i 1 500.4 I 500.4 .I Storm Water lnlets 1 A.5.b.2 I Drainage patterns to storm water inlets or receiving water A.5.b.2 I I 500.4 500.4 , + BMPs that protect storm water inlets or receiving water A.5.b.2 A.5.b Site History (narraff ve; if possible, indicate location(s) on the Water Pollution Control Drawings) I Nature of fill material and data describing the soil. Description of Toxic materials treated, stored, disposed, spilled or leaked on site BMPs that minimize contact of contaminants with storm water A.5.b.3 See Geotechnical Report 500.3.3 A.5.b.3 500.3.8 8 +&x- I 500.3.9 8 500.4 NIA Soil or waste storage 1 A.5.b.4 ~~ Construction material loading, unloading, storage and access 1 A.5.b.4 500.3.9 8 NIA I 500.4 Areas outside of Owners right-of-way (yards, borrow areas, etc.) No import soils proposed for this project. 500.3.9 8 500.4 500.3.9 & 500.4 Waste handling and disposal areas I A.5.b.5 I 500.4 ~~~ ~~ - Location of postanstruction BMPs ~ ~ - Parties responsible for long-term maintenance ~ A.5.b6 I 1 1 500.6.2 500.3.1 500.3.2 - i ERRECA'S INC. CHECK IF ADDRESSED swppp ITEM n/a if not Section applicable Inventory of materials and activities that may pollute storm water 4 500.3.8 8 BMPs to reduce/eliminate potential pollutants listed 500.3.1 4 500.3.9 in the inventory 1 300.4 I Runoff coefficient (before 8 after) I A.5.c.3 1 I GENERAL REF. A.5.c.2 A.5.c,2 PERMIT COMMENTS I I I I I I - 4 300.4 Percent impervious (before 8 after) A.5.c.3 Attach F Copy of the NO1 A.5.c.4 300.3 Construction activity schedule A.5.c.5 Water Pollution Control Schedule. 300.5 500.4.1 SOIL STABILIZATION (EROSION CONTROL) A.6 4 4 Contact information A.5.c.6 The SWPPP shall include: A.6.ac ~~ J 500.4 500.4 4 I 1 I I Areas of vegetation on site Areas of soil disturbance that will be stabilized durino rainv season A.6.a.l A.6.a.2 500.3.7 500.3.5 SEDIMENT CONTROL 500.3.5 8 500.4 BMPs to control wind erosion Descriptionllllustration of BMPs to prevent increase of sediment load in discharge J A.6.c A.8 A.8 .I ~ ~~ 300.4, 500.3.5 measures 500.3.6 500'3'8 NONSTORM WATER MANAGEMENT 500.3.9 Implementation schedule for sediment control BMPs to control sediment tracking .I A.8 A.8 A.9 J 500.3.8 8 500.3.9 500.3.9 Description of non-storm water discharges to receiving waters J J 500'3.8 Locations of discharges ~ 4 A.9 A.9 -- A.6.a.3 Areas of soil disturbance which will be exposed during any part of the rainy season 500.4 Name and Phone number of person responsible for non-storm water management 300.5 500.6 POSTCONSTRUCTION ~~ 1 A.6.a.4 I Implementation schedule for erosion control measures 300.4 I A.9 A.10 ~ ~~ 500.3.4 1 BMP~ for erosion control Operation/Maintenance of BMPs after project funding and responsible party) J 500.6.2 completion (including short-term funding, long-term 4 500.5 MAINTENANCE, INSPECTIONS AND REPAIR I A.6.b I A. 10 A.11 J I A.9 I ~~ I 500.6.1 I Description of post-construction BMPs .I I A.10 1 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPP)-Attachment L Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No.3790 applicable 4 4 SECTION A: STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) .,-. . 300.5, Name and phone number of penon(s) responsible ,,,, for inspections 600.1 Complete inspection checklist: date, weather, inadequate BMPs, visual observations of BMPs, 600.1, Attach. H corrective action. inspectots name. title. sianature A.1l.a-f CHECK.IF nla if not ~ 4 .I ITEM 500.7 Notation of all training A.12 List of ContractorslSobcontractors A.13 500.8 GENERAL I P:E!IT I COMMENTS .I -1 I OTHER REQUIREMENTS ERRECA'S INC. H Ukrign Divirion\SWPPP\SWPPP-A~AC"TI Qd)1108/03 -~ 100.3 600.2 600.3 Compliance certification (annually 711) 0.4 Discharge reporting 8.5 Keep records of all inspections, compliance certifications, and noncompliance reports on site for a Deriod of at least three vears 8.6 Signed WPPP Certification c.9.10 4 d d 4 d 500.3 8 500.4 100-600 100.1 8 Attach. F 500.3.4 8 500.3.5 100.1 8 Attach. F SWPPP contains all elements required in the State General Permit. CAS000002 SWPPP limits application, generation, 8 migration of toxic substances ~ H.2.b H.6 Copy of the Notification of Construction (NOC) SWPPP contains BMPs for mobile operations (material production or recycling operations) including AC recycling, PCC Recycling, Concrete Mixing, Crushing, 8 storage of materials that are established by the contractor on the construction site or on other property specifically arranged for by Caltrans. SWPPP applies to all areas that are directly related to construction including but not limited to staging 8 storage yards, material borrow areas, or access roads whether or not they reside in Carlsbad WW. The SWPPP contains RWQCB WDR requirements for projects that reuse Aerially Deposited Lead. (Applicable only for projects that reuse ADL soils.) H.8.a H.8.b H.8.b H.9 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Pian (S WPff)-Attachment L Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 7 (Crearing) Contract No.3190 SECTION B: MONITORING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS ~~ SWPPP Section GENERAL 1 PEY CHECK IF ADDRESSED nla if not applicable d a ITEM COMMENTS __~ 600.1 I Description of Site Inspection Plans I 8.3 I 1 SECTION C: STANDARD PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES I CHECK IF I nla if not GENERAL PERMIT I REF. ITEM COMMENTS NPDES PERMIT No. CAS000002 REQUIREMENTS I CHECKIF ADDRESSED nla if not applicable I SWPPP Section CALTRANS PERMIT 1 REF. ITEM COMMENTS SWPPP references and/or includes permanent and I temporary BMPs H,l .b I Implementation of adequate Erosion and sediment I Controls after construction H.7 NIA 500.3.8 3- 500.4 ‘7 500.3.8 No aerially deposited lead anticipated. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment M Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No. 3190 t ATTACHMENT M ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE FORM Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (S WPPP)-Attachment M Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) - Cofffracf No. 3790 Work Planned for Next 12 Months: - Annual Certification of Compliance for the Construction Contractor work planned Project Name: City of Carlsbad Contract Number: Contractor Company Name: Erreca's Inc. Contractor Address: Construction Star! Date: Completion Date: Description of Work: Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearina) 31 90 Description of work Work in progress Work Now in Progress: "I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is true, accurate, and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment of knowing violations." Contractor Signature: Date: Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment M Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No. 3190 c Review by the Construction Manager for the Annual Certification of Compliance Construction Manager's Findings I, and/or personnel acting under my direction and supervision, have inspected the project site and the work described above and find as follows: I. 0 YES 0 NO Storm water pollution control measures are being implemented in accordance with the SWPPP approved for the project. 2. 0 YES cl NO men both 1 and 2 above are checked "yes", the construction manager must complete the annual certification below. If either 1 or 2 above are checked "no", the construction manager must: The project site and activities thereon are in compliance with the NPDES General Permit No. CAS000002, or local NPDES permits, which ever is applicable. Notify the contractor; and File a notice of noncompliance within 30 days of identification of the noncompliance; Document follow up actions below; Initiate corrective actions in accordance with the contract. . Construction Manager's Follow up Actions: I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is true, accurate, and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment of knowing violations. CERTIFICATION BY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER Construction Manager's Name and Signature Date Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPP)-Attacbrnent N Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) Contract No. 3790 .- e ATTACHMENT N OTHER PLANS AND PERMITS ERRECA'S INC. H:\Derign Divirion\SWPPP\SWPPP_ATTAC"TI.Qd) 1MBm3 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment 0 Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase 1 (Clearing) - Contract No. 3790 ATTACHMENT 0 NOTICE OF COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION NOTICE OF TERMINATION (NOT) * - City of Carlsbad December 19, 2002 ADDENDUM NO. 1 i __.__---- - RE: POINSETTIA LAND-REACH C, DOMESTIC WATER TRANSMISSION MAINS AND RECYCLED WATER TRANSMISSION MAINS, PROJECT NO.: 3673-3585-3675 Please include the attached addendum in the Notice to BiddedRequest for Bids you have for the above project. Please note change in due date for the above-mentioned bid. New date for bid openinq is: Tuesday, January 21,2002 - Time remains the same: 4:OO p.m. This addendum--receipt acknowledged--must be included to your bid when your bid is submitted. Purchasing Officer LH:jlk I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 n Bidder's Signature c 1635 Faraday Avenue Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314 (760) 602-2460 .I FAX (760) 602-8556 @ CITY OF CARLSBAD Poinsettia Lane - Reach C, Domestic Water Transmission Mains, and Recycled Water Transmission Mains Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Addendum No. I From: Jon Schauble, Project Manager Phone: (760) 602-2762 Fax: (760) 602-8562 No. of Pages: 2 Date: December 18,2002 Bid Opening Date: January 21, 2003 4:OO pm (changed) A. The following changes have been made to the Bid Items: Delete the word “DEDUCTIVE” from Schedule ‘ID”, Schedule “E”, and Schedule “F.” At the bottom of page 30, after “The basis of award will be the total amount of Schedules “A through “F”.” The next sentence shall be changed to read, “The City of Carlsbad and/or CMWD reserves the right to delete any or all Bid Items from Schedule “D” without penalty or change in the price of other bid items.” Bid Item No. B-19 should read “Furnish and install cathodic protection for 30-inch and 16-inch CML tape-wrapped and coated steel pipe in the 550 Zone for Schedule B.” The reason for the reference to a Schedule is because a portion of the 30-inch pipe is being installed in Schedule B and Schedule E; therefore, the cathodic protection for that pipe is also being split between two Schedules. B. The following changes have been made to the Supplemental Provisions: Section 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control. Delete the last sentence of this paragraph. A model SWPPP will not be provided. Add the following: The erosion control measures which are shown on Sheet 5 of Drawing No. 379-6 are being constructed by the grading contractor who is currently on the site. That is why Sheet 5 is crossed out as being Not In Contract (NIC). Contract Nos. 3673, 3585, 3675 Addendum No. 1 1 Section 209-2.11 Service. Add the following: The electric service connection point for the meter which will feed the irrigation controller is an existing transformer (D141049) located approximately 120 feet west of the intersection of Poinsettia Lane and Black Rail Road. The Contractor will need to coordinate directly with SDG&E in order to access this transformer (Sue Button 858 654- 121 8). The telephone service connection point for the irrigation controller is located on a pole (P412890) approximately 330 feet south of the intersection of Poinsettia Lane and Black Rail Road. The Contractor will need to coordinate directly with Pacific Bell in order to connect the phone service (Mary Ward 61 9 574-2066). <-- Contract Nos. 3673, 3585,3675 Addendum No. I 2 I - City of Carlsbad January 13,2003 ADDENDUM NO. 2 RE: POlNSEITlA LAND-REACH C, DOMESTIC WATER TRANSMISSION MAINS AND RECYCLED WATER TRANSMISSION MAINS, PROJECT NOS.: 3673, 3585, and 3675 Please include the attached addendum in the Notice to BiddedRequest for Bids you have for the above project. Please note change in due date for the above-mentioned bid. New date for bid owning is: Tuesday, January 27,2003 Time remains the same: 4:OO p.m. This addendum--receipt acknowledged--must be included to your bid when your bid is submitted. k IS HILDABRAND 1- Purchasing Officer LH:jlk I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. 2 .- Bidder's Signature 1635 Faraday Avenue Carlsbad, CA 92008-731 4 - (760) 602-2460 - FAX (760) 602-8556 @ CITY OF CARLSBAD Poinsettia Lane - Reach C, Domestic Water Transmission Mains, and Recycled Water Transmission Mains Contract Nos. 3673,3585, and 3675 Addendum No. 2 From: Jon Schauble, Project Manager Phone: (760) 602-2762 Fax: (760) 602-8562 79 (including Figure 1 and Appendix C) No. of Pages: Date: January 10,2003 Bid Opening Date: January 27, 2003 4:OO pm (changed) A. The following changes have been made to the Contractor's Proposal Bid items: I) Bid Item A-5 should be changed to read "Create, Implement, and Maintain a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan and Obtain Permit from Regional Water Quality Control Board." A sample SWPPP is provided as Appendix C. Use the revised Contractor's proposal page 13 attached. 2) Add new Bid Item A-I4 "Unclassified Excavation and Export" a quantity of 2,600 cubic yards. Due to the shallow depth of the 18" domestic water main and 12" recycled water main which run perpendicular to Poinsettia Lane, the grading east of approximate STA 162+40 will not be completed as shown on Sheet 3 of Drawing No. 379-6. The 18" domestic and 12" recycled water mains, which are ultimately to be abandoned, must remain in service until the water mains in this project are completed and in service as per Drawing No. 391-8. The remaining excavation and grading required to finish the grading in this area (see Figure 1) shall be completed as shown on Sheet 3 of Drawing No. 379-6 under the new bid item A-14. Use the revised Contractor's proposal page 14 attached. B. The following changes have been made to the Supplemental Provisions: I) On page 93, replace the existing section 200-2.1 with the following: 200-2.1 General. Aggregate base shall be Class 2 Aggregate Base per Caltrans Standard Specification, July 1999, Section 26: Aggregate Bases, Subsection 26-1.0% Class 2 Aggregate Base and as specified herein. See attached page 93, Contract Nos. 3673, 3585, 3675 Addendum No. 2 1 C. 2) On page 93, add the following section: 200-2.7 Class 2 Aggregate Base. See attached page 93 and 938. 3) On page 129, in Section 210-1.6 Paint for Traffic Striping, Pavement Marking, and Curb Marking, delete the words "or preformed thermoplastic" from the second sentence. See attached page 129. 4) On page 129, delete Section 21 0-1.8 Preformed Thermoplastic Pavement Markings. See attached page 129. 5) On page 148, add the following sections: 303-7 Colored Concrete. 303-7.1 General. Colored concrete shall be produced by Method B Integral Color. See attached page 148. 6) On page 148, delete Section 303-7.2 Method A (Dry Shake). See attached page 148. 7) On page 162, delete Section 310-5.6.1 1 Preformed Thermoplastic Pavement Markings. See attached page 162. The following changes have been. made to the Plans: 1) On Sheet 3 of Drawing No. 379-6, insert Figure 1 and the excavation, grading, and export required to finish the grading will be completed as Bid Item A-14. Due to the shallow depth of the 18" domestic water main and 12" recycled water main which run perpendicular to Poinsettia Lane, the grading east of approximate STA 162+4b will not be completed as shown on Sheet 3 of Drawing No. 379-6. The 18" domestic and 12" recycled water mains, which are ultimately to be abandoned, must remain in service until the water mains in this project are completed and in service as per Drawing No. 391-8. The remaining excavation and grading required to finish the grading in this area (see Figure 1) shall be completed as shown on Sheet 3 of Drawing No. 379-6 under'the new bid item A-14. Contract Nos. 3673, 3585,3675 Addendum No. 2 2 *- I I Item - No. DescriDtion A4 Clearing and Grubbing at Approximate Quantity and Unit 1 LS ~~ Dollars (Lump Sum) A-5 Create, Implement and 1 LS Maintain a SWPPP and Obtain Permit from RWQCB at Dollars (Lump Sum) A-6 Sawcut Existing A.C. Pavement at Dollars per Linear Foot A-7 Grind/Cold Mill Existing AC Pavement at 250 LF Unit - Price Total $ 4,240 SF $ Dollars per Square Foot A-8 Asphalt Concrete Pavement at 2,010 TONS $ Dollars per Ton A-9 Aggregate Base Material at 4,539TONS $ $ -~ Dollars per Ton A-10 Modified 8' Concrete Median Curb as Shown on Sheet 2 of Plans at Dollars per Linear Foot A-1 1 Traffic Striping, Signing, Pavement Markings, and Reflective Pavement Markers at ~~ Dollars (Lump Sum) 2,760 LF $ 1 LS em 64 Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673, 3585, and 3675 ADDENDUM #2 Page 13 of 166 Pages /-- Item - No. Description A-I 2 Unsuitable Material at ~ ~- Dollars per Cubic Yard Approximate Quantity Unit and Unit - Price Total 100 CY A-13 Two (2) Project Signs at 1 LS Dollars (Lump Sum) A-I4 Unclassified Excavation and Export at 2,600 CY $ $ Dollars per Cubic Yard Total amount of bid in words for Schedule "A: . Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule "A": $ a Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673, 3585, and 3675 ADDENDUM #2 Page 14 of 166 Pages SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 2, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SECTION 200 - ROCK MATERIALS 200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS 200-2.1 General. Aggregate base shall be Class 2 Aggregate Base per Caltrans Standard Specification, July 1999, Section 26: Aggregate Bases, Subsection 26-1.02A Class 2 Aggregate Base and as specified herein. Add the following section: 200-2.7 Class 2 Aggregate Base. Aggregate for Class 2 aggregate base shall be free from organic matter and other deleterious substances, and shall be of such nature that it can be compacted readily under watering and rolling to form a firm, stable base. Aggregate may include material processed from reclaimed asphalt concrete, portland cement concrete, lean concrete base, cement treated base or a combination of any of these materials. The amount of reclaimed material shall not exceed 50 percent of the total volume of the aggregate used. Aggregate shall conform to the grading and quality requirements shown in the following tables. At the option of the Contractor, the grading for either the 11/2-inch maximum or 3/4 inch maximum shall be used, except that once a grading is selected it shall not be changed without the Engineer's written approval. A AGGREGATE GRADING REQUIREMENTS Percentage Passlng 7 V2" Maximum 314" Maximum Operating Operating Sieve Sizes Range Range 2" 100 - 1 112" 90-1 00 - 1 " ................................... - 100 314" ................................ 50-85 90-1 00 No. 4 ............................. 25-45 35-60 - No. 30 ............................ 10-25 10-30 No. 200 ......................... 2-9 2-9 ................................... .............................. QUALlN REQUIREMENTS Operating Tests Range Resistance (R-value) 78 Min. Sand Equivalent 25 Min. Durability Index 35 Min. The aggregate shall not be treated with lime, cement or other chemical material before the Durability Index test is performed. - If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Operating Range" but meet the "Contract Compliance" requirements, placement of the aggregate base may be continued for the remainder of that day. However, another day's work may not be started until tests, or other information, indicate to the satisfaction of the ew \# Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673, 3585, and 3675 ADDENDUM #2 Page 93 of 167 Pages * -_ Engineer that the next material to be used in the work will comply with the requirements specified for "Operating Range." If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Contract Compliance," the aggregate base which is represented by these tests shall be removed. However, if requested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, the aggregate base may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $2.25 per cubic yard for such aggregate base left in place. The City may deduct this amount from any moneys due, or that may become due, the Contractor under the contract. If both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent do not conform to the "Contract Compliance" requirements, only one adjustment shall No single aggregate grading or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than 500 cubic yards or one day's production, whichever is smaller. apply. -- All Concrete Used Within the Right-of-way - Trench Backfill Slurry Street Light Foundations and Survey Monuments Traffic Signal Foundations Concreted-Rock Erosion Protection SECTION 201 - CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS Class Slump mm (Inches) 3304-23 (2) (560-C-3250) (') (1 90-E-400) (560-C-3250) (590-C-3750) (520-C-25OOP) 1 15-E-3 200 (8") 3304-23 100 (4") 350-C-27 100 (4") 31 0-C-17 per Table 300-1 1.3.1 201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE TABLE 201-1.1.2(A) Modify as follows: TABLE 201 -1 .I .2(A) PORTLAND CEMENTCONCRETE Type of Construction I Concrete I Maximum 201 -1.2 Materials. 201 -1.2.4(a) Integral Colored Concrete. Add the following: Integral color shall consist of colored admixtures developed for use in ready mixed concrete. The product shall be made of the highest quality pigments, as well as other ingredients designed to enhance the color and improve the pigment dispersion, workability and finishing performance of the concrete. Integral color pigments shall meet or exceed ASTM-C-979. The coloring method shall be designed for concrete flatwork applications (salt finished, broom finishes, rotary finishes), as well as vertical surfaces, and other types of architectural concrete. Pigment shall be a permanent coloration, uniform throughout the concrete surface and interior, and shall be highly UV and fade resistant. c- #= tp Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673, 3585, and 3675 ADDENDUM #2 Page 938 of 167 Pages SECTION 210 - PAINT AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS Surface to be Painted Temporary Railing type (K) 21 0-1.5 Paint Systems. Add the following to Table 210-1 S(A) Pre-treatment I Surface Primer Finish Coats Abrasive Blast Cleaning to a None Two coats white Acrylic Roughened, Textured Emulsion Paint ('I Preparation I Appearance I I (1) acrylic emulsion paint designed for use on exterior masonry. This paint shall comply in all respects to Federal Soecification TT-P-19 (latest revision), Paint, Acrylic Emulsion, Exterior. This paint' may be tinted by using "universal" or "all purpose" concentrates. 210-1.6 Paint for Traffic Striping, Pavement Marking, and Curb Marking. Modify as follows: Paint for traffic lane lines, turn pocket lines, edge lines, channelizing lines, bike lane lines, chevrons, and curbs shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to CALTRANS Specification No. PTWB-01. Pavement legends, pavement symbols, pavement arrows, cross walks, parking stall markings and stop bars (limit lines) shall be alkyd binder thermoplastic conforming to CALTRANS Specification No. 8010-19A. Glass beads shall be applied to the surface of the rapid dry water borne paint and the molten thermoplastic material and shall conform to the requirements of CALTRANS Specification No. 801 0-004 (Type 2). CALTRANS Specifications for water borne paint, thermoplastic material and glass beads may be obtained from the CALTRANS Engineering Chemical Testing Branch, telephone number (916) 227-7291 (Lisa Dobeck). 21 0-3 GALVANIZING +- Add the following section: 21 0-3.6 Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities. The requirements of this section shall pertain only to the preparation and galvanizing of traffic signal facilities. Galvanizing of products fabricated from rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip 3.2 mm ('/a") thick or thicker, shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 123, except that complete seal welding of tightly contacting surfaces of these products prior to galvanizing is required only where seal welding is shown on the plans or specified in these special provisions. Except for pre-galvanized standard pipe, galvanizing of material 3.2 mm ('/a") thick or thicker shall be performed after fabrication into the largest practical sections. At the option of the Contractor, material thinner than 3.2 mm ('/a") shall be galvanized either before fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 525M, Coating Designation 2600, or after fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 123, except that the weight of zinc coating shall average not less than 365 g per square meter (1.2 oz. per ft2) of actual surface area with no individual specimen having a coating weight of less than 305 g per square meter (1 .O 02. per ff'). Galvanizing of standard pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 53. Galvanizing will not be required for stainless steel, monel metal and similar corrosion resistant parts. Fabrication shall include all operations such as shearing, cutting, punching, forming, drilling, milling, 43 Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673, 3585, and 3675 ADDENDUM #2 Page 129 of 166 Pages 303-2 AI R-PLAC E D CONCRETE. - Type of underground facilities Water Service Lateral Sewer Service Lateral Irrigation Water Lateral or Sleeve 303-2.1 .I General. add the following: Modify Regional Standard Drawing D-75 as follows: replace stucco netting with 150mm x 150mm (6" x 6) by No. IO by No. 10 welded wire mesh. Marking W S RW 303-5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS, AND DRIVEWAYS. 303-5.9 Measurement and Payment. add the following: Curb and gutter, and curb, shall be considered as continuing across driveways and access ramps when constructed adjacent thereto. Neither curb and gutter nor curb will be paid for across the length of local depressions, except that which occurs in gutter transitions at each side of an inlet. 303-6 STAMPED CONCRETE - 303-6.1 General. Add the following: Concrete shall be a minimum of 560-C-3250 with 6" x 6" 10 gauge wire mesh throughout. Prior to installation, a 10' x 10' square sample shall be poured at the job site. This sample shall be approved by the City prior to installation of median concrete. The median layout shall conform with the details shown on the Plans and shall be spaced as shown on the Plans. 303-6.3 Pattern. Add the following: The pattern of the median stamped concrete on Poinsettia Lane Reach C shall match existing median adjacent to the proposed construction as approved by the Engineer. Add the following Section: 303-6.6 Payment. Payment for stamped concrete shall be made on the basis of the Contract unit price bid per square foot and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, including sand bed, color, tools, equipment, and installing complete and in place, and no further compensation will be allowed. 303-7 COLORED CONCRETE. 303-7.1 General. Add the following: Colored concrete shall be produced by Method B Integral Color. The color of the median stamped concrete shall match the existing median adjacent to the proposed construction as approved by the Engineer. b Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673, 3585, and 3675 ADDENDUM #2 Page 148 of 166 Pages - immediately after the water jetting and shall not allow such materials to flow in the gutter, enter the storm drain system or to leave the pavement surface. Surface variation limitations for high velocity water jet striping removal shall be the same as for grinding. The Contractor shall not use dry or wet sandblasting in any areas. Alternate methods of paint removal require prior approval of the Engineer, Obliteration of traffic striping with black paint, emulsion, slurry, oil or any other masking method is not permitted. 31 0-5.6.7 Layout, Alignment, and Spotting. Modify the first paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall establish the necessary control points for all required pavement striping and markings by surveying methods. No layout of traffic striping shall be performed by the Contractor before establishment of the necessary control points. The Contractor shall establish all traffic striping between these points by string line or other method to provide striping that will vary less than 80mm per 100m (112 inch in 50 feet) from the specified alignment. The Contractor shall obliterate, straight stripes deviating more than 80mm per 1OOmm (112 inch in 50 feet) by wet grinding, and then correcting the markings. The Contractor shall lay out (cat track) immediately behind installation of surface course asphalt and as the work progresses. The exact location of striping and stop limit lines shall be approved by the engineer prior to installation. 31 0-5.6.8 Application of Paint. Modify the second paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall apply the first coat of paint immediately upon approval of striping layout by the Public Works Director or his representative. The Contractor shall paint the ends of each median nose yellow. The contractor shall repaint all striping two weeks after initial painting. Add the following to the eighth paragraph: The Contractor shall apply temporary traffic stripes in one coat. Temporary traffic stripes shall be maintained by the Contractor so that the stripes are clearly visible both day and night. Prior to final acceptance of street improvements all street striping and markings within the perimeter of the construction project will be restored to a “like new” condition, in a manner meeting the approval of the Project Inspector. - 31 0-5.6.1 0 Measurement and Payment. Modify the first paragraph as follows: Final and temporary traffic striping, curb markings, pavement markings and reflective pavement markers as shown on the plans and required by the specifications shall be included in the lump-sum bid price for Traffic Striping, Signing, Pavement Markings and Reflective Pavement Markers and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Reapplication of temporary stripes and markings shall be repainted at the Contractor’s expense, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. The lump sum bid price shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals for doing all work in installing the final and temporary traffic striping, pavement markers and pavement markings. Add the following Section: 31 0-7 PERMANENT SIGNING Add the following Section: 310-7.1 General. Add the following section: The Contractor shall provide and install all permanent traffic control signs at locations shown on plans and as specified herein. a kq Revised: 04/22/02 Contract Nos. 3673, 3585, and 3675 ADDENDUM #2 Page 162 of 166 Pages January 22,2003 ADDENDUM NO. 3 RE: POINSETTIA LAND-REACH C, DOMESTIC WATER TRANSMISSION MAINS AND RECYCLED WATER TRANSMISSION MAINS, PROJECT NOS.: 3673, 3585, and 3675 Please include the attached addendum in the Notice to BiddedRequest for Bids you have for the above project. PLEASE NOTE: The cover letter on Addendum No. 2 refers to the wrong dav of the week for the bid due date. The bid due date is MONDAY, January 27, 2003 at 4:OO p.m. This addendum-receipt acknowledged--must be included to your bid when your bid is rc submitted. JF HSA HILDABRAND Purchasing Officer LH:jlk KNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. 3 Bidder's Signature 1635 Faraday Avenue - Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314 - (760) 602-2460 - FAX (760) 602-8556 @